diff --git a/src/DirectoryInfo.h b/src/DirectoryInfo.h
index e84cb4c..18a06e4 100644
--- a/src/DirectoryInfo.h
+++ b/src/DirectoryInfo.h
@@ -1,51 +1,51 @@
 /**
- * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com
  * 
  * This file is part of KDiff3.
  * 
  * KDiff3 is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
  * (at your option) any later version.
  * 
  * KDiff3 is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  * 
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  * along with KDiff3.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  */
 #ifndef DIRECTORYINFO_H
 #define DIRECTORYINFO_H
 
 #include "fileaccess.h"
 
 class DirectoryInfo
 {
     public:
       DirectoryInfo(FileAccess& dirA, FileAccess& dirB, FileAccess& dirC, FileAccess& dirDest)
       {
           m_dirA = dirA;
           m_dirB = dirB;
           m_dirC = dirC;
           m_dirDest = dirDest;
       }
 
       inline FileAccess dirA() const { return m_dirA; }
       inline FileAccess dirB() const { return m_dirB; }
       inline FileAccess dirC() const { return m_dirC; }
       inline FileAccess destDir() const
       {
           if(m_dirDest.isValid())
               return m_dirDest;
           else
               return m_dirC.isValid() ? m_dirC : m_dirB;
       }
 
     private:
       FileAccess m_dirA, m_dirB, m_dirC;
       FileAccess m_dirDest;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/ProgressProxyExtender.cpp b/src/ProgressProxyExtender.cpp
index 5f0651f..f58857b 100644
--- a/src/ProgressProxyExtender.cpp
+++ b/src/ProgressProxyExtender.cpp
@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
 /**
  * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl
  *   joachim.eibl at gmx.de
- * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com
  * 
  * This file is part of KDiff3.
  * 
  * KDiff3 is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
  * (at your option) any later version.
  * 
  * KDiff3 is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  * 
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  * along with KDiff3.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  * 
  */
 
 #include "ProgressProxyExtender.h"
 
 #include <QString>
 
 void ProgressProxyExtender::slotListDirInfoMessage(KJob*, const QString& msg)
 {
     setInformation(msg, 0);
 }
 
 void ProgressProxyExtender::slotPercent(KJob*, qint64 percent)
 {
     setCurrent(percent);
 }
 
 
diff --git a/src/ProgressProxyExtender.h b/src/ProgressProxyExtender.h
index f96847e..ed098b7 100644
--- a/src/ProgressProxyExtender.h
+++ b/src/ProgressProxyExtender.h
@@ -1,40 +1,40 @@
 /**
  * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl
  *   joachim.eibl at gmx.de
- * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com
  * 
  * This file is part of KDiff3.
  * 
  * KDiff3 is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
  * (at your option) any later version.
  * 
  * KDiff3 is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  * 
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  * along with KDiff3.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  * 
  */
 
 #ifndef PROGREESPROXYEXTENDER_H
 #define PROGREESPROXYEXTENDER_H
 
 #include "progress.h"
 #include <QString>
 
 class KJob;
 
 class ProgressProxyExtender: public ProgressProxy
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 public:
    ProgressProxyExtender() { setMaxNofSteps(100); }
 public Q_SLOTS:
   void slotListDirInfoMessage( KJob*, const QString& msg );
   void slotPercent( KJob*, qint64 percent );
 };
 #endif
diff --git a/src/Utils.cpp b/src/Utils.cpp
index e6670f0..067fd63 100644
--- a/src/Utils.cpp
+++ b/src/Utils.cpp
@@ -1,125 +1,125 @@
 /**
  * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl <joachim.eibl at gmx.de>
- * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com
  * 
  * This file is part of KDiff3.
  * 
  * KDiff3 is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
  * (at your option) any later version.
  * 
  * KDiff3 is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  * 
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  * along with KDiff3.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  * 
  */
 #include "Utils.h"
 
 #include <QString>
 #include <QStringList>
 #include <QHash>
 #include <QRegExp>
 #include <KLocalizedString>
 
 /* Split the command line into arguments.
  * Normally split at white space separators except when quoting with " or '.
  * Backslash is treated as meta character within single quotes ' only.
  * Detect parsing errors like unclosed quotes.
  * The first item in the list will be the command itself.
  * Returns the error reasor as string or an empty string on success.
  * Eg. >"1" "2"<           => >1<, >2<
  * Eg. >'\'\\'<            => >'\<   backslash is a meta character between single quotes
  * Eg. > "\\" <            => >\\<   but not between double quotes
  * Eg. >"c:\sed" 's/a/\' /g'<  => >c:\sed<, >s/a/' /g<
  */
 QString Utils::getArguments(QString cmd, QString& program, QStringList& args)
 {
     program = QString();
     args.clear();
     for(int i = 0; i < cmd.length(); ++i)
     {
         while(i < cmd.length() && cmd[i].isSpace())
         {
             ++i;
         }
         if(cmd[i] == '"' || cmd[i] == '\'') // argument beginning with a quote
         {
             QChar quoteChar = cmd[i];
             ++i;
             int argStart = i;
             bool bSkip = false;
             while(i < cmd.length() && (cmd[i] != quoteChar || bSkip))
             {
                 if(bSkip)
                 {
                     bSkip = false;
                     //Don't emulate bash here we are not talking to it.
                     //For us all quotes are the same.
                     if(cmd[i] == '\\' || cmd[i] == '\'' || cmd[i] == '"')
                     {
                         cmd.remove(i - 1, 1); // remove the backslash '\'
                         continue;
                     }
                 }
                 else if(cmd[i] == '\\')
                     bSkip = true;
                 ++i;
             }
             if(i < cmd.length())
             {
                 args << cmd.mid(argStart, i - argStart);
                 if(i + 1 < cmd.length() && !cmd[i + 1].isSpace())
                     return i18n("Expecting space after closing quote.");
             }
             else
                 return i18n("Unmatched quote.");
             continue;
         }
         else
         {
             int argStart = i;
             while(i < cmd.length() && (!cmd[i].isSpace() /*|| bSkip*/))
             {
                 if(cmd[i] == '"' || cmd[i] == '\'')
                     return i18n("Unexpected quote character within argument.");
                 ++i;
             }
             args << cmd.mid(argStart, i - argStart);
         }
     }
     if(args.isEmpty())
         return i18n("No program specified.");
     else
     {
         program = args[0];
         args.pop_front();
     }
     return QString();
 }
 
 bool Utils::wildcardMultiMatch(const QString& wildcard, const QString& testString, bool bCaseSensitive)
 {
     static QHash<QString, QRegExp> s_patternMap;
 
     QStringList sl = wildcard.split(QChar(';'));
 
     for(QStringList::Iterator it = sl.begin(); it != sl.end(); ++it)
     {
         QHash<QString, QRegExp>::iterator patIt = s_patternMap.find(*it);
         if(patIt == s_patternMap.end())
         {
             QRegExp pattern(*it, bCaseSensitive ? Qt::CaseSensitive : Qt::CaseInsensitive, QRegExp::Wildcard);
             patIt = s_patternMap.insert(*it, pattern);
         }
 
         if(patIt.value().exactMatch(testString))
             return true;
     }
 
     return false;
 }
diff --git a/src/Utils.h b/src/Utils.h
index c1a4772..bb94c21 100644
--- a/src/Utils.h
+++ b/src/Utils.h
@@ -1,33 +1,33 @@
 /**
- * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com
  * 
  * This file is part of KDiff3.
  * 
  * KDiff3 is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
  * (at your option) any later version.
  * 
  * KDiff3 is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  * 
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  * along with KDiff3.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  * 
  */
 
 #ifndef UTILS_H
 #define UTILS_H
 
 #include <QStringList>
 #include <QString>
 
 class Utils{
     public:
       static bool wildcardMultiMatch(const QString& wildcard, const QString& testString, bool bCaseSensitive);
       static QString getArguments(QString cmd, QString& program, QStringList& args);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/common.h b/src/common.h
index 18ca778..9dd8d00 100644
--- a/src/common.h
+++ b/src/common.h
@@ -1,116 +1,116 @@
 /***************************************************************************
                           common.h  -  Things that are needed often
                              -------------------
     begin                : Mon Mar 18 2002
     copyright            : (C) 2002-2007 by Joachim Eibl
     email                : joachim.eibl at gmx.de
  ***************************************************************************/
 
 /***************************************************************************
  *                                                                         *
  *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
  *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
  *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
  *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
  *                                                                         *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef _COMMON_H
-#define _COMMON_H
+#ifndef COMMON_H
+#define COMMON_H
 
 #include <QAtomicInt>
 #include <QString>
 #include <map>
 
 template <class T>
 T min3( T d1, T d2, T d3 )
 {
    if ( d1 < d2  &&  d1 < d3 ) return d1;
    if ( d2 < d3 ) return d2;
    return d3;
 }
 
 template <class T>
 T max3( T d1, T d2, T d3 )
 {
 
    if ( d1 > d2  &&  d1 > d3 ) return d1;
 
 
    if ( d2 > d3 ) return d2;
    return d3;
 }
 
 template <class T>
 T minMaxLimiter( T d, T minimum, T maximum )
 {
    Q_ASSERT(minimum<=maximum);
    if ( d < minimum ) return minimum;
    if ( d > maximum ) return maximum;
    return d;
 }
 
 inline int getAtomic(QAtomicInt& ai)
 {
    return ai.load();
 }
 
 inline qint64 getAtomic(QAtomicInteger<qint64>& ai)
 {
    return ai.load();
 }
 
 class QFont;
 class QColor;
 class QSize;
 class QPoint;
 class QStringList;
 class QTextStream;
 
 class ValueMap
 {
 private:
    std::map<QString,QString> m_map;
 public:
    ValueMap();
    virtual ~ValueMap();
 
    void save( QTextStream& ts );
    void load( QTextStream& ts );
    QString getAsString();
    // void load( const QString& s );
 
    virtual void writeEntry(const QString&, const QFont& );
    virtual void writeEntry(const QString&, const QColor& );
    virtual void writeEntry(const QString&, const QSize& );
    virtual void writeEntry(const QString&, const QPoint& );
    virtual void writeEntry(const QString&, int );
    virtual void writeEntry(const QString&, bool );
    virtual void writeEntry(const QString&, const QStringList& );
    virtual void writeEntry(const QString&, const QString& );
    virtual void writeEntry(const QString&, const char* );
 
    virtual QFont       readFontEntry (const QString&, const QFont* defaultVal );
    virtual QColor      readColorEntry(const QString&, const QColor* defaultVal );
    virtual QSize       readSizeEntry (const QString&, const QSize* defaultVal );
    virtual QPoint      readPointEntry(const QString&, const QPoint* defaultVal );
    virtual bool        readBoolEntry (const QString&, bool bDefault );
    virtual int         readNumEntry  (const QString&, int iDefault );
    virtual QStringList readListEntry (const QString&, const QStringList& defaultVal );
    virtual QString     readStringEntry(const QString&, const QString& );
 
    QString     readEntry (const QString& s, const QString& defaultVal );
    QString     readEntry (const QString& s, const char* defaultVal );
    QFont       readEntry (const QString& s, const QFont& defaultVal );
    QColor      readEntry(const QString& s, const QColor defaultVal );
    QSize       readEntry (const QString& s, const QSize defaultVal );
    QPoint      readEntry(const QString& s, const QPoint defaultVal );
    bool        readEntry (const QString& s, bool bDefault );
    int         readEntry  (const QString& s, int iDefault );
    QStringList readEntry (const QString& s, const QStringList& defaultVal);
 };
 
 QStringList safeStringSplit(const QString& s, char sepChar=';', char metaChar='\\' );
 QString safeStringJoin(const QStringList& sl, char sepChar=';', char metaChar='\\' );
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/diff.cpp b/src/diff.cpp
index dcb1431..f653cf1 100644
--- a/src/diff.cpp
+++ b/src/diff.cpp
@@ -1,2369 +1,2370 @@
 /***************************************************************************
                           diff.cpp  -  description
                              -------------------
     begin                : Mon Mar 18 2002
     copyright            : (C) 2002-2007 by Joachim Eibl
     email                : joachim.eibl at gmx.de
  ***************************************************************************/
 
 /***************************************************************************
  *                                                                         *
  *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
  *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
  *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
  *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
  *                                                                         *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
+#include "diff.h"
+
 #include <qglobal.h>
-#include "Utils.h"
 
 #ifdef Q_OS_WIN
 #include <qt_windows.h>
 
 #include <QCoreApplication>
 #endif
 
 #include <cstdlib>
 
-#include "diff.h"
+#include "Utils.h"
 #include "fileaccess.h"
 #include "gnudiff_diff.h"
 #include "options.h"
 #include "progress.h"
 
 #include <KLocalizedString>
 #include <KMessageBox>
 
 #include <QDir>
 #include <QFileInfo>
 #include <QProcess>
 #include <QTemporaryFile>
 #include <QTextCodec>
 #include <QTextStream>
 
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include <map>
 
 int LineData::width(int tabSize) const
 {
     int w = 0;
     int j = 0;
     for(int i = 0; i < size; ++i)
     {
         if(pLine[i] == '\t')
         {
             for(j %= tabSize; j < tabSize; ++j)
                 ++w;
             j = 0;
         }
         else
         {
             ++w;
             ++j;
         }
     }
     return w;
 }
 
 // The bStrict flag is true during the test where a nonmatching area ends.
 // Then the equal()-function requires that the match has more than 2 nonwhite characters.
 // This is to avoid matches on trivial lines (e.g. with white space only).
 // This choice is good for C/C++.
 bool equal(const LineData& l1, const LineData& l2, bool bStrict)
 {
     if(l1.pLine == nullptr || l2.pLine == nullptr) return false;
 
     if(bStrict && g_bIgnoreTrivialMatches)
         return false;
 
     // Ignore white space diff
     const QChar* p1 = l1.pLine;
     const QChar* p1End = p1 + l1.size;
 
     const QChar* p2 = l2.pLine;
     const QChar* p2End = p2 + l2.size;
 
     if(g_bIgnoreWhiteSpace)
     {
         int nonWhite = 0;
         for(;;)
         {
             while(isWhite(*p1) && p1 != p1End) ++p1;
             while(isWhite(*p2) && p2 != p2End) ++p2;
 
             if(p1 == p1End && p2 == p2End)
             {
                 if(bStrict && g_bIgnoreTrivialMatches)
                 { // Then equality is not enough
                     return nonWhite > 2;
                 }
                 else // equality is enough
                     return true;
             }
             else if(p1 == p1End || p2 == p2End)
                 return false;
 
             if(*p1 != *p2)
                 return false;
             ++p1;
             ++p2;
             ++nonWhite;
         }
     }
 
     else
     {
         if(l1.size == l2.size && memcmp(p1, p2, l1.size) == 0)
             return true;
         else
             return false;
     }
 }
 
 static bool isLineOrBufEnd(const QChar* p, int i, int size)
 {
     return i >= size            // End of file
            || isEndOfLine(p[i]) // Normal end of line
 
         // No support for Mac-end of line yet, because incompatible with GNU-diff-routines.
         // || ( p[i]=='\r' && (i>=size-1 || p[i+1]!='\n')
         //                 && (i==0        || p[i-1]!='\n') )  // Special case: '\r' without '\n'
         ;
 }
 
 /* Features of class SourceData:
 - Read a file (from the given URL) or accept data via a string.
 - Allocate and free buffers as necessary.
 - Run a preprocessor, when specified.
 - Run the line-matching preprocessor, when specified.
 - Run other preprocessing steps: Uppercase, ignore comments,
                                  remove carriage return, ignore numbers.
 
 Order of operation:
  1. If data was given via a string then save it to a temp file. (see setData())
  2. If the specified file is nonlocal (URL) copy it to a temp file.
  3. If a preprocessor was specified, run the input file through it.
  4. Read the output of the preprocessor.
  5. If Uppercase was specified: Turn the read data to uppercase.
  6. Write the result to a temp file.
  7. If a line-matching preprocessor was specified, run the temp file through it.
  8. Read the output of the line-matching preprocessor.
  9. If ignore numbers was specified, strip the LMPP-output of all numbers.
 10. If ignore comments was specified, strip the LMPP-output of comments.
 
 Optimizations: Skip unneeded steps.
 */
 
 SourceData::SourceData()
 {
     m_pOptions = nullptr;
     reset();
 }
 
 SourceData::~SourceData()
 {
     reset();
 }
 
 void SourceData::reset()
 {
     m_pEncoding = nullptr;
     m_fileAccess = FileAccess();
     m_normalData.reset();
     m_lmppData.reset();
     if(!m_tempInputFileName.isEmpty())
     {
         FileAccess::removeFile(m_tempInputFileName);
         m_tempInputFileName = "";
     }
 }
 
 void SourceData::setFilename(const QString& filename)
 {
     if(filename.isEmpty())
     {
         reset();
     }
     else
     {
         FileAccess fa(filename);
         setFileAccess(fa);
     }
 }
 
 bool SourceData::isEmpty()
 {
     return getFilename().isEmpty();
 }
 
 bool SourceData::hasData()
 {
     return m_normalData.m_pBuf != nullptr;
 }
 
 bool SourceData::isValid()
 {
     return isEmpty() || hasData();
 }
 
 void SourceData::setOptions(Options* pOptions)
 {
     m_pOptions = pOptions;
 }
 
 QString SourceData::getFilename()
 {
     return m_fileAccess.absoluteFilePath();
 }
 
 QString SourceData::getAliasName()
 {
     return m_aliasName.isEmpty() ? m_fileAccess.prettyAbsPath() : m_aliasName;
 }
 
 void SourceData::setAliasName(const QString& name)
 {
     m_aliasName = name;
 }
 
 void SourceData::setFileAccess(const FileAccess& fileAccess)
 {
     m_fileAccess = fileAccess;
     m_aliasName = QString();
     if(!m_tempInputFileName.isEmpty())
     {
         FileAccess::removeFile(m_tempInputFileName);
         m_tempInputFileName = "";
     }
 }
 void SourceData::setEncoding(QTextCodec* pEncoding)
 {
     m_pEncoding = pEncoding;
 }
 
 QStringList SourceData::setData(const QString& data)
 {
     QStringList errors;
 
     // Create a temp file for preprocessing:
     if(m_tempInputFileName.isEmpty())
     {
         FileAccess::createTempFile(m_tempFile);
         m_tempInputFileName = m_tempFile.fileName();
     }
 
     FileAccess f(m_tempInputFileName);
     QByteArray ba = QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8")->fromUnicode(data);
     bool bSuccess = f.writeFile(ba.constData(), ba.length());
     if(!bSuccess)
     {
         errors.append(i18n("Writing clipboard data to temp file failed."));
     }
     else
     {
         m_aliasName = i18n("From Clipboard");
         m_fileAccess = FileAccess(""); // Effect: m_fileAccess.isValid() is false
     }
 
     return errors;
 }
 
 const LineData* SourceData::getLineDataForDiff() const
 {
     if(m_lmppData.m_pBuf == nullptr)
         return m_normalData.m_v.size() > 0 ? &m_normalData.m_v[0] : nullptr;
     else
         return m_lmppData.m_v.size() > 0 ? &m_lmppData.m_v[0] : nullptr;
 }
 
 const LineData* SourceData::getLineDataForDisplay() const
 {
     return m_normalData.m_v.size() > 0 ? &m_normalData.m_v[0] : nullptr;
 }
 
 LineRef SourceData::getSizeLines() const
 {
     return (LineRef)m_normalData.m_vSize;
 }
 
 qint64 SourceData::getSizeBytes() const
 {
     return m_normalData.m_size;
 }
 
 const char* SourceData::getBuf() const
 {
     return m_normalData.m_pBuf;
 }
 
 const QString& SourceData::getText() const
 {
     return m_normalData.m_unicodeBuf;
 }
 
 bool SourceData::isText()
 {
     return m_normalData.m_bIsText;
 }
 
 bool SourceData::isIncompleteConversion()
 {
     return m_normalData.m_bIncompleteConversion;
 }
 
 bool SourceData::isFromBuffer()
 {
     return !m_fileAccess.isValid();
 }
 
 bool SourceData::isBinaryEqualWith(const SourceData& other) const
 {
     return m_fileAccess.exists() && other.m_fileAccess.exists() &&
            getSizeBytes() == other.getSizeBytes() &&
            (getSizeBytes() == 0 || memcmp(getBuf(), other.getBuf(), getSizeBytes()) == 0);
 }
 
 void SourceData::FileData::reset()
 {
     delete[](char*) m_pBuf;
     m_pBuf = nullptr;
     m_v.clear();
     m_size = 0;
     m_vSize = 0;
     m_bIsText = true;
     m_bIncompleteConversion = false;
     m_eLineEndStyle = eLineEndStyleUndefined;
 }
 
 bool SourceData::FileData::readFile(const QString& filename)
 {
     reset();
     if(filename.isEmpty()) {
         return true;
     }
 
     FileAccess fa(filename);
 
     if(!fa.isNormal())
         return true;
 
     m_size = fa.sizeForReading();
     char* pBuf;
     m_pBuf = pBuf = new char[m_size + 100]; // Alloc 100 byte extra: Safety hack, not nice but does no harm.
                                             // Some extra bytes at the end of the buffer are needed by
                                             // the diff algorithm. See also GnuDiff::diff_2_files().
     bool bSuccess = fa.readFile(pBuf, m_size);
     if(!bSuccess)
     {
         delete[] pBuf;
         m_pBuf = nullptr;
         m_size = 0;
     }
     return bSuccess;
 }
 
 bool SourceData::saveNormalDataAs(const QString& fileName)
 {
     return m_normalData.writeFile(fileName);
 }
 
 bool SourceData::FileData::writeFile(const QString& filename)
 {
     if(filename.isEmpty()) {
         return true;
     }
 
     FileAccess fa(filename);
     bool bSuccess = fa.writeFile(m_pBuf, m_size);
     return bSuccess;
 }
 
 void SourceData::FileData::copyBufFrom(const FileData& src)
 {
     reset();
     char* pBuf;
     m_size = src.m_size;
     m_pBuf = pBuf = new char[m_size + 100];
     Q_ASSERT(src.m_pBuf != nullptr);
     memcpy(pBuf, src.m_pBuf, m_size);
 }
 
 // Convert the input file from input encoding to output encoding and write it to the output file.
 static bool convertFileEncoding(const QString& fileNameIn, QTextCodec* pCodecIn,
                                 const QString& fileNameOut, QTextCodec* pCodecOut)
 {
     QFile in(fileNameIn);
     if(!in.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly))
         return false;
     QTextStream inStream(&in);
     inStream.setCodec(pCodecIn);
     inStream.setAutoDetectUnicode(false);
 
     QFile out(fileNameOut);
     if(!out.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly))
         return false;
     QTextStream outStream(&out);
     outStream.setCodec(pCodecOut);
 
     QString data = inStream.readAll();
     outStream << data;
 
     return true;
 }
 
 static QTextCodec* getEncodingFromTag(const QByteArray& s, const QByteArray& encodingTag)
 {
     int encodingPos = s.indexOf(encodingTag);
     if(encodingPos >= 0)
     {
         int apostrophPos = s.indexOf('"', encodingPos + encodingTag.length());
         int apostroph2Pos = s.indexOf('\'', encodingPos + encodingTag.length());
         char apostroph = '"';
         if(apostroph2Pos >= 0 && (apostrophPos < 0 || apostroph2Pos < apostrophPos))
         {
             apostroph = '\'';
             apostrophPos = apostroph2Pos;
         }
 
         int encodingEnd = s.indexOf(apostroph, apostrophPos + 1);
         if(encodingEnd >= 0) // e.g.: <meta charset="utf-8"> or <?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
         {
             QByteArray encoding = s.mid(apostrophPos + 1, encodingEnd - (apostrophPos + 1));
             return QTextCodec::codecForName(encoding);
         }
         else // e.g.: <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
         {
             QByteArray encoding = s.mid(encodingPos + encodingTag.length(), apostrophPos - (encodingPos + encodingTag.length()));
             return QTextCodec::codecForName(encoding);
         }
     }
     return nullptr;
 }
 
 static QTextCodec* detectEncoding(const char* buf, qint64 size, qint64& skipBytes)
 {
     if(size >= 2)
     {
         if(buf[0] == '\xFF' && buf[1] == '\xFE')
         {
             skipBytes = 2;
             return QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-16LE");
         }
 
         if(buf[0] == '\xFE' && buf[1] == '\xFF')
         {
             skipBytes = 2;
             return QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-16BE");
         }
     }
     if(size >= 3)
     {
         if(buf[0] == '\xEF' && buf[1] == '\xBB' && buf[2] == '\xBF')
         {
             skipBytes = 3;
             return QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8-BOM");
         }
     }
     skipBytes = 0;
     QByteArray s;
     /*
         We don't need the whole file here just the header.
 ]    */
     if(size <= 5000)
         s=QByteArray(buf, (int)size);
     else
         s=QByteArray(buf, 5000);
     
     int xmlHeaderPos = s.indexOf("<?xml");
     if(xmlHeaderPos >= 0)
     {
         int xmlHeaderEnd = s.indexOf("?>", xmlHeaderPos);
         if(xmlHeaderEnd >= 0)
         {
             QTextCodec* pCodec = getEncodingFromTag(s.mid(xmlHeaderPos, xmlHeaderEnd - xmlHeaderPos), "encoding=");
             if(pCodec)
                 return pCodec;
         }
     }
     else // HTML
     {
         int metaHeaderPos = s.indexOf("<meta");
         while(metaHeaderPos >= 0)
         {
             int metaHeaderEnd = s.indexOf(">", metaHeaderPos);
             if(metaHeaderEnd >= 0)
             {
                 QTextCodec* pCodec = getEncodingFromTag(s.mid(metaHeaderPos, metaHeaderEnd - metaHeaderPos), "charset=");
                 if(pCodec)
                     return pCodec;
 
                 metaHeaderPos = s.indexOf("<meta", metaHeaderEnd);
             }
             else
                 break;
         }
     }
     return nullptr;
 }
 
 QTextCodec* SourceData::detectEncoding(const QString& fileName, QTextCodec* pFallbackCodec)
 {
     QFile f(fileName);
     if(f.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly))
     {
         char buf[200];
         qint64 size = f.read(buf, sizeof(buf));
         qint64 skipBytes = 0;
         QTextCodec* pCodec = ::detectEncoding(buf, size, skipBytes);
         if(pCodec)
             return pCodec;
     }
     return pFallbackCodec;
 }
 
 QStringList SourceData::readAndPreprocess(QTextCodec* pEncoding, bool bAutoDetectUnicode)
 {
     m_pEncoding = pEncoding;
     QTemporaryFile fileIn1, fileOut1;
     QString fileNameIn1;
     QString fileNameOut1;
     QString fileNameIn2;
     QString fileNameOut2;
     QStringList errors;
 
     bool bTempFileFromClipboard = !m_fileAccess.isValid();
 
     // Detect the input for the preprocessing operations
     if(!bTempFileFromClipboard)
     {
         if(m_fileAccess.isLocal())
         {
             fileNameIn1 = m_fileAccess.absoluteFilePath();
         }
         else // File is not local: create a temporary local copy:
         {
             if(m_tempInputFileName.isEmpty())
             {
                 m_fileAccess.createLocalCopy();
                 m_tempInputFileName = m_fileAccess.getTempName();
             }
 
             fileNameIn1 = m_tempInputFileName;
         }
         if(bAutoDetectUnicode)
         {
             m_pEncoding = detectEncoding(fileNameIn1, pEncoding);
         }
     }
     else // The input was set via setData(), probably from clipboard.
     {
         fileNameIn1 = m_tempInputFileName;
         m_pEncoding = QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8");
     }
     QTextCodec* pEncoding1 = m_pEncoding;
     QTextCodec* pEncoding2 = m_pEncoding;
 
     m_normalData.reset();
     m_lmppData.reset();
 
     FileAccess faIn(fileNameIn1);
     qint64 fileInSize = faIn.size();
 
     if(faIn.exists())
     {
         // Run the first preprocessor
         if(m_pOptions->m_PreProcessorCmd.isEmpty())
         {
             // No preprocessing: Read the file directly:
             if(!m_normalData.readFile(fileNameIn1))
             {
                 errors.append(i18n("Failed to read file: %1", fileNameIn1));
                 return errors;
             }
         }
         else
         {
             QTemporaryFile tmpInPPFile;
             QString fileNameInPP = fileNameIn1;
 
             if(pEncoding1 != m_pOptions->m_pEncodingPP)
             {
                 // Before running the preprocessor convert to the format that the preprocessor expects.
                 FileAccess::createTempFile(tmpInPPFile);
                 fileNameInPP = tmpInPPFile.fileName();
                 pEncoding1 = m_pOptions->m_pEncodingPP;
                 convertFileEncoding(fileNameIn1, pEncoding, fileNameInPP, pEncoding1);
             }
 
             QString ppCmd = m_pOptions->m_PreProcessorCmd;
             FileAccess::createTempFile(fileOut1);
             fileNameOut1 = fileOut1.fileName();
 
             QProcess ppProcess;
             ppProcess.setStandardInputFile(fileNameInPP);
             ppProcess.setStandardOutputFile(fileNameOut1);
             QString program;
             QStringList args;
             QString errorReason = Utils::getArguments(ppCmd, program, args);
             if(errorReason.isEmpty())
             {
                 ppProcess.start(program, args);
                 ppProcess.waitForFinished(-1);
             }
             else
                 errorReason = "\n(" + errorReason + ')';
             
             bool bSuccess = errorReason.isEmpty() && m_normalData.readFile(fileNameOut1);
             if(fileInSize > 0 && (!bSuccess || m_normalData.m_size == 0))
             {
 
                 errors.append(
                     i18n("Preprocessing possibly failed. Check this command:\n\n  %1"
                          "\n\nThe preprocessing command will be disabled now.", ppCmd) +
                     errorReason);
                 m_pOptions->m_PreProcessorCmd = "";
                 if(!m_normalData.readFile(fileNameIn1))
                 {
                     errors.append(i18n("Failed to read file: %1", fileNameIn1));
                     return errors;
                 }
 
                 pEncoding1 = m_pEncoding;
             }
         }
 
         // LineMatching Preprocessor
         if(!m_pOptions->m_LineMatchingPreProcessorCmd.isEmpty())
         {
             QTemporaryFile tempOut2, fileInPP;
             fileNameIn2 = fileNameOut1.isEmpty() ? fileNameIn1 : fileNameOut1;
             QString fileNameInPP = fileNameIn2;
             pEncoding2 = pEncoding1;
             if(pEncoding2 != m_pOptions->m_pEncodingPP)
             {
                 // Before running the preprocessor convert to the format that the preprocessor expects.
                 FileAccess::createTempFile(fileInPP);
                 fileNameInPP = fileInPP.fileName();
                 pEncoding2 = m_pOptions->m_pEncodingPP;
                 convertFileEncoding(fileNameIn2, pEncoding1, fileNameInPP, pEncoding2);
             }
 
             QString ppCmd = m_pOptions->m_LineMatchingPreProcessorCmd;
             FileAccess::createTempFile(tempOut2);
             fileNameOut2 = tempOut2.fileName();
             QProcess ppProcess;
             ppProcess.setStandardInputFile(fileNameInPP);
             ppProcess.setStandardOutputFile(fileNameOut2);
             QString program;
             QStringList args;
             QString errorReason = Utils::getArguments(ppCmd, program, args);
             if(errorReason.isEmpty())
             {
                 ppProcess.start(program, args);
                 ppProcess.waitForFinished(-1);
             }
             else
                 errorReason = "\n(" + errorReason + ')';
             
             bool bSuccess = errorReason.isEmpty() && m_lmppData.readFile(fileNameOut2);
             if(FileAccess(fileNameIn2).size() > 0 && (!bSuccess || m_lmppData.m_size == 0))
             {
                 errors.append(
                     i18n("The line-matching-preprocessing possibly failed. Check this command:\n\n  %1"
                          "\n\nThe line-matching-preprocessing command will be disabled now.", ppCmd) +
                     errorReason);
                 m_pOptions->m_LineMatchingPreProcessorCmd = "";
                 if(!m_lmppData.readFile(fileNameIn2))
                 {
                     errors.append(i18n("Failed to read file: %1", fileNameIn2));
                     return errors;
                 }
             }
         }
         else if(m_pOptions->m_bIgnoreComments || m_pOptions->m_bIgnoreCase)
         {
             // We need a copy of the normal data.
             m_lmppData.copyBufFrom(m_normalData);
         }
         else
         { // We don't need any lmpp data at all.
             m_lmppData.reset();
         }
     }
 
     if(!m_normalData.preprocess(m_pOptions->m_bPreserveCarriageReturn, pEncoding1) ||
        !m_lmppData.preprocess(false, pEncoding2))
     {
 
         errors.append(i18n("File %1 too large to process. Skipping.", fileNameIn1));
     }
     else
     {
         //TODO: Needed?
         if(m_lmppData.m_vSize < m_normalData.m_vSize)
         {
             // Preprocessing command may result in smaller data buffer so adjust size
             m_lmppData.m_v.resize((int)m_normalData.m_vSize);
             for(qint64 i = m_lmppData.m_vSize; i < m_normalData.m_vSize; ++i)
             { // Set all empty lines to point to the end of the buffer.
                 m_lmppData.m_v[(int)i].pLine = m_lmppData.m_unicodeBuf.unicode() + m_lmppData.m_unicodeBuf.length();
             }
 
             m_lmppData.m_vSize = m_normalData.m_vSize;
         }
 
         // Internal Preprocessing: Uppercase-conversion
         if(m_pOptions->m_bIgnoreCase)
         {
             m_lmppData.m_unicodeBuf = QLocale::system().toUpper(m_lmppData.m_unicodeBuf);
         }
 
         // Ignore comments
         if(m_pOptions->m_bIgnoreComments)
         {
             m_lmppData.removeComments();
             LineRef vSize = (LineRef)std::min(m_normalData.m_vSize, m_lmppData.m_vSize);
             for(int i = 0; i < (int)vSize; ++i)
             {
                 m_normalData.m_v[i].bContainsPureComment = m_lmppData.m_v[i].bContainsPureComment;
             }
         }
     }
 
     return errors;
 }
 
 /** Prepare the linedata vector for every input line.*/
 bool SourceData::FileData::preprocess(bool bPreserveCR, QTextCodec* pEncoding)
 {
     qint64 i;
     // detect line end style
     QVector<e_LineEndStyle> vOrigDataLineEndStyle;
     m_eLineEndStyle = eLineEndStyleUndefined;
     for(i = 0; i < m_size; ++i)
     {
         if(m_pBuf[i] == '\r')
         {
             if(i + 1 < m_size && m_pBuf[i + 1] == '\n') // not 16-bit unicode
             {
                 vOrigDataLineEndStyle.push_back(eLineEndStyleDos);
                 ++i;
             }
             else if(i > 0 && i + 2 < m_size && m_pBuf[i - 1] == '\0' && m_pBuf[i + 1] == '\0' && m_pBuf[i + 2] == '\n') // 16-bit unicode
             {
                 vOrigDataLineEndStyle.push_back(eLineEndStyleDos);
                 i += 2;
             }
             else // old mac line end style ?
             {
                 vOrigDataLineEndStyle.push_back(eLineEndStyleUndefined);
                 const_cast<char*>(m_pBuf)[i] = '\n'; // fix it in original data
             }
         }
         else if(m_pBuf[i] == '\n')
         {
             vOrigDataLineEndStyle.push_back(eLineEndStyleUnix);
         }
     }
 
     if(!vOrigDataLineEndStyle.isEmpty())
         m_eLineEndStyle = vOrigDataLineEndStyle[0];
 
     qint64 skipBytes = 0;
     QTextCodec* pCodec = ::detectEncoding(m_pBuf, m_size, skipBytes);
     if(pCodec != pEncoding)
         skipBytes = 0;
     
     if(m_size - skipBytes > INT_MAX)
         return false;
     
     QByteArray ba = QByteArray::fromRawData(m_pBuf + skipBytes, (int)(m_size - skipBytes));
     QTextStream ts(ba, QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text);
     ts.setCodec(pEncoding);
     ts.setAutoDetectUnicode(false);
     m_unicodeBuf = ts.readAll();
     ba.clear();
 
     int ucSize = m_unicodeBuf.length();
     const QChar* p = m_unicodeBuf.unicode();
 
     m_bIsText = true;
     int lines = 1;
     m_bIncompleteConversion = false;
     for(i = 0; i < ucSize; ++i)
     {
         if(i >= ucSize || p[i] == '\n')
         {
             ++lines;
         }
         if(p[i].isNull())
         {
             m_bIsText = false;
         }
         if(p[i] == QChar::ReplacementCharacter)
         {
             m_bIncompleteConversion = true;
         }
     }
 
     m_v.resize(lines + 5);
     int lineIdx = 0;
     int lineLength = 0;
     bool bNonWhiteFound = false;
     int whiteLength = 0;
     for(i = 0; i <= ucSize; ++i)
     {
         if(i >= ucSize || p[i] == '\n')
         {
             m_v[lineIdx].pLine = &p[i - lineLength];
             while(/*!bPreserveCR  &&*/ lineLength > 0 && m_v[lineIdx].pLine[lineLength - 1] == '\r')
             {
                 --lineLength;
             }
             m_v[lineIdx].pFirstNonWhiteChar = m_v[lineIdx].pLine + std::min(whiteLength, lineLength);
             m_v[lineIdx].size = lineLength;
             if(lineIdx < vOrigDataLineEndStyle.count() && bPreserveCR && i < ucSize)
             {
                 ++m_v[lineIdx].size;
                 const_cast<QChar*>(m_v[lineIdx].pLine)[lineLength] = '\r';
                 //switch ( vOrigDataLineEndStyle[lineIdx] )
                 //{
                 //case eLineEndStyleUnix: const_cast<QChar*>(m_v[lineIdx].pLine)[lineLength] = '\n'; break;
                 //case eLineEndStyleDos:  const_cast<QChar*>(m_v[lineIdx].pLine)[lineLength] = '\r'; break;
                 //case eLineEndStyleUndefined: const_cast<QChar*>(m_v[lineIdx].pLine)[lineLength] = '\x0b'; break;
                 //}
             }
             lineLength = 0;
             bNonWhiteFound = false;
             whiteLength = 0;
             ++lineIdx;
         }
         else
         {
             ++lineLength;
 
             if(!bNonWhiteFound && isWhite(p[i]))
                 ++whiteLength;
             else
                 bNonWhiteFound = true;
         }
     }
     Q_ASSERT(lineIdx == lines);
 
     m_vSize = lines;
     return true;
 }
 
 // Must not be entered, when within a comment.
 // Returns either at a newline-character p[i]=='\n' or when i==size.
 // A line that contains only comments is still "white".
 // Comments in white lines must remain, while comments in
 // non-white lines are overwritten with spaces.
 void SourceData::FileData::checkLineForComments(
     const QChar* p,          // pointer to start of buffer
     int& i,                  // index of current position (in, out)
     int size,                // size of buffer
     bool& bWhite,            // false if this line contains nonwhite characters (in, out)
     bool& bCommentInLine,    // true if any comment is within this line (in, out)
     bool& bStartsOpenComment // true if the line ends within an comment (out)
     )
 {
     bStartsOpenComment = false;
     for(; i < size; ++i)
     {
         // A single apostroph ' has prio over a double apostroph " (e.g. '"')
         // (if not in a string)
         if(p[i] == '\'')
         {
             bWhite = false;
             ++i;
             for(; !isLineOrBufEnd(p, i, size) && p[i] != '\''; ++i)
                 ;
             if(p[i] == '\'') ++i;
         }
 
         // Strings have priority over comments: e.g. "/* Not a comment, but a string. */"
         else if(p[i] == '"')
         {
             bWhite = false;
             ++i;
             for(; !isLineOrBufEnd(p, i, size) && !(p[i] == '"' && p[i - 1] != '\\'); ++i)
                 ;
             if(p[i] == '"') ++i;
         }
 
         // C++-comment
         else if(p[i] == '/' && i + 1 < size && p[i + 1] == '/')
         {
             int commentStart = i;
             bCommentInLine = true;
             i += 2;
             for(; !isLineOrBufEnd(p, i, size); ++i)
                 ;
             if(!bWhite)
             {
                 size = i - commentStart;
                 m_unicodeBuf.replace(commentStart, size, QString(" ").repeated(size));
             }
             return;
         }
 
         // C-comment
         else if(p[i] == '/' && i + 1 < size && p[i + 1] == '*')
         {
             int commentStart = i;
             bCommentInLine = true;
             i += 2;
             for(; !isLineOrBufEnd(p, i, size); ++i)
             {
                 if(i + 1 < size && p[i] == '*' && p[i + 1] == '/') // end of the comment
                 {
                     i += 2;
 
                     // More comments in the line?
                     checkLineForComments(p, i, size, bWhite, bCommentInLine, bStartsOpenComment);
                     if(!bWhite)
                     {
                         size = i - commentStart;
                         m_unicodeBuf.replace(commentStart, size, QString(" ").repeated(size));                    }
                     return;
                 }
             }
             bStartsOpenComment = true;
             return;
         }
 
         if(isLineOrBufEnd(p, i, size))
         {
             return;
         }
         else if(!p[i].isSpace())
         {
             bWhite = false;
         }
     }
 }
 
 // Modifies the input data, and replaces C/C++ comments with whitespace
 // when the line contains other data too. If the line contains only
 // a comment or white data, remember this in the flag bContainsPureComment.
 void SourceData::FileData::removeComments()
 {
     int line = 0;
     const QChar* p = m_unicodeBuf.unicode();
     bool bWithinComment = false;
     int size = m_unicodeBuf.length();
     for(int i = 0; i < size; ++i)
     {
         //      std::cout << "2        " << std::string(&p[i], m_v[line].size) << std::endl;
         bool bWhite = true;
         bool bCommentInLine = false;
 
         if(bWithinComment)
         {
             int commentStart = i;
             bCommentInLine = true;
 
             for(; !isLineOrBufEnd(p, i, size); ++i)
             {
                 if(i + 1 < size && p[i] == '*' && p[i + 1] == '/') // end of the comment
                 {
                     i += 2;
 
                     // More comments in the line?
                     checkLineForComments(p, i, size, bWhite, bCommentInLine, bWithinComment);
                     if(!bWhite)
                     {
                         size = i - commentStart;
                         m_unicodeBuf.replace(commentStart, size, QString(" ").repeated(size));
                     }
                     break;
                 }
             }
         }
         else
         {
             checkLineForComments(p, i, size, bWhite, bCommentInLine, bWithinComment);
         }
 
         // end of line
         Q_ASSERT(isLineOrBufEnd(p, i, size));
         m_v[line].bContainsPureComment = bCommentInLine && bWhite;
         /*      std::cout << line << " : " <<
        ( bCommentInLine ?  "c" : " " ) <<
        ( bWhite ? "w " : "  ") <<
        std::string(pLD[line].pLine, pLD[line].size) << std::endl;*/
 
         ++line;
     }
 }
 
 // First step
 void calcDiff3LineListUsingAB(
     const DiffList* pDiffListAB,
     Diff3LineList& d3ll)
 {
     // First make d3ll for AB (from pDiffListAB)
 
     DiffList::const_iterator i = pDiffListAB->begin();
     int lineA = 0;
     int lineB = 0;
     Diff d(0, 0, 0);
 
     for(;;)
     {
         if(d.nofEquals == 0 && d.diff1 == 0 && d.diff2 == 0)
         {
             if(i != pDiffListAB->end())
             {
                 d = *i;
                 ++i;
             }
             else
                 break;
         }
 
         Diff3Line d3l;
         if(d.nofEquals > 0)
         {
             d3l.bAEqB = true;
             d3l.lineA = lineA;
             d3l.lineB = lineB;
             --d.nofEquals;
             ++lineA;
             ++lineB;
         }
         else if(d.diff1 > 0 && d.diff2 > 0)
         {
             d3l.lineA = lineA;
             d3l.lineB = lineB;
             --d.diff1;
             --d.diff2;
             ++lineA;
             ++lineB;
         }
         else if(d.diff1 > 0)
         {
             d3l.lineA = lineA;
             --d.diff1;
             ++lineA;
         }
         else if(d.diff2 > 0)
         {
             d3l.lineB = lineB;
             --d.diff2;
             ++lineB;
         }
         
         Q_ASSERT(d.nofEquals >= 0);
 
         d3ll.push_back(d3l);
     }
 }
 
 // Second step
 void calcDiff3LineListUsingAC(
     const DiffList* pDiffListAC,
     Diff3LineList& d3ll)
 {
     ////////////////
     // Now insert data from C using pDiffListAC
 
     DiffList::const_iterator i = pDiffListAC->begin();
     Diff3LineList::iterator i3 = d3ll.begin();
     int lineA = 0;
     int lineC = 0;
     Diff d(0, 0, 0);
 
     for(;;)
     {
         if(d.nofEquals == 0 && d.diff1 == 0 && d.diff2 == 0)
         {
             if(i != pDiffListAC->end())
             {
                 d = *i;
                 ++i;
             }
             else
                 break;
         }
 
         Diff3Line d3l;
         if(d.nofEquals > 0)
         {
             // Find the corresponding lineA
             while((*i3).lineA != lineA)
                 ++i3;
 
             (*i3).lineC = lineC;
             (*i3).bAEqC = true;
             (*i3).bBEqC = (*i3).bAEqB;
 
             --d.nofEquals;
             ++lineA;
             ++lineC;
             ++i3;
         }
         else if(d.diff1 > 0 && d.diff2 > 0)
         {
             d3l.lineC = lineC;
             d3ll.insert(i3, d3l);
             --d.diff1;
             --d.diff2;
             ++lineA;
             ++lineC;
         }
         else if(d.diff1 > 0)
         {
             --d.diff1;
             ++lineA;
         }
         else if(d.diff2 > 0)
         {
             d3l.lineC = lineC;
             d3ll.insert(i3, d3l);
             --d.diff2;
             ++lineC;
         }
     }
 }
 
 // Third step
 void calcDiff3LineListUsingBC(
     const DiffList* pDiffListBC,
     Diff3LineList& d3ll)
 {
     ////////////////
     // Now improve the position of data from C using pDiffListBC
     // If a line from C equals a line from A then it is in the
     // same Diff3Line already.
     // If a line from C equals a line from B but not A, this
     // information will be used here.
 
     DiffList::const_iterator i = pDiffListBC->begin();
     Diff3LineList::iterator i3b = d3ll.begin();
     Diff3LineList::iterator i3c = d3ll.begin();
     int lineB = 0;
     int lineC = 0;
     Diff d(0, 0, 0);
 
     for(;;)
     {
         if(d.nofEquals == 0 && d.diff1 == 0 && d.diff2 == 0)
         {
             if(i != pDiffListBC->end())
             {
                 d = *i;
                 ++i;
             }
             else
                 break;
         }
 
         Diff3Line d3l;
         if(d.nofEquals > 0)
         {
             // Find the corresponding lineB and lineC
             while(i3b != d3ll.end() && (*i3b).lineB != lineB)
                 ++i3b;
 
             while(i3c != d3ll.end() && (*i3c).lineC != lineC)
                 ++i3c;
 
             Q_ASSERT(i3b != d3ll.end());
             Q_ASSERT(i3c != d3ll.end());
 
             if(i3b == i3c)
             {
                 Q_ASSERT((*i3b).lineC == lineC);
                 (*i3b).bBEqC = true;
             }
             else
             {
                 // Is it possible to move this line up?
                 // Test if no other B's are used between i3c and i3b
 
                 // First test which is before: i3c or i3b ?
                 Diff3LineList::iterator i3c1 = i3c;
                 Diff3LineList::iterator i3b1 = i3b;
                 while(i3c1 != i3b && i3b1 != i3c)
                 {
                     Q_ASSERT(i3b1 != d3ll.end() || i3c1 != d3ll.end());
                     if(i3c1 != d3ll.end()) ++i3c1;
                     if(i3b1 != d3ll.end()) ++i3b1;
                 }
 
                 if(i3c1 == i3b && !(*i3b).bAEqB) // i3c before i3b
                 {
                     Diff3LineList::iterator i3 = i3c;
                     int nofDisturbingLines = 0;
                     while(i3 != i3b && i3 != d3ll.end())
                     {
                         if((*i3).lineB != -1)
                             ++nofDisturbingLines;
                         ++i3;
                     }
 
                     if(nofDisturbingLines > 0) //&& nofDisturbingLines < d.nofEquals*d.nofEquals+4 )
                     {
                         Diff3LineList::iterator i3_last_equal_A = d3ll.end();
 
                         i3 = i3c;
                         while(i3 != i3b)
                         {
                             if(i3->bAEqB)
                             {
                                 i3_last_equal_A = i3;
                             }
                             ++i3;
                         }
 
                         /* If i3_last_equal_A isn't still set to d3ll.end(), then
                    * we've found a line in A that is equal to one in B
                    * somewhere between i3c and i3b
                    */
                         bool before_or_on_equal_line_in_A = (i3_last_equal_A != d3ll.end());
 
                         // Move the disturbing lines up, out of sight.
                         i3 = i3c;
                         while(i3 != i3b)
                         {
                             if((*i3).lineB != -1 ||
                                (before_or_on_equal_line_in_A && i3->lineA != -1))
                             {
                                 d3l.lineB = (*i3).lineB;
                                 (*i3).lineB = -1;
 
                                 // Move A along if it matched B
                                 if(before_or_on_equal_line_in_A)
                                 {
                                     d3l.lineA = i3->lineA;
                                     d3l.bAEqB = i3->bAEqB;
                                     i3->lineA = -1;
                                     i3->bAEqC = false;
                                 }
 
                                 (*i3).bAEqB = false;
                                 (*i3).bBEqC = false;
                                 d3ll.insert(i3c, d3l);
                             }
 
                             if(i3 == i3_last_equal_A)
                             {
                                 before_or_on_equal_line_in_A = false;
                             }
 
                             ++i3;
                         }
                         nofDisturbingLines = 0;
                     }
 
                     if(nofDisturbingLines == 0)
                     {
                         // Yes, the line from B can be moved.
                         (*i3b).lineB = -1; // This might leave an empty line: removed later.
                         (*i3b).bAEqB = false;
                         (*i3b).bBEqC = false;
                         (*i3c).lineB = lineB;
                         (*i3c).bBEqC = true;
                         (*i3c).bAEqB = (*i3c).bAEqC;
                     }
                 }
                 else if(i3b1 == i3c && !(*i3c).bAEqC)
                 {
                     Diff3LineList::iterator i3 = i3b;
                     int nofDisturbingLines = 0;
                     while(i3 != i3c && i3 != d3ll.end())
                     {
                         if((*i3).lineC != -1)
                             ++nofDisturbingLines;
                         ++i3;
                     }
 
                     if(nofDisturbingLines > 0) //&& nofDisturbingLines < d.nofEquals*d.nofEquals+4 )
                     {
                         Diff3LineList::iterator i3_last_equal_A = d3ll.end();
 
                         i3 = i3b;
                         while(i3 != i3c)
                         {
                             if(i3->bAEqC)
                             {
                                 i3_last_equal_A = i3;
                             }
                             ++i3;
                         }
 
                         /* If i3_last_equal_A isn't still set to d3ll.end(), then
                    * we've found a line in A that is equal to one in C
                    * somewhere between i3b and i3c
                    */
                         bool before_or_on_equal_line_in_A = (i3_last_equal_A != d3ll.end());
 
                         // Move the disturbing lines up.
                         i3 = i3b;
                         while(i3 != i3c)
                         {
                             if((*i3).lineC != -1 ||
                                (before_or_on_equal_line_in_A && i3->lineA != -1))
                             {
                                 d3l.lineC = (*i3).lineC;
                                 (*i3).lineC = -1;
 
                                 // Move A along if it matched C
                                 if(before_or_on_equal_line_in_A)
                                 {
                                     d3l.lineA = i3->lineA;
                                     d3l.bAEqC = i3->bAEqC;
                                     i3->lineA = -1;
                                     i3->bAEqB = false;
                                 }
 
                                 (*i3).bAEqC = false;
                                 (*i3).bBEqC = false;
                                 d3ll.insert(i3b, d3l);
                             }
 
                             if(i3 == i3_last_equal_A)
                             {
                                 before_or_on_equal_line_in_A = false;
                             }
 
                             ++i3;
                         }
                         nofDisturbingLines = 0;
                     }
 
                     if(nofDisturbingLines == 0)
                     {
                         // Yes, the line from C can be moved.
                         (*i3c).lineC = -1; // This might leave an empty line: removed later.
                         (*i3c).bAEqC = false;
                         (*i3c).bBEqC = false;
                         (*i3b).lineC = lineC;
                         (*i3b).bBEqC = true;
                         (*i3b).bAEqC = (*i3b).bAEqB;
                     }
                 }
             }
 
             --d.nofEquals;
             ++lineB;
             ++lineC;
             ++i3b;
             ++i3c;
         }
         else if(d.diff1 > 0)
         {
             Diff3LineList::iterator i3 = i3b;
             while((*i3).lineB != lineB)
                 ++i3;
             if(i3 != i3b && (*i3).bAEqB == false)
             {
                 // Take B from this line and move it up as far as possible
                 d3l.lineB = lineB;
                 d3ll.insert(i3b, d3l);
                 (*i3).lineB = -1;
             }
             else
             {
                 i3b = i3;
             }
             --d.diff1;
             ++lineB;
             ++i3b;
 
             if(d.diff2 > 0)
             {
                 --d.diff2;
                 ++lineC;
             }
         }
         else if(d.diff2 > 0)
         {
             --d.diff2;
             ++lineC;
         }
     }
     /*
    Diff3LineList::iterator it = d3ll.begin();
    int li=0;
    for( ; it!=d3ll.end(); ++it, ++li )
    {
       printf( "%4d %4d %4d %4d  A%c=B A%c=C B%c=C\n",
          li, (*it).lineA, (*it).lineB, (*it).lineC,
          (*it).bAEqB ? '=' : '!', (*it).bAEqC ? '=' : '!', (*it).bBEqC ? '=' : '!' );
    }
    printf("\n");*/
 }
 
 #ifdef Q_OS_WIN
 using ::equal;
 #endif
 
 // Test if the move would pass a barrier. Return true if not.
 static bool isValidMove(ManualDiffHelpList* pManualDiffHelpList, int line1, int line2, int winIdx1, int winIdx2)
 {
     if(line1 >= 0 && line2 >= 0)
     {
         ManualDiffHelpList::const_iterator i;
         for(i = pManualDiffHelpList->begin(); i != pManualDiffHelpList->end(); ++i)
         {
             const ManualDiffHelpEntry& mdhe = *i;
 
             // Barrier
             int l1 = winIdx1 == 1 ? mdhe.lineA1 : winIdx1 == 2 ? mdhe.lineB1 : mdhe.lineC1;
             int l2 = winIdx2 == 1 ? mdhe.lineA1 : winIdx2 == 2 ? mdhe.lineB1 : mdhe.lineC1;
 
             if(l1 >= 0 && l2 >= 0)
             {
                 if((line1 >= l1 && line2 < l2) || (line1 < l1 && line2 >= l2))
                     return false;
                 l1 = winIdx1 == 1 ? mdhe.lineA2 : winIdx1 == 2 ? mdhe.lineB2 : mdhe.lineC2;
                 l2 = winIdx2 == 1 ? mdhe.lineA2 : winIdx2 == 2 ? mdhe.lineB2 : mdhe.lineC2;
                 ++l1;
                 ++l2;
                 if((line1 >= l1 && line2 < l2) || (line1 < l1 && line2 >= l2))
                     return false;
             }
         }
     }
     return true; // no barrier passed.
 }
 
 static bool runDiff(const LineData* p1, LineRef size1, const LineData* p2, LineRef size2, DiffList& diffList,
                     Options* pOptions)
 {
     ProgressProxy pp;
     static GnuDiff gnuDiff; // All values are initialized with zeros.
 
     pp.setCurrent(0);
 
     diffList.clear();
     if(p1[0].pLine == nullptr || p2[0].pLine == nullptr || size1 == 0 || size2 == 0)
     {
         Diff d(0, 0, 0);
         if(p1[0].pLine == nullptr && p2[0].pLine == nullptr && size1 == size2)
             d.nofEquals = size1;
         else
         {
             d.diff1 = size1;
             d.diff2 = size2;
         }
 
         diffList.push_back(d);
     }
     else
     {
         GnuDiff::comparison comparisonInput;
         memset(&comparisonInput, 0, sizeof(comparisonInput));
         comparisonInput.parent = nullptr;
         comparisonInput.file[0].buffer = p1[0].pLine;                                                //ptr to buffer
         comparisonInput.file[0].buffered = (p1[size1 - 1].pLine - p1[0].pLine + p1[size1 - 1].size); // size of buffer
         comparisonInput.file[1].buffer = p2[0].pLine;                                                //ptr to buffer
         comparisonInput.file[1].buffered = (p2[size2 - 1].pLine - p2[0].pLine + p2[size2 - 1].size); // size of buffer
 
         gnuDiff.ignore_white_space = GnuDiff::IGNORE_ALL_SPACE; // I think nobody needs anything else ...
         gnuDiff.bIgnoreWhiteSpace = true;
         gnuDiff.bIgnoreNumbers = pOptions->m_bIgnoreNumbers;
         gnuDiff.minimal = pOptions->m_bTryHard;
         gnuDiff.ignore_case = false;
         GnuDiff::change* script = gnuDiff.diff_2_files(&comparisonInput);
 
         LineRef equalLinesAtStart = comparisonInput.file[0].prefix_lines;
         LineRef currentLine1 = 0;
         LineRef currentLine2 = 0;
         GnuDiff::change* p = nullptr;
         for(GnuDiff::change* e = script; e; e = p)
         {
             Diff d(0, 0, 0);
             d.nofEquals = e->line0 - currentLine1;
             Q_ASSERT(d.nofEquals == e->line1 - currentLine2);
             d.diff1 = e->deleted;
             d.diff2 = e->inserted;
             currentLine1 += d.nofEquals + d.diff1;
             currentLine2 += d.nofEquals + d.diff2;
             diffList.push_back(d);
 
             p = e->link;
             free(e);
         }
 
         if(diffList.empty())
         {
             Diff d(0, 0, 0);
             d.nofEquals = std::min(size1, size2);
             d.diff1 = size1 - d.nofEquals;
             d.diff2 = size2 - d.nofEquals;
             diffList.push_back(d);
             /*         Diff d(0,0,0);
          d.nofEquals = equalLinesAtStart;
          if ( gnuDiff.files[0].missing_newline != gnuDiff.files[1].missing_newline )
          {
             d.diff1 = gnuDiff.files[0].missing_newline ? 0 : 1;
             d.diff2 = gnuDiff.files[1].missing_newline ? 0 : 1;
             ++d.nofEquals;
          }
          else if ( !gnuDiff.files[0].missing_newline )
          {
             ++d.nofEquals;
          }
          diffList.push_back(d);
 */
         }
         else
         {
             diffList.front().nofEquals += equalLinesAtStart;
             currentLine1 += equalLinesAtStart;
             currentLine2 += equalLinesAtStart;
 
             LineRef nofEquals = std::min(size1 - currentLine1, size2 - currentLine2);
             if(nofEquals == 0)
             {
                 diffList.back().diff1 += size1 - currentLine1;
                 diffList.back().diff2 += size2 - currentLine2;
             }
             else
             {
                 Diff d(nofEquals, size1 - currentLine1 - nofEquals, size2 - currentLine2 - nofEquals);
                 diffList.push_back(d);
             }
 
             /*
          if ( gnuDiff.files[0].missing_newline != gnuDiff.files[1].missing_newline )
          {
             diffList.back().diff1 += gnuDiff.files[0].missing_newline ? 0 : 1;
             diffList.back().diff2 += gnuDiff.files[1].missing_newline ? 0 : 1;
          }
          else if ( !gnuDiff.files[0].missing_newline )
          {
             ++ diffList.back().nofEquals;
          }
          */
         }
     }
 
     // Verify difflist
     {
         LineRef l1 = 0;
         LineRef l2 = 0;
         DiffList::iterator i;
         for(i = diffList.begin(); i != diffList.end(); ++i)
         {
             l1 += i->nofEquals + i->diff1;
             l2 += i->nofEquals + i->diff2;
         }
 
         //if( l1!=p1-p1start || l2!=p2-p2start )
         Q_ASSERT(l1 == size1 && l2 == size2);
     }
 
     pp.setCurrent(1.0);
 
     return true;
 }
 
 bool runDiff(const LineData* p1, LineRef size1, const LineData* p2, LineRef size2, DiffList& diffList,
              int winIdx1, int winIdx2,
              ManualDiffHelpList* pManualDiffHelpList,
              Options* pOptions)
 {
     diffList.clear();
     DiffList diffList2;
 
     int l1begin = 0;
     int l2begin = 0;
     ManualDiffHelpList::const_iterator i;
     for(i = pManualDiffHelpList->begin(); i != pManualDiffHelpList->end(); ++i)
     {
         const ManualDiffHelpEntry& mdhe = *i;
 
         int l1end = winIdx1 == 1 ? mdhe.lineA1 : winIdx1 == 2 ? mdhe.lineB1 : mdhe.lineC1;
         int l2end = winIdx2 == 1 ? mdhe.lineA1 : winIdx2 == 2 ? mdhe.lineB1 : mdhe.lineC1;
 
         if(l1end >= 0 && l2end >= 0)
         {
             runDiff(p1 + l1begin, l1end - l1begin, p2 + l2begin, l2end - l2begin, diffList2, pOptions);
             diffList.splice(diffList.end(), diffList2);
             l1begin = l1end;
             l2begin = l2end;
 
             l1end = winIdx1 == 1 ? mdhe.lineA2 : winIdx1 == 2 ? mdhe.lineB2 : mdhe.lineC2;
             l2end = winIdx2 == 1 ? mdhe.lineA2 : winIdx2 == 2 ? mdhe.lineB2 : mdhe.lineC2;
 
             if(l1end >= 0 && l2end >= 0)
             {
                 ++l1end; // point to line after last selected line
                 ++l2end;
                 runDiff(p1 + l1begin, l1end - l1begin, p2 + l2begin, l2end - l2begin, diffList2, pOptions);
                 diffList.splice(diffList.end(), diffList2);
                 l1begin = l1end;
                 l2begin = l2end;
             }
         }
     }
     runDiff(p1 + l1begin, size1 - l1begin, p2 + l2begin, size2 - l2begin, diffList2, pOptions);
     diffList.splice(diffList.end(), diffList2);
     return true;
 }
 
 void correctManualDiffAlignment(Diff3LineList& d3ll, ManualDiffHelpList* pManualDiffHelpList)
 {
     if(pManualDiffHelpList->empty())
         return;
 
     // If a line appears unaligned in comparison to the manual alignment, correct this.
 
     ManualDiffHelpList::iterator iMDHL;
     for(iMDHL = pManualDiffHelpList->begin(); iMDHL != pManualDiffHelpList->end(); ++iMDHL)
     {
         Diff3LineList::iterator i3 = d3ll.begin();
         int missingWinIdx = 0;
         int alignedSum = (iMDHL->lineA1 < 0 ? 0 : 1) + (iMDHL->lineB1 < 0 ? 0 : 1) + (iMDHL->lineC1 < 0 ? 0 : 1);
         if(alignedSum == 2)
         {
             // If only A & B are aligned then let C rather be aligned with A
             // If only A & C are aligned then let B rather be aligned with A
             // If only B & C are aligned then let A rather be aligned with B
             missingWinIdx = iMDHL->lineA1 < 0 ? 1 : (iMDHL->lineB1 < 0 ? 2 : 3);
         }
         else if(alignedSum <= 1)
         {
             return;
         }
 
         // At the first aligned line, move up the two other lines into new d3ls until the second input is aligned
         // Then move up the third input until all three lines are aligned.
         int wi = 0;
         for(; i3 != d3ll.end(); ++i3)
         {
             for(wi = 1; wi <= 3; ++wi)
             {
                 if(i3->getLineInFile(wi) >= 0 && iMDHL->firstLine(wi) == i3->getLineInFile(wi))
                     break;
             }
             if(wi <= 3)
                 break;
         }
 
         if(wi >= 1 && wi <= 3)
         {
             // Found manual alignment for one source
             Diff3LineList::iterator iDest = i3;
 
             // Move lines up until the next firstLine is found. Omit wi from move and search.
             int wi2 = 0;
             for(; i3 != d3ll.end(); ++i3)
             {
                 for(wi2 = 1; wi2 <= 3; ++wi2)
                 {
                     if(wi != wi2 && i3->getLineInFile(wi2) >= 0 && iMDHL->firstLine(wi2) == i3->getLineInFile(wi2))
                         break;
                 }
                 if(wi2 > 3)
                 { // Not yet found
                     // Move both others up
                     Diff3Line d3l;
                     // Move both up
                     if(wi == 1) // Move B and C up
                     {
                         d3l.bBEqC = i3->bBEqC;
                         d3l.lineB = i3->lineB;
                         d3l.lineC = i3->lineC;
                         i3->lineB = -1;
                         i3->lineC = -1;
                     }
                     if(wi == 2) // Move A and C up
                     {
                         d3l.bAEqC = i3->bAEqC;
                         d3l.lineA = i3->lineA;
                         d3l.lineC = i3->lineC;
                         i3->lineA = -1;
                         i3->lineC = -1;
                     }
                     if(wi == 3) // Move A and B up
                     {
                         d3l.bAEqB = i3->bAEqB;
                         d3l.lineA = i3->lineA;
                         d3l.lineB = i3->lineB;
                         i3->lineA = -1;
                         i3->lineB = -1;
                     }
                     i3->bAEqB = false;
                     i3->bAEqC = false;
                     i3->bBEqC = false;
                     d3ll.insert(iDest, d3l);
                 }
                 else
                 {
                     // align the found line with the line we already have here
                     if(i3 != iDest)
                     {
                         if(wi2 == 1)
                         {
                             iDest->lineA = i3->lineA;
                             i3->lineA = -1;
                             i3->bAEqB = false;
                             i3->bAEqC = false;
                         }
                         else if(wi2 == 2)
                         {
                             iDest->lineB = i3->lineB;
                             i3->lineB = -1;
                             i3->bAEqB = false;
                             i3->bBEqC = false;
                         }
                         else if(wi2 == 3)
                         {
                             iDest->lineC = i3->lineC;
                             i3->lineC = -1;
                             i3->bBEqC = false;
                             i3->bAEqC = false;
                         }
                     }
 
                     if(missingWinIdx != 0)
                     {
                         for(; i3 != d3ll.end(); ++i3)
                         {
                             int wi3 = missingWinIdx;
                             if(i3->getLineInFile(wi3) >= 0)
                             {
                                 // not found, move the line before iDest
                                 Diff3Line d3l;
                                 if(wi3 == 1)
                                 {
                                     if(i3->bAEqB) // Stop moving lines up if one equal is found.
                                         break;
                                     d3l.lineA = i3->lineA;
                                     i3->lineA = -1;
                                     i3->bAEqB = false;
                                     i3->bAEqC = false;
                                 }
                                 if(wi3 == 2)
                                 {
                                     if(i3->bAEqB)
                                         break;
                                     d3l.lineB = i3->lineB;
                                     i3->lineB = -1;
                                     i3->bAEqB = false;
                                     i3->bBEqC = false;
                                 }
                                 if(wi3 == 3)
                                 {
                                     if(i3->bAEqC)
                                         break;
                                     d3l.lineC = i3->lineC;
                                     i3->lineC = -1;
                                     i3->bAEqC = false;
                                     i3->bBEqC = false;
                                 }
                                 d3ll.insert(iDest, d3l);
                             }
                         } // for(), searching for wi3
                     }
                     break;
                 }
             } // for(), searching for wi2
         }     // if, wi found
     }         // for (iMDHL)
 }
 
 // Fourth step
 void calcDiff3LineListTrim(
     Diff3LineList& d3ll, const LineData* pldA, const LineData* pldB, const LineData* pldC, ManualDiffHelpList* pManualDiffHelpList)
 {
     const Diff3Line d3l_empty;
     d3ll.removeAll(d3l_empty);
 
     Diff3LineList::iterator i3 = d3ll.begin();
     Diff3LineList::iterator i3A = d3ll.begin();
     Diff3LineList::iterator i3B = d3ll.begin();
     Diff3LineList::iterator i3C = d3ll.begin();
 
     int line = 0;  // diff3line counters
     int lineA = 0; //
     int lineB = 0;
     int lineC = 0;
 
     ManualDiffHelpList::iterator iMDHL = pManualDiffHelpList->begin();
     // The iterator i3 and the variable line look ahead.
     // The iterators i3A, i3B, i3C and corresponding lineA, lineB and lineC stop at empty lines, if found.
     // If possible, then the texts from the look ahead will be moved back to the empty places.
 
     for(; i3 != d3ll.end(); ++i3, ++line)
     {
         if(iMDHL != pManualDiffHelpList->end())
         {
             if((i3->lineA >= 0 && i3->lineA == iMDHL->lineA1) ||
                (i3->lineB >= 0 && i3->lineB == iMDHL->lineB1) ||
                (i3->lineC >= 0 && i3->lineC == iMDHL->lineC1))
             {
                 i3A = i3;
                 i3B = i3;
                 i3C = i3;
                 lineA = line;
                 lineB = line;
                 lineC = line;
                 ++iMDHL;
             }
         }
 
         if(line > lineA && (*i3).lineA != -1 && (*i3A).lineB != -1 && (*i3A).bBEqC &&
            ::equal(pldA[(*i3).lineA], pldB[(*i3A).lineB], false) &&
            isValidMove(pManualDiffHelpList, (*i3).lineA, (*i3A).lineB, 1, 2) &&
            isValidMove(pManualDiffHelpList, (*i3).lineA, (*i3A).lineC, 1, 3))
         {
             // Empty space for A. A matches B and C in the empty line. Move it up.
             (*i3A).lineA = (*i3).lineA;
             (*i3A).bAEqB = true;
             (*i3A).bAEqC = true;
 
             (*i3).lineA = -1;
             (*i3).bAEqB = false;
             (*i3).bAEqC = false;
             ++i3A;
             ++lineA;
         }
 
         if(line > lineB && (*i3).lineB != -1 && (*i3B).lineA != -1 && (*i3B).bAEqC &&
            ::equal(pldB[(*i3).lineB], pldA[(*i3B).lineA], false) &&
            isValidMove(pManualDiffHelpList, (*i3).lineB, (*i3B).lineA, 2, 1) &&
            isValidMove(pManualDiffHelpList, (*i3).lineB, (*i3B).lineC, 2, 3))
         {
             // Empty space for B. B matches A and C in the empty line. Move it up.
             (*i3B).lineB = (*i3).lineB;
             (*i3B).bAEqB = true;
             (*i3B).bBEqC = true;
             (*i3).lineB = -1;
             (*i3).bAEqB = false;
             (*i3).bBEqC = false;
             ++i3B;
             ++lineB;
         }
 
         if(line > lineC && (*i3).lineC != -1 && (*i3C).lineA != -1 && (*i3C).bAEqB &&
            ::equal(pldC[(*i3).lineC], pldA[(*i3C).lineA], false) &&
            isValidMove(pManualDiffHelpList, (*i3).lineC, (*i3C).lineA, 3, 1) &&
            isValidMove(pManualDiffHelpList, (*i3).lineC, (*i3C).lineB, 3, 2))
         {
             // Empty space for C. C matches A and B in the empty line. Move it up.
             (*i3C).lineC = (*i3).lineC;
             (*i3C).bAEqC = true;
             (*i3C).bBEqC = true;
             (*i3).lineC = -1;
             (*i3).bAEqC = false;
             (*i3).bBEqC = false;
             ++i3C;
             ++lineC;
         }
 
         if(line > lineA && (*i3).lineA != -1 && !(*i3).bAEqB && !(*i3).bAEqC &&
            isValidMove(pManualDiffHelpList, (*i3).lineA, (*i3A).lineB, 1, 2) &&
            isValidMove(pManualDiffHelpList, (*i3).lineA, (*i3A).lineC, 1, 3)) {
             // Empty space for A. A doesn't match B or C. Move it up.
             (*i3A).lineA = (*i3).lineA;
             (*i3).lineA = -1;
 
             if(i3A->lineB != -1 && ::equal(pldA[i3A->lineA], pldB[i3A->lineB], false))
             {
                 i3A->bAEqB = true;
             }
             if((i3A->bAEqB && i3A->bBEqC) ||
                (i3A->lineC != -1 && ::equal(pldA[i3A->lineA], pldC[i3A->lineC], false)))
             {
                 i3A->bAEqC = true;
             }
 
             ++i3A;
             ++lineA;
         }
 
         if(line > lineB && (*i3).lineB != -1 && !(*i3).bAEqB && !(*i3).bBEqC &&
            isValidMove(pManualDiffHelpList, (*i3).lineB, (*i3B).lineA, 2, 1) &&
            isValidMove(pManualDiffHelpList, (*i3).lineB, (*i3B).lineC, 2, 3))
         {
             // Empty space for B. B matches neither A nor C. Move B up.
             (*i3B).lineB = (*i3).lineB;
             (*i3).lineB = -1;
 
             if(i3B->lineA != -1 && ::equal(pldA[i3B->lineA], pldB[i3B->lineB], false))
             {
                 i3B->bAEqB = true;
             }
             if((i3B->bAEqB && i3B->bAEqC) ||
                (i3B->lineC != -1 && ::equal(pldB[i3B->lineB], pldC[i3B->lineC], false)))
             {
                 i3B->bBEqC = true;
             }
 
             ++i3B;
             ++lineB;
         }
 
         if(line > lineC && (*i3).lineC != -1 && !(*i3).bAEqC && !(*i3).bBEqC &&
            isValidMove(pManualDiffHelpList, (*i3).lineC, (*i3C).lineA, 3, 1) &&
            isValidMove(pManualDiffHelpList, (*i3).lineC, (*i3C).lineB, 3, 2))
         {
             // Empty space for C. C matches neither A nor B. Move C up.
             (*i3C).lineC = (*i3).lineC;
             (*i3).lineC = -1;
 
             if(i3C->lineA != -1 && ::equal(pldA[i3C->lineA], pldC[i3C->lineC], false))
             {
                 i3C->bAEqC = true;
             }
             if((i3C->bAEqC && i3C->bAEqB) ||
                (i3C->lineB != -1 && ::equal(pldB[i3C->lineB], pldC[i3C->lineC], false)))
             {
                 i3C->bBEqC = true;
             }
 
             ++i3C;
             ++lineC;
         }
 
         if(line > lineA && line > lineB && (*i3).lineA != -1 && (*i3).bAEqB && !(*i3).bAEqC)
         {
             // Empty space for A and B. A matches B, but not C. Move A & B up.
             Diff3LineList::iterator i = lineA > lineB ? i3A : i3B;
             int l = lineA > lineB ? lineA : lineB;
 
             if(isValidMove(pManualDiffHelpList, i->lineC, (*i3).lineA, 3, 1) &&
                isValidMove(pManualDiffHelpList, i->lineC, (*i3).lineB, 3, 2))
             {
                 (*i).lineA = (*i3).lineA;
                 (*i).lineB = (*i3).lineB;
                 (*i).bAEqB = true;
 
                 if(i->lineC != -1 && ::equal(pldA[i->lineA], pldC[i->lineC], false))
                 {
                     (*i).bAEqC = true;
                     (*i).bBEqC = true;
                 }
 
                 (*i3).lineA = -1;
                 (*i3).lineB = -1;
                 (*i3).bAEqB = false;
                 i3A = i;
                 i3B = i;
                 ++i3A;
                 ++i3B;
                 lineA = l + 1;
                 lineB = l + 1;
             }
         }
         else if(line > lineA && line > lineC && (*i3).lineA != -1 && (*i3).bAEqC && !(*i3).bAEqB)
         {
             // Empty space for A and C. A matches C, but not B. Move A & C up.
             Diff3LineList::iterator i = lineA > lineC ? i3A : i3C;
             int l = lineA > lineC ? lineA : lineC;
 
             if(isValidMove(pManualDiffHelpList, i->lineB, (*i3).lineA, 2, 1) &&
                isValidMove(pManualDiffHelpList, i->lineB, (*i3).lineC, 2, 3))
             {
                 (*i).lineA = (*i3).lineA;
                 (*i).lineC = (*i3).lineC;
                 (*i).bAEqC = true;
 
                 if(i->lineB != -1 && ::equal(pldA[i->lineA], pldB[i->lineB], false))
                 {
                     (*i).bAEqB = true;
                     (*i).bBEqC = true;
                 }
 
                 (*i3).lineA = -1;
                 (*i3).lineC = -1;
                 (*i3).bAEqC = false;
                 i3A = i;
                 i3C = i;
                 ++i3A;
                 ++i3C;
                 lineA = l + 1;
                 lineC = l + 1;
             }
         }
         else if(line > lineB && line > lineC && (*i3).lineB != -1 && (*i3).bBEqC && !(*i3).bAEqC)
         {
             // Empty space for B and C. B matches C, but not A. Move B & C up.
             Diff3LineList::iterator i = lineB > lineC ? i3B : i3C;
             int l = lineB > lineC ? lineB : lineC;
 
             if(isValidMove(pManualDiffHelpList, i->lineA, (*i3).lineB, 1, 2) &&
                isValidMove(pManualDiffHelpList, i->lineA, (*i3).lineC, 1, 3))
             {
                 (*i).lineB = (*i3).lineB;
                 (*i).lineC = (*i3).lineC;
                 (*i).bBEqC = true;
 
                 if(i->lineA != -1 && ::equal(pldA[i->lineA], pldB[i->lineB], false))
                 {
                     (*i).bAEqB = true;
                     (*i).bAEqC = true;
                 }
 
                 (*i3).lineB = -1;
                 (*i3).lineC = -1;
                 (*i3).bBEqC = false;
                 i3B = i;
                 i3C = i;
                 ++i3B;
                 ++i3C;
                 lineB = l + 1;
                 lineC = l + 1;
             }
         }
 
         if((*i3).lineA != -1)
         {
             lineA = line + 1;
             i3A = i3;
             ++i3A;
         }
         if((*i3).lineB != -1)
         {
             lineB = line + 1;
             i3B = i3;
             ++i3B;
         }
         if((*i3).lineC != -1)
         {
             lineC = line + 1;
             i3C = i3;
             ++i3C;
         }
     }
 
     d3ll.removeAll(d3l_empty);
 
     /*
 
    Diff3LineList::iterator it = d3ll.begin();
    int li=0;
    for( ; it!=d3ll.end(); ++it, ++li )
    {
       printf( "%4d %4d %4d %4d  A%c=B A%c=C B%c=C\n",
          li, (*it).lineA, (*it).lineB, (*it).lineC,
          (*it).bAEqB ? '=' : '!', (*it).bAEqC ? '=' : '!', (*it).bBEqC ? '=' : '!' );
 
    }
 */
 }
 
 void DiffBufferInfo::init(Diff3LineList* pD3ll, const Diff3LineVector* pD3lv,
                           const LineData* pldA, LineRef sizeA, const LineData* pldB, LineRef sizeB, const LineData* pldC, LineRef sizeC)
 {
     m_pDiff3LineList = pD3ll;
     m_pDiff3LineVector = pD3lv;
     m_pLineDataA = pldA;
     m_pLineDataB = pldB;
     m_pLineDataC = pldC;
     m_sizeA = sizeA;
     m_sizeB = sizeB;
     m_sizeC = sizeC;
     Diff3LineList::iterator i3 = pD3ll->begin();
     for(; i3 != pD3ll->end(); ++i3)
     {
         i3->m_pDiffBufferInfo = this;
     }
 }
 
 void calcWhiteDiff3Lines(
     Diff3LineList& d3ll, const LineData* pldA, const LineData* pldB, const LineData* pldC)
 {
     Diff3LineList::iterator i3 = d3ll.begin();
 
     for(; i3 != d3ll.end(); ++i3)
     {
         i3->bWhiteLineA = ((*i3).lineA == -1 || pldA == nullptr || pldA[(*i3).lineA].whiteLine() || pldA[(*i3).lineA].bContainsPureComment);
         i3->bWhiteLineB = ((*i3).lineB == -1 || pldB == nullptr || pldB[(*i3).lineB].whiteLine() || pldB[(*i3).lineB].bContainsPureComment);
         i3->bWhiteLineC = ((*i3).lineC == -1 || pldC == nullptr || pldC[(*i3).lineC].whiteLine() || pldC[(*i3).lineC].bContainsPureComment);
     }
 }
 
 inline bool equal(QChar c1, QChar c2, bool /*bStrict*/)
 {
     // If bStrict then white space doesn't match
 
     //if ( bStrict &&  ( c1==' ' || c1=='\t' ) )
     //   return false;
 
     return c1 == c2;
 }
 
 // My own diff-invention:
 template <class T>
 void calcDiff(const T* p1, LineRef size1, const T* p2, LineRef size2, DiffList& diffList, int match, int maxSearchRange)
 {
     diffList.clear();
 
     const T* p1start = p1;
     const T* p2start = p2;
     const T* p1end = p1 + size1;
     const T* p2end = p2 + size2;
     for(;;)
     {
         int nofEquals = 0;
         while(p1 != p1end && p2 != p2end && equal(*p1, *p2, false))
         {
             ++p1;
             ++p2;
             ++nofEquals;
         }
 
         bool bBestValid = false;
         int bestI1 = 0;
         int bestI2 = 0;
         int i1 = 0;
         int i2 = 0;
         for(i1 = 0;; ++i1)
         {
             if(&p1[i1] == p1end || (bBestValid && i1 >= bestI1 + bestI2))
             {
                 break;
             }
             for(i2 = 0; i2 < maxSearchRange; ++i2)
             {
                 if(&p2[i2] == p2end || (bBestValid && i1 + i2 >= bestI1 + bestI2))
                 {
                     break;
                 }
                 else if(equal(p2[i2], p1[i1], true) &&
                         (match == 1 || abs(i1 - i2) < 3 || (&p2[i2 + 1] == p2end && &p1[i1 + 1] == p1end) ||
                          (&p2[i2 + 1] != p2end && &p1[i1 + 1] != p1end && equal(p2[i2 + 1], p1[i1 + 1], false))))
                 {
                     if(i1 + i2 < bestI1 + bestI2 || bBestValid == false)
                     {
                         bestI1 = i1;
                         bestI2 = i2;
                         bBestValid = true;
                         break;
                     }
                 }
             }
         }
 
         // The match was found using the strict search. Go back if there are non-strict
         // matches.
         while(bestI1 >= 1 && bestI2 >= 1 && equal(p1[bestI1 - 1], p2[bestI2 - 1], false))
         {
             --bestI1;
             --bestI2;
         }
 
         bool bEndReached = false;
         if(bBestValid)
         {
             // continue somehow
             Diff d(nofEquals, bestI1, bestI2);
             diffList.push_back(d);
 
             p1 += bestI1;
             p2 += bestI2;
         }
         else
         {
             // Nothing else to match.
             Diff d(nofEquals, p1end - p1, p2end - p2);
             diffList.push_back(d);
 
             bEndReached = true; //break;
         }
 
         // Sometimes the algorithm that chooses the first match unfortunately chooses
         // a match where later actually equal parts don't match anymore.
         // A different match could be achieved, if we start at the end.
         // Do it, if it would be a better match.
         int nofUnmatched = 0;
         const T* pu1 = p1 - 1;
         const T* pu2 = p2 - 1;
         while(pu1 >= p1start && pu2 >= p2start && equal(*pu1, *pu2, false))
         {
             ++nofUnmatched;
             --pu1;
             --pu2;
         }
 
         Diff d = diffList.back();
         if(nofUnmatched > 0)
         {
             // We want to go backwards the nofUnmatched elements and redo
             // the matching
             d = diffList.back();
             Diff origBack = d;
             diffList.pop_back();
 
             while(nofUnmatched > 0)
             {
                 if(d.diff1 > 0 && d.diff2 > 0)
                 {
                     --d.diff1;
                     --d.diff2;
                     --nofUnmatched;
                 }
                 else if(d.nofEquals > 0)
                 {
                     --d.nofEquals;
                     --nofUnmatched;
                 }
 
                 if(d.nofEquals == 0 && (d.diff1 == 0 || d.diff2 == 0) && nofUnmatched > 0)
                 {
                     if(diffList.empty())
                         break;
                     d.nofEquals += diffList.back().nofEquals;
                     d.diff1 += diffList.back().diff1;
                     d.diff2 += diffList.back().diff2;
                     diffList.pop_back();
                     bEndReached = false;
                 }
             }
 
             if(bEndReached)
                 diffList.push_back(origBack);
             else
             {
 
                 p1 = pu1 + 1 + nofUnmatched;
                 p2 = pu2 + 1 + nofUnmatched;
                 diffList.push_back(d);
             }
         }
         if(bEndReached)
             break;
     }
 
     // Verify difflist
     {
         LineRef l1 = 0;
         LineRef l2 = 0;
         DiffList::iterator i;
         for(i = diffList.begin(); i != diffList.end(); ++i)
         {
             l1 += i->nofEquals + i->diff1;
             l2 += i->nofEquals + i->diff2;
         }
 
         Q_ASSERT(l1 == size1 && l2 == size2);
     }
 }
 
 bool fineDiff(
     Diff3LineList& diff3LineList,
     int selector,
     const LineData* v1,
     const LineData* v2)
 {
     // Finetuning: Diff each line with deltas
     ProgressProxy pp;
     int maxSearchLength = 500;
     Diff3LineList::iterator i;
     LineRef k1 = 0;
     LineRef k2 = 0;
     bool bTextsTotalEqual = true;
     int listSize = diff3LineList.size();
     pp.setMaxNofSteps(listSize);
     int listIdx = 0;
     for(i = diff3LineList.begin(); i != diff3LineList.end(); ++i)
     {
         Q_ASSERT(selector == 1 || selector == 2 || selector == 3);
 
         if(selector == 1) {
             k1 = i->lineA;
             k2 = i->lineB;
         }
         else if(selector == 2)
         {
             k1 = i->lineB;
             k2 = i->lineC;
         }
         else if(selector == 3)
         {
             k1 = i->lineC;
             k2 = i->lineA;
         }
         
         if((k1 == -1 && k2 != -1) || (k1 != -1 && k2 == -1)) bTextsTotalEqual = false;
         if(k1 != -1 && k2 != -1)
         {
             if(v1[k1].size != v2[k2].size || memcmp(v1[k1].pLine, v2[k2].pLine, v1[k1].size << 1) != 0)
             {
                 bTextsTotalEqual = false;
                 DiffList* pDiffList = new DiffList;
                 calcDiff(v1[k1].pLine, v1[k1].size, v2[k2].pLine, v2[k2].size, *pDiffList, 2, maxSearchLength);
 
                 // Optimize the diff list.
                 DiffList::iterator dli;
                 bool bUsefulFineDiff = false;
                 for(dli = pDiffList->begin(); dli != pDiffList->end(); ++dli)
                 {
                     if(dli->nofEquals >= 4)
                     {
                         bUsefulFineDiff = true;
                         break;
                     }
                 }
 
                 for(dli = pDiffList->begin(); dli != pDiffList->end(); ++dli)
                 {
                     if(dli->nofEquals < 4 && (dli->diff1 > 0 || dli->diff2 > 0) && !(bUsefulFineDiff && dli == pDiffList->begin()))
                     {
                         dli->diff1 += dli->nofEquals;
                         dli->diff2 += dli->nofEquals;
                         dli->nofEquals = 0;
                     }
                 }
 
                 Q_ASSERT(selector == 1 || selector == 2 || selector == 3);
                 if(selector == 1) {
                     delete(*i).pFineAB;
                     (*i).pFineAB = pDiffList;
                 }
                 else if(selector == 2)
                 {
                     delete(*i).pFineBC;
                     (*i).pFineBC = pDiffList;
                 }
                 else if(selector == 3)
                 {
                     delete(*i).pFineCA;
                     (*i).pFineCA = pDiffList;
                 }
             }
 
             if((v1[k1].bContainsPureComment || v1[k1].whiteLine()) && (v2[k2].bContainsPureComment || v2[k2].whiteLine()))
             {
                 Q_ASSERT(selector == 1 || selector == 2 || selector == 3);
 
                 if(selector == 1) {
                     i->bAEqB = true;
                 }
                 else if(selector == 2)
                 {
                     i->bBEqC = true;
                 }
                 else if(selector == 3)
                 {
                     i->bAEqC = true;
                 }
             }
         }
         ++listIdx;
         pp.step();
     }
     return bTextsTotalEqual;
 }
 
 // Convert the list to a vector of pointers
 void calcDiff3LineVector(Diff3LineList& d3ll, Diff3LineVector& d3lv)
 {
     d3lv.resize(d3ll.size());
     Diff3LineList::iterator i;
     int j = 0;
     for(i = d3ll.begin(); i != d3ll.end(); ++i, ++j)
     {
         d3lv[j] = &(*i);
     }
     Q_ASSERT(j == (int)d3lv.size());
 }
diff --git a/src/difftextwindow.cpp b/src/difftextwindow.cpp
index 182b4ae..f11147d 100644
--- a/src/difftextwindow.cpp
+++ b/src/difftextwindow.cpp
@@ -1,2080 +1,2081 @@
 /***************************************************************************
  *   Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl                               *
  *   joachim.eibl at gmx.de                                                *
  *   Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com                 *
  *                                                                         *
  *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
  *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
  *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
  *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
  *                                                                         *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include "selection.h"
 #include "difftextwindow.h"
+
+#include "selection.h"
 #include "kdiff3.h"
 #include "merger.h"
 #include "options.h"
 
 #include <QApplication>
 #include <QDir>
 #include <QDragEnterEvent>
 #include <QFileDialog>
 #include <QLabel>
 #include <QLayout>
 #include <QLineEdit>
 #include <QMenu>
 #include <QMimeData>
 #include <QPushButton>
 #include <QRunnable>
 #include <QStatusBar>
 #include <QTextCodec>
 #include <QTextLayout>
 #include <QThreadPool>
 #include <QToolTip>
 #include <QUrl>
 #include <qnamespace.h>
 
 #include <KLocalizedString>
 
 #include <cmath>
 #include <cstdlib>
 
 QAtomicInt s_runnableCount = 0;
 
 class DiffTextWindowData
 {
   public:
     explicit DiffTextWindowData(DiffTextWindow* p)
     {
         m_pDiffTextWindow = p;
         m_bPaintingAllowed = false;
         m_pLineData = nullptr;
         m_size = 0;
         m_bWordWrap = false;
         m_delayedDrawTimer = 0;
         m_pDiff3LineVector = nullptr;
         m_pManualDiffHelpList = nullptr;
         m_pOptions = nullptr;
         m_fastSelectorLine1 = 0;
         m_fastSelectorNofLines = 0;
         m_bTriple = false;
         m_winIdx = 0;
         m_firstLine = 0;
         m_oldFirstLine = 0;
         m_horizScrollOffset = 0;
         m_lineNumberWidth = 0;
         m_maxTextWidth = -1;
         m_pStatusBar = nullptr;
         m_scrollDeltaX = 0;
         m_scrollDeltaY = 0;
         m_bMyUpdate = false;
         m_bSelectionInProgress = false;
         m_pTextCodec = nullptr;
 #if defined(Q_OS_WIN)
         m_eLineEndStyle = eLineEndStyleDos;
 #else
         m_eLineEndStyle = eLineEndStyleUnix;
 #endif
     }
     DiffTextWindow* m_pDiffTextWindow;
     DiffTextWindowFrame* m_pDiffTextWindowFrame = nullptr;
     QTextCodec* m_pTextCodec;
     e_LineEndStyle m_eLineEndStyle;
 
     bool m_bPaintingAllowed;
     const LineData* m_pLineData;
     int m_size;
     QString m_filename;
     bool m_bWordWrap;
     int m_delayedDrawTimer;
 
     const Diff3LineVector* m_pDiff3LineVector;
     Diff3WrapLineVector m_diff3WrapLineVector;
     const ManualDiffHelpList* m_pManualDiffHelpList;
 
     class WrapLineCacheData
     {
       public:
         WrapLineCacheData() : m_d3LineIdx(0), m_textStart(0), m_textLength(0) {}
         WrapLineCacheData(int d3LineIdx, int textStart, int textLength)
             : m_d3LineIdx(d3LineIdx), m_textStart(textStart), m_textLength(textLength) {}
         int m_d3LineIdx;
         int m_textStart;
         int m_textLength;
     };
     QList<QVector<WrapLineCacheData>> m_wrapLineCacheList;
 
     Options* m_pOptions;
     QColor m_cThis;
     QColor m_cDiff1;
     QColor m_cDiff2;
     QColor m_cDiffBoth;
 
     int m_fastSelectorLine1;
     int m_fastSelectorNofLines;
 
     bool m_bTriple;
     int m_winIdx;
     int m_firstLine;
     int m_oldFirstLine;
     int m_horizScrollOffset;
     int m_lineNumberWidth;
     QAtomicInt m_maxTextWidth;
 
     void getLineInfo(
         const Diff3Line& d,
         int& lineIdx,
         DiffList*& pFineDiff1, DiffList*& pFineDiff2, // return values
         int& changed, int& changed2);
 
     QString getString(int d3lIdx);
     QString getLineString(int line);
 
     void writeLine(
         MyPainter& p, const LineData* pld,
         const DiffList* pLineDiff1, const DiffList* pLineDiff2, int line,
         int whatChanged, int whatChanged2, int srcLineIdx,
         int wrapLineOffset, int wrapLineLength, bool bWrapLine, const QRect& invalidRect, int deviceWidth);
 
     void draw(MyPainter& p, const QRect& invalidRect, int deviceWidth, int beginLine, int endLine);
 
     QStatusBar* m_pStatusBar;
 
     Selection m_selection;
 
     int m_scrollDeltaX;
     int m_scrollDeltaY;
 
     bool m_bMyUpdate;
     void myUpdate(int afterMilliSecs);
 
     int leftInfoWidth() { return 4 + m_lineNumberWidth; } // Nr of information columns on left side
     int convertLineOnScreenToLineInSource(int lineOnScreen, e_CoordType coordType, bool bFirstLine);
 
     bool m_bSelectionInProgress;
     QPoint m_lastKnownMousePos;
     void prepareTextLayout(QTextLayout& textLayout, bool bFirstLine, int visibleTextWidth = -1);
 };
 
 DiffTextWindow::DiffTextWindow(
     DiffTextWindowFrame* pParent,
     QStatusBar* pStatusBar,
     Options* pOptions,
     int winIdx)
     : QWidget(pParent)
 {
     setObjectName(QString("DiffTextWindow%1").arg(winIdx));
     setAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent);
     //setAttribute( Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen );
 
     d = new DiffTextWindowData(this);
     d->m_pDiffTextWindowFrame = pParent;
     setFocusPolicy(Qt::ClickFocus);
     setAcceptDrops(true);
 
     d->m_pOptions = pOptions;
     init(QString(""), nullptr, d->m_eLineEndStyle, nullptr, 0, nullptr, nullptr, false);
 
     setMinimumSize(QSize(20, 20));
 
     d->m_pStatusBar = pStatusBar;
     d->m_bPaintingAllowed = true;
     d->m_bWordWrap = false;
     d->m_winIdx = winIdx;
 
     setFont(d->m_pOptions->m_font);
 }
 
 DiffTextWindow::~DiffTextWindow()
 {
     delete d;
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::init(
     const QString& filename,
     QTextCodec* pTextCodec,
     e_LineEndStyle eLineEndStyle,
     const LineData* pLineData,
     int size,
     const Diff3LineVector* pDiff3LineVector,
     const ManualDiffHelpList* pManualDiffHelpList,
     bool bTriple)
 {
     d->m_filename = filename;
     d->m_pLineData = pLineData;
     d->m_size = size;
     d->m_pDiff3LineVector = pDiff3LineVector;
     d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.clear();
     d->m_pManualDiffHelpList = pManualDiffHelpList;
 
     d->m_firstLine = 0;
     d->m_oldFirstLine = -1;
     d->m_horizScrollOffset = 0;
     d->m_bTriple = bTriple;
     d->m_scrollDeltaX = 0;
     d->m_scrollDeltaY = 0;
     d->m_bMyUpdate = false;
     d->m_fastSelectorLine1 = 0;
     d->m_fastSelectorNofLines = 0;
     d->m_lineNumberWidth = 0;
     d->m_maxTextWidth = -1;
 
     d->m_pTextCodec = pTextCodec;
     d->m_eLineEndStyle = eLineEndStyle;
 
     update();
     d->m_pDiffTextWindowFrame->init();
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::reset()
 {
     d->m_pLineData = nullptr;
     d->m_size = 0;
     d->m_pDiff3LineVector = nullptr;
     d->m_filename = "";
     d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.clear();
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::setPaintingAllowed(bool bAllowPainting)
 {
     if(d->m_bPaintingAllowed != bAllowPainting)
     {
         d->m_bPaintingAllowed = bAllowPainting;
         if(d->m_bPaintingAllowed)
             update();
         else
             reset();
     }
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* e)
 {
     e->setAccepted(e->mimeData()->hasUrls() || e->mimeData()->hasText());
     // Note that the corresponding drop is handled in KDiff3App::eventFilter().
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::setFirstLine(int firstLine)
 {
     int fontHeight = fontMetrics().lineSpacing();
 
     int newFirstLine = std::max(0, firstLine);
 
     int deltaY = fontHeight * (d->m_firstLine - newFirstLine);
 
     d->m_firstLine = newFirstLine;
 
     if(d->m_bSelectionInProgress && d->m_selection.isValidFirstLine())
     {
         int line, pos;
         convertToLinePos(d->m_lastKnownMousePos.x(), d->m_lastKnownMousePos.y(), line, pos);
         d->m_selection.end(line, pos);
         update();
     }
     else
     {
         scroll(0, deltaY);
     }
     d->m_pDiffTextWindowFrame->setFirstLine(d->m_firstLine);
 }
 
 int DiffTextWindow::getFirstLine()
 {
     return d->m_firstLine;
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::setHorizScrollOffset(int horizScrollOffset)
 {
     int fontWidth = fontMetrics().width('0');
     int xOffset = d->leftInfoWidth() * fontWidth;
 
     int deltaX = d->m_horizScrollOffset - qMax(0, horizScrollOffset);
 
     d->m_horizScrollOffset = qMax(0, horizScrollOffset);
 
     QRect r(xOffset, 0, width() - xOffset, height());
 
     if(d->m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage)
     {
         deltaX = -deltaX;
         r = QRect(width() - xOffset - 2, 0, -(width() - xOffset), height()).normalized();
     }
 
     if(d->m_bSelectionInProgress && d->m_selection.isValidFirstLine())
     {
         int line, pos;
         convertToLinePos(d->m_lastKnownMousePos.x(), d->m_lastKnownMousePos.y(), line, pos);
         d->m_selection.end(line, pos);
         update();
     }
     else
     {
         scroll(deltaX, 0, r);
     }
 }
 
 int DiffTextWindow::getMaxTextWidth()
 {
     if(d->m_bWordWrap)
     {
         return getVisibleTextAreaWidth();
     }
     else if(getAtomic(d->m_maxTextWidth) < 0)
     {
         d->m_maxTextWidth = 0;
         QTextLayout textLayout(QString(), font(), this);
         for(int i = 0; i < d->m_size; ++i)
         {
             textLayout.clearLayout();
             textLayout.setText(d->getString(i));
             d->prepareTextLayout(textLayout, true);
             if(textLayout.maximumWidth() > getAtomic(d->m_maxTextWidth))
                 d->m_maxTextWidth = textLayout.maximumWidth();
         }
     }
     return getAtomic(d->m_maxTextWidth);
 }
 
 int DiffTextWindow::getNofLines()
 {
     return d->m_bWordWrap ? d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.size() : d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size();
 }
 
 int DiffTextWindow::convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(int line)
 {
     if(line >= 0 && d->m_bWordWrap && d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.size() > 0)
         return d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[std::min(line, (int)d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.size() - 1)].diff3LineIndex;
     else
         return line;
 }
 
 int DiffTextWindow::convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(int d3lIdx)
 {
     if(d->m_bWordWrap && d->m_pDiff3LineVector != nullptr && d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size() > 0)
         return (*d->m_pDiff3LineVector)[std::min(d3lIdx, (int)d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size() - 1)]->sumLinesNeededForDisplay;
     else
         return d3lIdx;
 }
 
 /** Returns a line number where the linerange [line, line+nofLines] can
     be displayed best. If it fits into the currently visible range then
     the returned value is the current firstLine.
 */
 int getBestFirstLine(int line, int nofLines, int firstLine, int visibleLines)
 {
     int newFirstLine = firstLine;
     if(line < firstLine || line + nofLines + 2 > firstLine + visibleLines)
     {
         if(nofLines > visibleLines || nofLines <= (2 * visibleLines / 3 - 1))
             newFirstLine = line - visibleLines / 3;
         else
             newFirstLine = line - (visibleLines - nofLines);
     }
 
     return newFirstLine;
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::setFastSelectorRange(int line1, int nofLines)
 {
     d->m_fastSelectorLine1 = line1;
     d->m_fastSelectorNofLines = nofLines;
     if(isVisible())
     {
         int newFirstLine = getBestFirstLine(
             convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(d->m_fastSelectorLine1),
             convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(d->m_fastSelectorLine1 + d->m_fastSelectorNofLines) - convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(d->m_fastSelectorLine1),
             d->m_firstLine,
             getNofVisibleLines());
         if(newFirstLine != d->m_firstLine)
         {
             emit scrollDiffTextWindow(0, newFirstLine - d->m_firstLine);
         }
 
         update();
     }
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::showStatusLine(int line)
 {
     int d3lIdx = convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(line);
     if(d->m_pDiff3LineVector != nullptr && d3lIdx >= 0 && d3lIdx < (int)d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size())
     {
         const Diff3Line* pD3l = (*d->m_pDiff3LineVector)[d3lIdx];
         if(pD3l != nullptr)
         {
             int l = pD3l->getLineInFile(d->m_winIdx);
 
             QString s;
             if(l != -1)
                 s = i18n("File %1: Line %2", d->m_filename, l + 1);
             else
                 s = i18n("File %1: Line not available", d->m_filename);
             if(d->m_pStatusBar != nullptr) d->m_pStatusBar->showMessage(s);
 
             emit lineClicked(d->m_winIdx, l);
         }
     }
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent* e)
 {
     emit gotFocus();
     QWidget::focusInEvent(e);
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* e)
 {
     if(e->button() == Qt::LeftButton)
     {
         int line;
         int pos;
         convertToLinePos(e->x(), e->y(), line, pos);
 
         int fontWidth = fontMetrics().width('0');
         int xOffset = d->leftInfoWidth() * fontWidth;
 
         if((!d->m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage && e->x() < xOffset) || (d->m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage && e->x() > width() - xOffset))
         {
             emit setFastSelectorLine(convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(line));
             d->m_selection.reset(); // Disable current d->m_selection
         }
         else
         { // Selection
             resetSelection();
             d->m_selection.start(line, pos);
             d->m_selection.end(line, pos);
             d->m_bSelectionInProgress = true;
             d->m_lastKnownMousePos = e->pos();
 
             showStatusLine(line);
         }
     }
 }
 
 bool isCTokenChar(QChar c)
 {
     return (c == '_') ||
            (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ||
            (c >= '0' && c <= '9');
 }
 
 /// Calculate where a token starts and ends, given the x-position on screen.
 void calcTokenPos(const QString& s, int posOnScreen, int& pos1, int& pos2, int tabSize)
 {
     // Cursor conversions that consider g_tabSize
     int pos = convertToPosInText(s, std::max(0, posOnScreen), tabSize);
     if(pos >= (int)s.length())
     {
         pos1 = s.length();
         pos2 = s.length();
         return;
     }
 
     pos1 = pos;
     pos2 = pos + 1;
 
     if(isCTokenChar(s[pos1]))
     {
         while(pos1 >= 0 && isCTokenChar(s[pos1]))
             --pos1;
         ++pos1;
 
         while(pos2 < (int)s.length() && isCTokenChar(s[pos2]))
             ++pos2;
     }
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* e)
 {
     d->m_bSelectionInProgress = false;
     d->m_lastKnownMousePos = e->pos();
     if(e->button() == Qt::LeftButton)
     {
         int line;
         int pos;
         convertToLinePos(e->x(), e->y(), line, pos);
 
         // Get the string data of the current line
         QString s;
         if(d->m_bWordWrap)
         {
             if(line < 0 || line >= (int)d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.size())
                 return;
             const Diff3WrapLine& d3wl = d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[line];
             s = d->getString(d3wl.diff3LineIndex).mid(d3wl.wrapLineOffset, d3wl.wrapLineLength);
         }
         else
         {
             if(line < 0 || line >= (int)d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size())
                 return;
             s = d->getString(line);
         }
 
         if(!s.isEmpty())
         {
             int pos1, pos2;
             calcTokenPos(s, pos, pos1, pos2, d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize);
 
             resetSelection();
             d->m_selection.start(line, convertToPosOnScreen(s, pos1, d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize));
             d->m_selection.end(line, convertToPosOnScreen(s, pos2, d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize));
             update();
             // emit d->m_selectionEnd() happens in the mouseReleaseEvent.
             showStatusLine(line);
         }
     }
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* e)
 {
     d->m_bSelectionInProgress = false;
     d->m_lastKnownMousePos = e->pos();
     //if ( e->button() == LeftButton )
     {
         if(d->m_delayedDrawTimer)
             killTimer(d->m_delayedDrawTimer);
         d->m_delayedDrawTimer = 0;
         if(d->m_selection.isValidFirstLine())
         {
             emit selectionEnd();
         }
     }
     d->m_scrollDeltaX = 0;
     d->m_scrollDeltaY = 0;
 }
 
 inline int sqr(int x) { return x * x; }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* e)
 {
     int line;
     int pos;
     convertToLinePos(e->x(), e->y(), line, pos);
     d->m_lastKnownMousePos = e->pos();
 
     if(d->m_selection.isValidFirstLine())
     {
         d->m_selection.end(line, pos);
 
         showStatusLine(line);
 
         // Scroll because mouse moved out of the window
         const QFontMetrics& fm = fontMetrics();
         int fontWidth = fm.width('0');
         int deltaX = 0;
         int deltaY = 0;
         if(!d->m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage)
         {
             if(e->x() < d->leftInfoWidth() * fontWidth) deltaX = -1 - abs(e->x() - d->leftInfoWidth() * fontWidth) / fontWidth;
             if(e->x() > width()) deltaX = +1 + abs(e->x() - width()) / fontWidth;
         }
         else
         {
             if(e->x() > width() - 1 - d->leftInfoWidth() * fontWidth) deltaX = +1 + abs(e->x() - (width() - 1 - d->leftInfoWidth() * fontWidth)) / fontWidth;
             if(e->x() < fontWidth) deltaX = -1 - abs(e->x() - fontWidth) / fontWidth;
         }
         if(e->y() < 0) deltaY = -1 - sqr(e->y()) / sqr(fm.lineSpacing());
         if(e->y() > height()) deltaY = +1 + sqr(e->y() - height()) / sqr(fm.lineSpacing());
         if((deltaX != 0 && d->m_scrollDeltaX != deltaX) || (deltaY != 0 && d->m_scrollDeltaY != deltaY))
         {
             d->m_scrollDeltaX = deltaX;
             d->m_scrollDeltaY = deltaY;
             emit scrollDiffTextWindow(deltaX, deltaY);
             if(d->m_delayedDrawTimer)
                 killTimer(d->m_delayedDrawTimer);
             d->m_delayedDrawTimer = startTimer(50);
         }
         else
         {
             d->m_scrollDeltaX = deltaX;
             d->m_scrollDeltaY = deltaY;
             d->myUpdate(0);
         }
     }
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindowData::myUpdate(int afterMilliSecs)
 {
     if(m_delayedDrawTimer)
         m_pDiffTextWindow->killTimer(m_delayedDrawTimer);
     m_bMyUpdate = true;
     m_delayedDrawTimer = m_pDiffTextWindow->startTimer(afterMilliSecs);
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::timerEvent(QTimerEvent*)
 {
     killTimer(d->m_delayedDrawTimer);
     d->m_delayedDrawTimer = 0;
 
     if(d->m_bMyUpdate)
     {
         int fontHeight = fontMetrics().lineSpacing();
 
         if(d->m_selection.getOldLastLine() != -1)
         {
             int lastLine;
             int firstLine;
             if(d->m_selection.getOldFirstLine() != -1)
             {
                 firstLine = min3(d->m_selection.getOldFirstLine(), d->m_selection.getLastLine(), d->m_selection.getOldLastLine());
                 lastLine = max3(d->m_selection.getOldFirstLine(), d->m_selection.getLastLine(), d->m_selection.getOldLastLine());
             }
             else
             {
                 firstLine = std::min(d->m_selection.getLastLine(), d->m_selection.getOldLastLine());
                 lastLine = std::max(d->m_selection.getLastLine(), d->m_selection.getOldLastLine());
             }
             int y1 = (firstLine - d->m_firstLine) * fontHeight;
             int y2 = std::min(height(), (lastLine - d->m_firstLine + 1) * fontHeight);
 
             if(y1 < height() && y2 > 0)
             {
                 QRect invalidRect = QRect(0, y1 - 1, width(), y2 - y1 + fontHeight); // Some characters in exotic exceed the regular bottom.
                 update(invalidRect);
             }
         }
 
         d->m_bMyUpdate = false;
     }
 
     if(d->m_scrollDeltaX != 0 || d->m_scrollDeltaY != 0)
     {
         d->m_selection.end(d->m_selection.getLastLine() + d->m_scrollDeltaY, d->m_selection.getLastPos() + d->m_scrollDeltaX);
         emit scrollDiffTextWindow(d->m_scrollDeltaX, d->m_scrollDeltaY);
         killTimer(d->m_delayedDrawTimer);
         d->m_delayedDrawTimer = startTimer(50);
     }
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::resetSelection()
 {
     d->m_selection.reset();
     update();
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::convertToLinePos(int x, int y, int& line, int& pos)
 {
     const QFontMetrics& fm = fontMetrics();
     int fontHeight = fm.lineSpacing();
 
     int yOffset = -d->m_firstLine * fontHeight;
 
     line = (y - yOffset) / fontHeight;
     if(line >= 0 && (!d->m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap || line < d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.count()))
     {
         QString s = d->getLineString(line);
         QTextLayout textLayout(s, font(), this);
         d->prepareTextLayout(textLayout, !d->m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap || d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[line].wrapLineOffset == 0);
         pos = textLayout.lineAt(0).xToCursor(x - textLayout.position().x());
     }
     else
         pos = -1;
 }
 
 class FormatRangeHelper
 {
   private:
     QFont m_font;
     QPen m_pen;
     QColor m_background;
     int m_currentPos;
 
   public:
     QVector<QTextLayout::FormatRange> m_formatRanges;
 
     FormatRangeHelper()
     {
         m_pen = QColor(Qt::black);
         m_background = QColor(Qt::white);
         m_currentPos = 0;
     }
     void setFont(const QFont& f)
     {
         m_font = f;
     }
     void setPen(const QPen& pen)
     {
         m_pen = pen;
     }
     void setBackground(const QColor& background)
     {
         m_background = background;
     }
 
     void next()
     {
         if(m_formatRanges.isEmpty() || m_formatRanges.back().format.foreground().color() != m_pen.color() || m_formatRanges.back().format.background().color() != m_background)
         {
             QTextLayout::FormatRange fr;
             fr.length = 1;
             fr.start = m_currentPos;
             fr.format.setForeground(m_pen.color());
             fr.format.setBackground(m_background);
             m_formatRanges.append(fr);
         }
         else
         {
             ++m_formatRanges.back().length;
         }
         ++m_currentPos;
     }
 };
 
 void DiffTextWindowData::prepareTextLayout(QTextLayout& textLayout, bool /*bFirstLine*/, int visibleTextWidth)
 {
     QTextOption textOption;
 #if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5,10,0)
     textOption.setTabStop(QFontMetricsF(m_pDiffTextWindow->font()).width(' ') * m_pOptions->m_tabSize);
 #else
     textOption.setTabStopDistance(QFontMetricsF(m_pDiffTextWindow->font()).width(' ') * m_pOptions->m_tabSize);
 #endif
     if(m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpaceCharacters)
         textOption.setFlags(QTextOption::ShowTabsAndSpaces);
     if(m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage)
         textOption.setAlignment(Qt::AlignRight); // only relevant for multi line text layout
     if(visibleTextWidth >= 0)
         textOption.setWrapMode(QTextOption::WrapAtWordBoundaryOrAnywhere);
 
     textLayout.setTextOption(textOption);
 
     if(m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpaceCharacters)
     {
         // This additional format is only necessary for the tab arrow
         QVector<QTextLayout::FormatRange> formats;
         QTextLayout::FormatRange formatRange;
         formatRange.start = 0;
         formatRange.length = textLayout.text().length();
         formatRange.format.setFont(m_pDiffTextWindow->font());
         formats.append(formatRange);
         textLayout.setFormats(formats);
     }
     textLayout.beginLayout();
 
     int leading = m_pDiffTextWindow->fontMetrics().leading();
     int height = 0;
 
     int fontWidth = m_pDiffTextWindow->fontMetrics().width('0');
     int xOffset = leftInfoWidth() * fontWidth - m_horizScrollOffset;
     int textWidth = visibleTextWidth;
     if(textWidth < 0)
         textWidth = m_pDiffTextWindow->width() - xOffset;
 
     int indentation = 0;
     while(true)
     {
         QTextLine line = textLayout.createLine();
         if(!line.isValid())
             break;
 
         height += leading;
         //if ( !bFirstLine )
         //   indentation = m_pDiffTextWindow->fontMetrics().width(' ') * m_pOptions->m_tabSize;
         if(visibleTextWidth >= 0)
         {
             line.setLineWidth(visibleTextWidth - indentation);
             line.setPosition(QPointF(indentation, height));
             height += line.height();
             //bFirstLine = false;
         }
         else // only one line
         {
             line.setPosition(QPointF(indentation, height));
             break;
         }
     }
 
     textLayout.endLayout();
     if(m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage)
         textLayout.setPosition(QPointF(textWidth - textLayout.maximumWidth(), 0));
     else
         textLayout.setPosition(QPointF(xOffset, 0));
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindowData::writeLine(
     MyPainter& p,
     const LineData* pld,
     const DiffList* pLineDiff1,
     const DiffList* pLineDiff2,
     int line,
     int whatChanged,
     int whatChanged2,
     int srcLineIdx,
     int wrapLineOffset,
     int wrapLineLength,
     bool bWrapLine,
     const QRect& invalidRect,
     int deviceWidth)
 {
     QFont normalFont = p.font();
 
     const QFontMetrics& fm = p.fontMetrics();
     int fontHeight = fm.lineSpacing();
     int fontAscent = fm.ascent();
     int fontWidth = fm.width('0');
 
     int xOffset = leftInfoWidth() * fontWidth - m_horizScrollOffset;
     int yOffset = (line - m_firstLine) * fontHeight;
 
     QRect lineRect(xOffset, yOffset, deviceWidth, fontHeight);
     if(!invalidRect.intersects(lineRect))
     {
         return;
     }
 
     int fastSelectorLine1 = m_pDiffTextWindow->convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(m_fastSelectorLine1);
     int fastSelectorLine2 = m_pDiffTextWindow->convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(m_fastSelectorLine1 + m_fastSelectorNofLines) - 1;
 
     bool bFastSelectionRange = (line >= fastSelectorLine1 && line <= fastSelectorLine2);
     QColor bgColor = m_pOptions->m_bgColor;
     QColor diffBgColor = m_pOptions->m_diffBgColor;
 
     if(bFastSelectionRange)
     {
         bgColor = m_pOptions->m_currentRangeBgColor;
         diffBgColor = m_pOptions->m_currentRangeDiffBgColor;
     }
 
     if(yOffset + fontHeight < invalidRect.top() || invalidRect.bottom() < yOffset - fontHeight)
         return;
 
     int changed = whatChanged;
     if(pLineDiff1 != nullptr) changed |= 1;
     if(pLineDiff2 != nullptr) changed |= 2;
 
     QColor c = m_pOptions->m_fgColor;
     p.setPen(c);
     if(changed == 2) {
         c = m_cDiff2;
     }
     else if(changed == 1)
     {
         c = m_cDiff1;
     }
     else if(changed == 3)
     {
         c = m_cDiffBoth;
     }
 
     if(pld != nullptr)
     {
         // First calculate the "changed" information for each character.
         int i = 0;
         QString lineString(pld->pLine, pld->size);
         if(!lineString.isEmpty())
         {
             switch(lineString[lineString.length() - 1].unicode())
             {
             case '\n':
                 lineString[lineString.length() - 1] = 0x00B6;
                 break; // "Pilcrow", "paragraph mark"
             case '\r':
                 lineString[lineString.length() - 1] = 0x00A4;
                 break; // Currency sign ;0x2761 "curved stem paragraph sign ornament"
                 //case '\0b' : lineString[lineString.length()-1] = 0x2756; break; // some other nice looking character
             }
         }
         QVector<quint8> charChanged(pld->size);
         Merger merger(pLineDiff1, pLineDiff2);
         while(!merger.isEndReached() && i < pld->size)
         {
             if(i < pld->size)
             {
                 charChanged[i] = merger.whatChanged();
                 ++i;
             }
             merger.next();
         }
 
         int outPos = 0;
 
         int lineLength = m_bWordWrap ? wrapLineOffset + wrapLineLength : lineString.length();
 
         FormatRangeHelper frh;
 
         for(i = wrapLineOffset; i < lineLength; ++i)
         {
             c = m_pOptions->m_fgColor;
             int cchanged = charChanged[i] | whatChanged;
 
             if(cchanged == 2) {
                 c = m_cDiff2;
             }
             else if(cchanged == 1)
             {
                 c = m_cDiff1;
             }
             else if(cchanged == 3)
             {
                 c = m_cDiffBoth;
             }
 
             if(c != m_pOptions->m_fgColor && whatChanged2 == 0 && !m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace)
             {
                 // The user doesn't want to see highlighted white space.
                 c = m_pOptions->m_fgColor;
             }
 
             {
                 frh.setBackground(bgColor);
                 if(!m_selection.within(line, outPos))
                 {
 
                     if(c != m_pOptions->m_fgColor)
                     {
                         QColor lightc = diffBgColor;
                         frh.setBackground(lightc);
                         // Setting italic font here doesn't work: Changing the font only when drawing is too late
                     }
 
                     frh.setPen(c);
                     frh.next();
                     frh.setFont(normalFont);
                 }
                 else
                 {
                     frh.setBackground(m_pDiffTextWindow->palette().highlight().color());
                     frh.setPen(m_pDiffTextWindow->palette().highlightedText().color());
                     frh.next();
 
                     m_selection.bSelectionContainsData = true;
                 }
             }
 
             ++outPos;
         } // end for
 
         QTextLayout textLayout(lineString.mid(wrapLineOffset, lineLength - wrapLineOffset), m_pDiffTextWindow->font(), m_pDiffTextWindow);
         prepareTextLayout(textLayout, !m_bWordWrap || wrapLineOffset == 0);
         textLayout.draw(&p, QPoint(0, yOffset), frh.m_formatRanges /*, const QRectF & clip = QRectF() */);
     }
 
     p.fillRect(0, yOffset, leftInfoWidth() * fontWidth, fontHeight, m_pOptions->m_bgColor);
 
     xOffset = (m_lineNumberWidth + 2) * fontWidth;
     int xLeft = m_lineNumberWidth * fontWidth;
     p.setPen(m_pOptions->m_fgColor);
     if(pld != nullptr)
     {
         if(m_pOptions->m_bShowLineNumbers && !bWrapLine)
         {
             QString num;
             num.sprintf("%0*d", m_lineNumberWidth, srcLineIdx + 1);
             p.drawText(0, yOffset + fontAscent, num);
             //p.drawLine( xLeft -1, yOffset, xLeft -1, yOffset+fontHeight-1 );
         }
         if(!bWrapLine || wrapLineLength > 0)
         {
             Qt::PenStyle wrapLinePenStyle = Qt::DotLine;
             
             p.setPen(QPen(m_pOptions->m_fgColor, 0, bWrapLine ? wrapLinePenStyle : Qt::SolidLine));
             p.drawLine(xOffset + 1, yOffset, xOffset + 1, yOffset + fontHeight - 1);
             p.setPen(QPen(m_pOptions->m_fgColor, 0, Qt::SolidLine));
         }
     }
     if(c != m_pOptions->m_fgColor && whatChanged2 == 0) //&& whatChanged==0 )
     {
         if(m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace)
         {
             p.setBrushOrigin(0, 0);
             p.fillRect(xLeft, yOffset, fontWidth * 2 - 1, fontHeight, QBrush(c, Qt::Dense5Pattern));
         }
     }
     else
     {
         p.fillRect(xLeft, yOffset, fontWidth * 2 - 1, fontHeight, c == m_pOptions->m_fgColor ? bgColor : c);
     }
 
     if(bFastSelectionRange)
     {
         p.fillRect(xOffset + fontWidth - 1, yOffset, 3, fontHeight, m_pOptions->m_fgColor);
     }
 
     // Check if line needs a manual diff help mark
     ManualDiffHelpList::const_iterator ci;
     for(ci = m_pManualDiffHelpList->begin(); ci != m_pManualDiffHelpList->end(); ++ci)
     {
         const ManualDiffHelpEntry& mdhe = *ci;
         int rangeLine1 = -1;
         int rangeLine2 = -1;
         if(m_winIdx == 1) {
             rangeLine1 = mdhe.lineA1;
             rangeLine2 = mdhe.lineA2;
         }
         if(m_winIdx == 2) {
             rangeLine1 = mdhe.lineB1;
             rangeLine2 = mdhe.lineB2;
         }
         if(m_winIdx == 3) {
             rangeLine1 = mdhe.lineC1;
             rangeLine2 = mdhe.lineC2;
         }
         if(rangeLine1 >= 0 && rangeLine2 >= 0 && srcLineIdx >= rangeLine1 && srcLineIdx <= rangeLine2)
         {
             p.fillRect(xOffset - fontWidth, yOffset, fontWidth - 1, fontHeight, m_pOptions->m_manualHelpRangeColor);
             break;
         }
     }
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::paintEvent(QPaintEvent* e)
 {
     QRect invalidRect = e->rect();
     if(invalidRect.isEmpty() || !d->m_bPaintingAllowed)
         return;
 
     if(d->m_pDiff3LineVector == nullptr || (d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.empty() && d->m_bWordWrap))
     {
         QPainter p(this);
         p.fillRect(invalidRect, d->m_pOptions->m_bgColor);
         return;
     }
 
     bool bOldSelectionContainsData = d->m_selection.bSelectionContainsData;
     d->m_selection.bSelectionContainsData = false;
 
     int endLine = std::min(d->m_firstLine + getNofVisibleLines() + 2, getNofLines());
 
     MyPainter p(this, d->m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage, width(), fontMetrics().width('0'));
 
     p.setFont(font());
     p.QPainter::fillRect(invalidRect, d->m_pOptions->m_bgColor);
 
     d->draw(p, invalidRect, width(), d->m_firstLine, endLine);
     p.end();
 
     d->m_oldFirstLine = d->m_firstLine;
     d->m_selection.clearOldSelection();
 
     if(!bOldSelectionContainsData && d->m_selection.selectionContainsData())
         emit newSelection();
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::print(MyPainter& p, const QRect&, int firstLine, int nofLinesPerPage)
 {
     if(d->m_pDiff3LineVector == nullptr || !d->m_bPaintingAllowed ||
        (d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.empty() && d->m_bWordWrap))
         return;
     resetSelection();
     int oldFirstLine = d->m_firstLine;
     d->m_firstLine = firstLine;
     QRect invalidRect = QRect(0, 0, 1000000000, 1000000000);
     QColor bgColor = d->m_pOptions->m_bgColor;
     d->m_pOptions->m_bgColor = Qt::white;
     d->draw(p, invalidRect, p.window().width(), firstLine, std::min(firstLine + nofLinesPerPage, getNofLines()));
     d->m_pOptions->m_bgColor = bgColor;
     d->m_firstLine = oldFirstLine;
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindowData::draw(MyPainter& p, const QRect& invalidRect, int deviceWidth, int beginLine, int endLine)
 {
     m_lineNumberWidth = m_pOptions->m_bShowLineNumbers ? (int)log10((double)qMax(m_size, 1)) + 1 : 0;
 
     if(m_winIdx == 1)
     {
         m_cThis = m_pOptions->m_colorA;
         m_cDiff1 = m_pOptions->m_colorB;
         m_cDiff2 = m_pOptions->m_colorC;
     }
     if(m_winIdx == 2)
     {
         m_cThis = m_pOptions->m_colorB;
         m_cDiff1 = m_pOptions->m_colorC;
         m_cDiff2 = m_pOptions->m_colorA;
     }
     if(m_winIdx == 3)
     {
         m_cThis = m_pOptions->m_colorC;
         m_cDiff1 = m_pOptions->m_colorA;
         m_cDiff2 = m_pOptions->m_colorB;
     }
     m_cDiffBoth = m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict; // Conflict color
 
     p.setPen(m_cThis);
 
     for(int line = beginLine; line < endLine; ++line)
     {
         int wrapLineOffset = 0;
         int wrapLineLength = 0;
         const Diff3Line* d3l = nullptr;
         bool bWrapLine = false;
         if(m_bWordWrap)
         {
             Diff3WrapLine& d3wl = m_diff3WrapLineVector[line];
             wrapLineOffset = d3wl.wrapLineOffset;
             wrapLineLength = d3wl.wrapLineLength;
             d3l = d3wl.pD3L;
             bWrapLine = line > 0 && m_diff3WrapLineVector[line - 1].pD3L == d3l;
         }
         else
         {
             d3l = (*m_pDiff3LineVector)[line];
         }
         DiffList* pFineDiff1;
         DiffList* pFineDiff2;
         int changed = 0;
         int changed2 = 0;
 
         int srcLineIdx = -1;
         getLineInfo(*d3l, srcLineIdx, pFineDiff1, pFineDiff2, changed, changed2);
 
         writeLine(
             p,                                               // QPainter
             srcLineIdx == -1 ? nullptr : &m_pLineData[srcLineIdx], // Text in this line
             pFineDiff1,
             pFineDiff2,
             line, // Line on the screen
             changed,
             changed2,
             srcLineIdx,
             wrapLineOffset,
             wrapLineLength,
             bWrapLine,
             invalidRect,
             deviceWidth);
     }
 }
 
 QString DiffTextWindowData::getString(int d3lIdx)
 {
     if(d3lIdx < 0 || d3lIdx >= (int)m_pDiff3LineVector->size())
         return QString();
     const Diff3Line* d3l = (*m_pDiff3LineVector)[d3lIdx];
     DiffList* pFineDiff1;
     DiffList* pFineDiff2;
     int changed = 0;
     int changed2 = 0;
     int lineIdx = -1;
     
     getLineInfo(*d3l, lineIdx, pFineDiff1, pFineDiff2, changed, changed2);
 
     if(lineIdx == -1)
         return QString();
     else
     {
         const LineData* ld = &m_pLineData[lineIdx];
         return QString(ld->pLine, ld->size);
     }
     return QString();
 }
 
 QString DiffTextWindowData::getLineString(int line)
 {
     if(m_bWordWrap)
     {
         if(line < m_diff3WrapLineVector.count())
         {
             int d3LIdx = m_pDiffTextWindow->convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(line);
             return getString(d3LIdx).mid(m_diff3WrapLineVector[line].wrapLineOffset, m_diff3WrapLineVector[line].wrapLineLength);
         }
         else
             return QString();
     }
     else
     {
         return getString(line);
     }
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindowData::getLineInfo(
     const Diff3Line& d3l,
     int& lineIdx,
     DiffList*& pFineDiff1, DiffList*& pFineDiff2, // return values
     int& changed, int& changed2)
 {
     changed = 0;
     changed2 = 0;
     bool bAEqB = d3l.bAEqB || (d3l.bWhiteLineA && d3l.bWhiteLineB);
     bool bAEqC = d3l.bAEqC || (d3l.bWhiteLineA && d3l.bWhiteLineC);
     bool bBEqC = d3l.bBEqC || (d3l.bWhiteLineB && d3l.bWhiteLineC);
 
     Q_ASSERT(m_winIdx >= 1 && m_winIdx <= 3);
     if(m_winIdx == 1) {
         lineIdx = d3l.lineA;
         pFineDiff1 = d3l.pFineAB;
         pFineDiff2 = d3l.pFineCA;
         changed |= ((d3l.lineB == -1) != (lineIdx == -1) ? 1 : 0) +
                    ((d3l.lineC == -1) != (lineIdx == -1) && m_bTriple ? 2 : 0);
         changed2 |= (bAEqB ? 0 : 1) + (bAEqC || !m_bTriple ? 0 : 2);
     }
     else if(m_winIdx == 2)
     {
         lineIdx = d3l.lineB;
         pFineDiff1 = d3l.pFineBC;
         pFineDiff2 = d3l.pFineAB;
         changed |= ((d3l.lineC == -1) != (lineIdx == -1) && m_bTriple ? 1 : 0) +
                    ((d3l.lineA == -1) != (lineIdx == -1) ? 2 : 0);
         changed2 |= (bBEqC || !m_bTriple ? 0 : 1) + (bAEqB ? 0 : 2);
     }
     else if(m_winIdx == 3)
     {
         lineIdx = d3l.lineC;
         pFineDiff1 = d3l.pFineCA;
         pFineDiff2 = d3l.pFineBC;
         changed |= ((d3l.lineA == -1) != (lineIdx == -1) ? 1 : 0) +
                    ((d3l.lineB == -1) != (lineIdx == -1) ? 2 : 0);
         changed2 |= (bAEqC ? 0 : 1) + (bBEqC ? 0 : 2);
     }
     
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* e)
 {
     QSize s = e->size();
     QFontMetrics fm = fontMetrics();
     int visibleLines = s.height() / fm.lineSpacing() - 2;
     int visibleColumns = s.width() / fm.width('0') - d->leftInfoWidth();
     if(e->size().height() != e->oldSize().height())
         emit resizeHeightChangedSignal(visibleLines);
     if(e->size().width() != e->oldSize().width())
         emit resizeWidthChangedSignal(visibleColumns);
     QWidget::resizeEvent(e);
 }
 
 int DiffTextWindow::getNofVisibleLines()
 {
     QFontMetrics fm = fontMetrics();
     int fmh = fm.lineSpacing();
     int h = height();
     return h / fmh - 1;
 }
 
 int DiffTextWindow::getVisibleTextAreaWidth()
 {
     QFontMetrics fm = fontMetrics();
     return width() - d->leftInfoWidth() * fm.width('0');
 }
 
 QString DiffTextWindow::getSelection()
 {
     if(d->m_pLineData == nullptr)
         return QString();
 
     QString selectionString;
 
     int line = 0;
     int lineIdx = 0;
 
     int it;
     int vectorSize = d->m_bWordWrap ? d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.size() : d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size();
     for(it = 0; it < vectorSize; ++it)
     {
         const Diff3Line* d3l = d->m_bWordWrap ? d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[it].pD3L : (*d->m_pDiff3LineVector)[it];
         
         Q_ASSERT(d->m_winIdx >= 1 && d->m_winIdx <= 3);
 
         if(d->m_winIdx == 1) {
             lineIdx = d3l->lineA;
         }
         else if(d->m_winIdx == 2)
         {
             lineIdx = d3l->lineB;
         }
         else if(d->m_winIdx == 3)
         {
             lineIdx = d3l->lineC;
         }
 
         if(lineIdx != -1)
         {
             const QChar* pLine = d->m_pLineData[lineIdx].pLine;
             int size = d->m_pLineData[lineIdx].size;
             QString lineString = QString(pLine, size);
 
             if(d->m_bWordWrap)
             {
                 size = d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[it].wrapLineLength;
                 lineString = lineString.mid(d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[it].wrapLineOffset, size);
             }
 
             for(int i = 0; i < size; ++i)
             {
                 if(d->m_selection.within(line, i))
                 {
                     selectionString += lineString[i];
                 }
             }
 
             if(d->m_selection.within(line, size) &&
                !(d->m_bWordWrap && it + 1 < vectorSize && d3l == d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[it + 1].pD3L))
             {
 #if defined(Q_OS_WIN)
                 selectionString += '\r';
 #endif
                 selectionString += '\n';
             }
         }
 
         ++line;
     }
 
     return selectionString;
 }
 
 bool DiffTextWindow::findString(const QString& s, int& d3vLine, int& posInLine, bool bDirDown, bool bCaseSensitive)
 {
     int it = d3vLine;
     int endIt = bDirDown ? (int)d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size() : -1;
     int step = bDirDown ? 1 : -1;
     int startPos = posInLine;
 
     for(; it != endIt; it += step)
     {
         QString line = d->getString(it);
         if(!line.isEmpty())
         {
             int pos = line.indexOf(s, startPos, bCaseSensitive ? Qt::CaseSensitive : Qt::CaseInsensitive);
             if(pos != -1)
             {
                 d3vLine = it;
                 posInLine = pos;
                 return true;
             }
 
             startPos = 0;
         }
     }
     return false;
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::convertD3LCoordsToLineCoords(int d3LIdx, int d3LPos, int& line, int& pos)
 {
     if(d->m_bWordWrap)
     {
         int wrapPos = d3LPos;
         int wrapLine = convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(d3LIdx);
         while(wrapPos > d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[wrapLine].wrapLineLength)
         {
             wrapPos -= d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[wrapLine].wrapLineLength;
             ++wrapLine;
         }
         pos = wrapPos;
         line = wrapLine;
     }
     else
     {
         pos = d3LPos;
         line = d3LIdx;
     }
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::convertLineCoordsToD3LCoords(int line, int pos, int& d3LIdx, int& d3LPos)
 {
     if(d->m_bWordWrap)
     {
         d3LPos = pos;
         d3LIdx = convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(line);
         int wrapLine = convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(d3LIdx); // First wrap line belonging to this d3LIdx
         while(wrapLine < line)
         {
             d3LPos += d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[wrapLine].wrapLineLength;
             ++wrapLine;
         }
     }
     else
     {
         d3LPos = pos;
         d3LIdx = line;
     }
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::setSelection(int firstLine, int startPos, int lastLine, int endPos, int& l, int& p)
 {
     d->m_selection.reset();
     if(lastLine >= getNofLines())
     {
         lastLine = getNofLines() - 1;
 
         const Diff3Line* d3l = (*d->m_pDiff3LineVector)[convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(lastLine)];
         int line = -1;
         if(d->m_winIdx == 1) line = d3l->lineA;
         if(d->m_winIdx == 2) line = d3l->lineB;
         if(d->m_winIdx == 3) line = d3l->lineC;
         if(line >= 0)
             endPos = d->m_pLineData[line].width(d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize);
     }
 
     if(d->m_bWordWrap && d->m_pDiff3LineVector != nullptr)
     {
         QString s1 = d->getString(firstLine);
         int firstWrapLine = convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(firstLine);
         int wrapStartPos = startPos;
         while(wrapStartPos > d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[firstWrapLine].wrapLineLength)
         {
             wrapStartPos -= d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[firstWrapLine].wrapLineLength;
             s1 = s1.mid(d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[firstWrapLine].wrapLineLength);
             ++firstWrapLine;
         }
 
         QString s2 = d->getString(lastLine);
         int lastWrapLine = convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(lastLine);
         int wrapEndPos = endPos;
         while(wrapEndPos > d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[lastWrapLine].wrapLineLength)
         {
             wrapEndPos -= d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[lastWrapLine].wrapLineLength;
             s2 = s2.mid(d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[lastWrapLine].wrapLineLength);
             ++lastWrapLine;
         }
 
         d->m_selection.start(firstWrapLine, convertToPosOnScreen(s1, wrapStartPos, d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize));
         d->m_selection.end(lastWrapLine, convertToPosOnScreen(s2, wrapEndPos, d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize));
         l = firstWrapLine;
         p = wrapStartPos;
     }
     else
     {
         if(d->m_pDiff3LineVector != nullptr){
             d->m_selection.start(firstLine, convertToPosOnScreen(d->getString(firstLine), startPos, d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize));
             d->m_selection.end(lastLine, convertToPosOnScreen(d->getString(lastLine), endPos, d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize));
             l = firstLine;
             p = startPos;
         }
     }
     update();
 }
 
 int DiffTextWindowData::convertLineOnScreenToLineInSource(int lineOnScreen, e_CoordType coordType, bool bFirstLine)
 {
     int line = -1;
     if(lineOnScreen >= 0)
     {
         if(coordType == eWrapCoords) return lineOnScreen;
         int d3lIdx = m_pDiffTextWindow->convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(lineOnScreen);
         if(!bFirstLine && d3lIdx >= (int)m_pDiff3LineVector->size())
             d3lIdx = m_pDiff3LineVector->size() - 1;
         if(coordType == eD3LLineCoords) return d3lIdx;
         while(line < 0 && d3lIdx < (int)m_pDiff3LineVector->size() && d3lIdx >= 0)
         {
             const Diff3Line* d3l = (*m_pDiff3LineVector)[d3lIdx];
             if(m_winIdx == 1) line = d3l->lineA;
             if(m_winIdx == 2) line = d3l->lineB;
             if(m_winIdx == 3) line = d3l->lineC;
             if(bFirstLine)
                 ++d3lIdx;
             else
                 --d3lIdx;
         }
         if(coordType == eFileCoords) return line;
     }
     return line;
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::getSelectionRange(int* pFirstLine, int* pLastLine, e_CoordType coordType)
 {
     if(pFirstLine)
         *pFirstLine = d->convertLineOnScreenToLineInSource(d->m_selection.beginLine(), coordType, true);
     if(pLastLine)
         *pLastLine = d->convertLineOnScreenToLineInSource(d->m_selection.endLine(), coordType, false);
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::convertSelectionToD3LCoords()
 {
     if(d->m_pDiff3LineVector == nullptr || !d->m_bPaintingAllowed || !isVisible() || d->m_selection.isEmpty())
     {
         return;
     }
 
     // convert the d->m_selection to unwrapped coordinates: Later restore to new coords
     int firstD3LIdx, firstD3LPos;
     QString s = d->getLineString(d->m_selection.beginLine());
     int firstPosInText = convertToPosInText(s, d->m_selection.beginPos(), d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize);
     convertLineCoordsToD3LCoords(d->m_selection.beginLine(), firstPosInText, firstD3LIdx, firstD3LPos);
 
     int lastD3LIdx, lastD3LPos;
     s = d->getLineString(d->m_selection.endLine());
     int lastPosInText = convertToPosInText(s, d->m_selection.endPos(), d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize);
     convertLineCoordsToD3LCoords(d->m_selection.endLine(), lastPosInText, lastD3LIdx, lastD3LPos);
 
     d->m_selection.start(firstD3LIdx, firstD3LPos);
     d->m_selection.end(lastD3LIdx, lastD3LPos);
 }
 
 int s_maxNofRunnables = 0;
 
 class RecalcWordWrapRunnable : public QRunnable
 {
     DiffTextWindow* m_pDTW;
     // DiffTextWindowData* m_pDTWData; // TODO unused?
     int m_visibleTextWidth;
     int m_cacheIdx;
 
   public:
     RecalcWordWrapRunnable(DiffTextWindow* p, DiffTextWindowData* pData, int visibleTextWidth, int cacheIdx)
         : m_pDTW(p), /* m_pDTWData(pData),*/ m_visibleTextWidth(visibleTextWidth), m_cacheIdx(cacheIdx)
     {
         Q_UNUSED(pData) // TODO really unused?
         setAutoDelete(true);
         //++s_runnableCount; // in Qt>=5.3 only
         s_runnableCount.fetchAndAddOrdered(1);
     }
     void run() override
     {
         m_pDTW->recalcWordWrapHelper(0, m_visibleTextWidth, m_cacheIdx);
         // int newValue = --s_runnableCount; // in Qt>=5.3 only
         int newValue = s_runnableCount.fetchAndAddOrdered(-1) - 1;
         g_pProgressDialog->setCurrent(s_maxNofRunnables - getAtomic(s_runnableCount));
         if(newValue == 0)
         {
             QWidget* p = m_pDTW;
             while(p)
             {
                 p = p->parentWidget();
                 if(KDiff3App* pKDiff3App = dynamic_cast<KDiff3App*>(p))
                 {
                     QMetaObject::invokeMethod(pKDiff3App, "slotFinishRecalcWordWrap", Qt::QueuedConnection);
                     break;
                 }
             }
         }
     }
 };
 
 QList<QRunnable*> s_runnables;
 
 bool startRunnables()
 {
     if(s_runnables.count() == 0)
     {
         return false;
     }
     else
     {
         g_pProgressDialog->setStayHidden(true);
         g_pProgressDialog->push();
         g_pProgressDialog->setMaxNofSteps(s_runnables.count());
         s_maxNofRunnables = s_runnables.count();
         g_pProgressDialog->setCurrent(0);
 
         for(int i = 0; i < s_runnables.count(); ++i)
         {
             QThreadPool::globalInstance()->start(s_runnables[i]);
         }
 
         s_runnables.clear();
         return true;
     }
 }
 // Use conexpr when supported. QT
 const int s_linesPerRunnable = 2000;
 
 void DiffTextWindow::recalcWordWrap(bool bWordWrap, int wrapLineVectorSize, int visibleTextWidth)
 {
     if(d->m_pDiff3LineVector == nullptr || !isVisible())
     {
         d->m_bWordWrap = bWordWrap;
         if(!bWordWrap) d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.resize(0);
         return;
     }
 
     d->m_bWordWrap = bWordWrap;
 
     if(bWordWrap)
     {
         d->m_lineNumberWidth = d->m_pOptions->m_bShowLineNumbers ? (int)log10((double)qMax(d->m_size, 1)) + 1 : 0;
 
         d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.resize(wrapLineVectorSize);
 
         if(wrapLineVectorSize == 0)
             d->m_wrapLineCacheList.clear();
 
         if(wrapLineVectorSize == 0)
         {
             d->m_bPaintingAllowed = false;
             for(int i = 0, j = 0; i < d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size(); i += s_linesPerRunnable, ++j)
             //int i=0;
             {
                 d->m_wrapLineCacheList.append(QVector<DiffTextWindowData::WrapLineCacheData>());
                 s_runnables.push_back(new RecalcWordWrapRunnable(this, d, visibleTextWidth, j));
             }
             //recalcWordWrap( bWordWrap, wrapLineVectorSize, visibleTextWidth, 0 );
         }
         else
         {
             recalcWordWrapHelper(wrapLineVectorSize, visibleTextWidth, 0);
             d->m_bPaintingAllowed = true;
         }
     }
     else
     {
         if(wrapLineVectorSize == 0 && getAtomic(d->m_maxTextWidth) < 0)
         {
             d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.resize(0);
             d->m_wrapLineCacheList.clear();
             d->m_bPaintingAllowed = false;
             for(int i = 0, j = 0; i < d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size(); i += s_linesPerRunnable, ++j)
             {
                 s_runnables.push_back(new RecalcWordWrapRunnable(this, d, visibleTextWidth, j));
             }
         }
         else
         {
             d->m_bPaintingAllowed = true;
         }
     }
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindow::recalcWordWrapHelper(int wrapLineVectorSize, int visibleTextWidth, int cacheListIdx)
 {
     if(d->m_bWordWrap)
     {
         if(g_pProgressDialog->wasCancelled())
             return;
         if(visibleTextWidth < 0)
             visibleTextWidth = getVisibleTextAreaWidth();
         else
             visibleTextWidth -= d->leftInfoWidth() * fontMetrics().width('0');
         int i;
         int wrapLineIdx = 0;
         int size = d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size();
         int firstD3LineIdx = wrapLineVectorSize > 0 ? 0 : cacheListIdx * s_linesPerRunnable;
         int endIdx = wrapLineVectorSize > 0 ? size : qMin(firstD3LineIdx + s_linesPerRunnable, size);
         QVector<DiffTextWindowData::WrapLineCacheData>& wrapLineCache = d->m_wrapLineCacheList[cacheListIdx];
         int cacheListIdx2 = 0;
         QTextLayout textLayout(QString(), font(), this);
         for(i = firstD3LineIdx; i < endIdx; ++i)
         {
             if(g_pProgressDialog->wasCancelled())
                 return;
 
             int linesNeeded = 0;
             if(wrapLineVectorSize == 0)
             {
                 QString s = d->getString(i);
                 textLayout.clearLayout();
                 textLayout.setText(s);
                 d->prepareTextLayout(textLayout, true, visibleTextWidth);
                 linesNeeded = textLayout.lineCount();
                 for(int l = 0; l < linesNeeded; ++l)
                 {
                     QTextLine line = textLayout.lineAt(l);
                     wrapLineCache.push_back(DiffTextWindowData::WrapLineCacheData(i, line.textStart(), line.textLength()));
                 }
             }
             else if(wrapLineVectorSize > 0 && cacheListIdx2 < d->m_wrapLineCacheList.count())
             {
                 DiffTextWindowData::WrapLineCacheData* pWrapLineCache = d->m_wrapLineCacheList[cacheListIdx2].data();
                 int cacheIdx = 0;
                 int clc = d->m_wrapLineCacheList.count() - 1;
                 int cllc = d->m_wrapLineCacheList.last().count();
                 int curCount = d->m_wrapLineCacheList[cacheListIdx2].count() - 1;
                 int l = 0;
                 while((cacheListIdx2 < clc || (cacheListIdx2 == clc && cacheIdx < cllc)) && pWrapLineCache->m_d3LineIdx <= i)
                 {
                     if(pWrapLineCache->m_d3LineIdx == i)
                     {
                         Diff3WrapLine* pDiff3WrapLine = &d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[wrapLineIdx + l];
                         pDiff3WrapLine->wrapLineOffset = pWrapLineCache->m_textStart;
                         pDiff3WrapLine->wrapLineLength = pWrapLineCache->m_textLength;
                         ++l;
                     }
                     if(cacheIdx < curCount)
                     {
                         ++cacheIdx;
                         ++pWrapLineCache;
                     }
                     else
                     {
                         ++cacheListIdx2;
                         if(cacheListIdx2 >= d->m_wrapLineCacheList.count())
                             break;
                         pWrapLineCache = d->m_wrapLineCacheList[cacheListIdx2].data();
                         curCount = d->m_wrapLineCacheList[cacheListIdx2].count();
                         cacheIdx = 0;
                     }
                 }
                 linesNeeded = l;
             }
 
             Diff3Line& d3l = *(*d->m_pDiff3LineVector)[i];
             if(d3l.linesNeededForDisplay < linesNeeded)
             {
                 Q_ASSERT(wrapLineVectorSize == 0);
                 d3l.linesNeededForDisplay = linesNeeded;
             }
 
             if(wrapLineVectorSize > 0)
             {
                 int j;
                 for(j = 0; j < d3l.linesNeededForDisplay; ++j, ++wrapLineIdx)
                 {
                     Diff3WrapLine& d3wl = d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[wrapLineIdx];
                     d3wl.diff3LineIndex = i;
                     d3wl.pD3L = (*d->m_pDiff3LineVector)[i];
                     if(j >= linesNeeded)
                     {
                         d3wl.wrapLineOffset = 0;
                         d3wl.wrapLineLength = 0;
                     }
                 }
             }
         }
 
         if(wrapLineVectorSize > 0)
         {
             d->m_firstLine = std::min(d->m_firstLine, wrapLineVectorSize - 1);
             d->m_horizScrollOffset = 0;
             d->m_pDiffTextWindowFrame->setFirstLine(d->m_firstLine);
         }
     }
     else // no word wrap, just calc the maximum text width
     {
         if(g_pProgressDialog->wasCancelled())
             return;
         int size = d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size();
         int firstD3LineIdx = cacheListIdx * s_linesPerRunnable;
         int endIdx = qMin(firstD3LineIdx + s_linesPerRunnable, size);
 
         int maxTextWidth = getAtomic(d->m_maxTextWidth); // current value
         QTextLayout textLayout(QString(), font(), this);
         for(int i = firstD3LineIdx; i < endIdx; ++i)
         {
             if(g_pProgressDialog->wasCancelled())
                 return;
             textLayout.clearLayout();
             textLayout.setText(d->getString(i));
             d->prepareTextLayout(textLayout, true);
             if(textLayout.maximumWidth() > maxTextWidth)
                 maxTextWidth = textLayout.maximumWidth();
         }
 
         for(;;)
         {
             int prevMaxTextWidth = d->m_maxTextWidth.fetchAndStoreOrdered(maxTextWidth);
             if(prevMaxTextWidth <= maxTextWidth)
                 break;
             maxTextWidth = prevMaxTextWidth;
         }
     }
 
     if(!d->m_selection.isEmpty() && (!d->m_bWordWrap || wrapLineVectorSize > 0))
     {
         // Assume unwrapped coordinates
         //( Why? ->Conversion to unwrapped coords happened a few lines above in this method.
         //  Also see KDiff3App::recalcWordWrap() on the role of wrapLineVectorSize)
 
         // Wrap them now.
 
         // convert the d->m_selection to unwrapped coordinates.
         int firstLine, firstPos;
         convertD3LCoordsToLineCoords(d->m_selection.beginLine(), d->m_selection.beginPos(), firstLine, firstPos);
 
         int lastLine, lastPos;
         convertD3LCoordsToLineCoords(d->m_selection.endLine(), d->m_selection.endPos(), lastLine, lastPos);
 
         d->m_selection.start(firstLine, convertToPosOnScreen(d->getLineString(firstLine), firstPos, d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize));
         d->m_selection.end(lastLine, convertToPosOnScreen(d->getLineString(lastLine), lastPos, d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize));
     }
 }
 
 class DiffTextWindowFrameData
 {
   public:
     DiffTextWindow* m_pDiffTextWindow;
     QLineEdit* m_pFileSelection;
     QPushButton* m_pBrowseButton;
     Options* m_pOptions;
     QLabel* m_pLabel;
     QLabel* m_pTopLine;
     QLabel* m_pEncoding;
     QLabel* m_pLineEndStyle;
     QWidget* m_pTopLineWidget;
     int m_winIdx;
 };
 
 DiffTextWindowFrame::DiffTextWindowFrame(QWidget* pParent, QStatusBar* pStatusBar, Options* pOptions, int winIdx, SourceData* psd)
     : QWidget(pParent)
 {
     d = new DiffTextWindowFrameData;
     d->m_winIdx = winIdx;
     setAutoFillBackground(true);
     d->m_pOptions = pOptions;
     d->m_pTopLineWidget = new QWidget(this);
     d->m_pFileSelection = new QLineEdit(d->m_pTopLineWidget);
     d->m_pBrowseButton = new QPushButton("...", d->m_pTopLineWidget);
     d->m_pBrowseButton->setFixedWidth(30);
     connect(d->m_pBrowseButton, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &DiffTextWindowFrame::slotBrowseButtonClicked);
     connect(d->m_pFileSelection, &QLineEdit::returnPressed, this, &DiffTextWindowFrame::slotReturnPressed);
 
     d->m_pLabel = new QLabel("A:", d->m_pTopLineWidget);
     d->m_pTopLine = new QLabel(d->m_pTopLineWidget);
     d->m_pDiffTextWindow = nullptr;
     d->m_pDiffTextWindow = new DiffTextWindow(this, pStatusBar, pOptions, winIdx);
 
     QVBoxLayout* pVTopLayout = new QVBoxLayout(d->m_pTopLineWidget);
     pVTopLayout->setMargin(2);
     pVTopLayout->setSpacing(0);
     QHBoxLayout* pHL = new QHBoxLayout();
     QHBoxLayout* pHL2 = new QHBoxLayout();
     pVTopLayout->addLayout(pHL);
     pVTopLayout->addLayout(pHL2);
 
     // Upper line:
     pHL->setMargin(0);
     pHL->setSpacing(2);
 
     pHL->addWidget(d->m_pLabel, 0);
     pHL->addWidget(d->m_pFileSelection, 1);
     pHL->addWidget(d->m_pBrowseButton, 0);
     pHL->addWidget(d->m_pTopLine, 0);
 
     // Lower line
     pHL2->setMargin(0);
     pHL2->setSpacing(2);
     pHL2->addWidget(d->m_pTopLine, 0);
     d->m_pEncoding = new EncodingLabel(i18n("Encoding:"), this, psd, pOptions);
 
     d->m_pLineEndStyle = new QLabel(i18n("Line end style:"));
     pHL2->addWidget(d->m_pEncoding);
     pHL2->addWidget(d->m_pLineEndStyle);
 
     QVBoxLayout* pVL = new QVBoxLayout(this);
     pVL->setMargin(0);
     pVL->setSpacing(0);
     pVL->addWidget(d->m_pTopLineWidget, 0);
     pVL->addWidget(d->m_pDiffTextWindow, 1);
 
     d->m_pDiffTextWindow->installEventFilter(this);
     d->m_pFileSelection->installEventFilter(this);
     d->m_pBrowseButton->installEventFilter(this);
     init();
 }
 
 DiffTextWindowFrame::~DiffTextWindowFrame()
 {
     delete d;
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindowFrame::init()
 {
     DiffTextWindow* pDTW = d->m_pDiffTextWindow;
     if(pDTW)
     {
         QString s = QDir::toNativeSeparators(pDTW->d->m_filename);
         d->m_pFileSelection->setText(s);
         QString winId = pDTW->d->m_winIdx == 1 ? (pDTW->d->m_bTriple ? i18n("A (Base)") : i18n("A")) : (pDTW->d->m_winIdx == 2 ? i18n("B") : i18n("C"));
         d->m_pLabel->setText(winId + ':');
         d->m_pEncoding->setText(i18n("Encoding: %1", pDTW->d->m_pTextCodec != nullptr ? QLatin1String(pDTW->d->m_pTextCodec->name()) : QString()));
         d->m_pLineEndStyle->setText(i18n("Line end style: %1", pDTW->d->m_eLineEndStyle == eLineEndStyleDos ? i18n("DOS") : i18n("Unix")));
     }
 }
 
 // Search for the first visible line (search loop needed when no line exist for this file.)
 int DiffTextWindow::calcTopLineInFile(int firstLine)
 {
     int l = -1;
     for(int i = convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(firstLine); i < (int)d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size(); ++i)
     {
         const Diff3Line* d3l = (*d->m_pDiff3LineVector)[i];
         l = d3l->getLineInFile(d->m_winIdx);
         if(l != -1) break;
     }
     return l;
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindowFrame::setFirstLine(int firstLine)
 {
     DiffTextWindow* pDTW = d->m_pDiffTextWindow;
     if(pDTW && pDTW->d->m_pDiff3LineVector)
     {
         QString s = i18n("Top line");
         int lineNumberWidth = (int)log10((double)qMax(pDTW->d->m_size, 1)) + 1;
 
         int l = pDTW->calcTopLineInFile(firstLine);
 
         int w = d->m_pTopLine->fontMetrics().width(
             s + ' ' + QString().fill('0', lineNumberWidth));
         d->m_pTopLine->setMinimumWidth(w);
 
         if(l == -1)
             s = i18n("End");
         else
             s += ' ' + QString::number(l + 1);
 
         d->m_pTopLine->setText(s);
         d->m_pTopLine->repaint();
     }
 }
 
 DiffTextWindow* DiffTextWindowFrame::getDiffTextWindow()
 {
     return d->m_pDiffTextWindow;
 }
 
 bool DiffTextWindowFrame::eventFilter(QObject* o, QEvent* e)
 {
     DiffTextWindow* pDTW = d->m_pDiffTextWindow;
     if(e->type() == QEvent::FocusIn || e->type() == QEvent::FocusOut)
     {
         QColor c1 = d->m_pOptions->m_bgColor;
         QColor c2;
         if(d->m_winIdx == 1)
             c2 = d->m_pOptions->m_colorA;
         else if(d->m_winIdx == 2)
             c2 = d->m_pOptions->m_colorB;
         else if(d->m_winIdx == 3)
             c2 = d->m_pOptions->m_colorC;
 
         QPalette p = d->m_pTopLineWidget->palette();
         if(e->type() == QEvent::FocusOut)
             std::swap(c1, c2);
 
         p.setColor(QPalette::Window, c2);
         setPalette(p);
 
         p.setColor(QPalette::WindowText, c1);
         d->m_pLabel->setPalette(p);
         d->m_pTopLine->setPalette(p);
         d->m_pEncoding->setPalette(p);
         d->m_pLineEndStyle->setPalette(p);
     }
     if(o == d->m_pFileSelection && e->type() == QEvent::Drop)
     {
         QDropEvent* dropEvent = static_cast<QDropEvent*>(e);
 
         if(dropEvent->mimeData()->hasUrls())
         {
             QList<QUrl> lst = dropEvent->mimeData()->urls();
 
             if(lst.count() > 0)
             {
                 static_cast<QLineEdit*>(o)->setText(lst[0].toString());
                 static_cast<QLineEdit*>(o)->setFocus();
                 emit fileNameChanged(lst[0].toString(), pDTW->d->m_winIdx);
                 return true;
             }
         }
     }
 
     return false;
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindowFrame::slotReturnPressed()
 {
     DiffTextWindow* pDTW = d->m_pDiffTextWindow;
     if(pDTW->d->m_filename != d->m_pFileSelection->text())
     {
         emit fileNameChanged(d->m_pFileSelection->text(), pDTW->d->m_winIdx);
     }
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindowFrame::slotBrowseButtonClicked()
 {
     QString current = d->m_pFileSelection->text();
 
     QUrl newURL = QFileDialog::getOpenFileUrl(this, i18n("Open File"), QUrl::fromUserInput(current, QString(), QUrl::AssumeLocalFile));
     if(!newURL.isEmpty())
     {
         DiffTextWindow* pDTW = d->m_pDiffTextWindow;
         emit fileNameChanged(newURL.url(), pDTW->d->m_winIdx);
     }
 }
 
 void DiffTextWindowFrame::sendEncodingChangedSignal(QTextCodec* c)
 {
     emit encodingChanged(c);
 }
 
 EncodingLabel::EncodingLabel(const QString& text, DiffTextWindowFrame* pDiffTextWindowFrame, SourceData* pSD, Options* pOptions)
     : QLabel(text)
 {
     m_pDiffTextWindowFrame = pDiffTextWindowFrame;
     m_pOptions = pOptions;
     m_pSourceData = pSD;
     m_pContextEncodingMenu = nullptr;
     setMouseTracking(true);
 }
 
 void EncodingLabel::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent*)
 {
     // When there is no data to display or it came from clipboard,
     // we will be use UTF-8 only,
     // in that case there is no possibility to change the encoding in the SourceData
     // so, we should hide the HandCursor and display usual ArrowCursor
     if(m_pSourceData->isFromBuffer() || m_pSourceData->isEmpty())
         setCursor(QCursor(Qt::ArrowCursor));
     else
         setCursor(QCursor(Qt::PointingHandCursor));
 }
 
 void EncodingLabel::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent*)
 {
     if(!(m_pSourceData->isFromBuffer() || m_pSourceData->isEmpty()))
     {
         delete m_pContextEncodingMenu;
         m_pContextEncodingMenu = new QMenu(this);
         QMenu* pContextEncodingSubMenu = new QMenu(m_pContextEncodingMenu);
 
         int currentTextCodecEnum = m_pSourceData->getEncoding()->mibEnum(); // the codec that will be checked in the context menu
         QList<int> mibs = QTextCodec::availableMibs();
         QList<int> codecEnumList;
 
         // Adding "main" encodings
         insertCodec(i18n("Unicode, 8 bit"), QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8"), codecEnumList, m_pContextEncodingMenu, currentTextCodecEnum);
         if(QTextCodec::codecForName("System")) {
             insertCodec(QString(), QTextCodec::codecForName("System"), codecEnumList, m_pContextEncodingMenu, currentTextCodecEnum);
         }
 
         // Adding recent encodings
         if(m_pOptions != nullptr)
         {
             QStringList& recentEncodings = m_pOptions->m_recentEncodings;
             foreach(const QString& s, recentEncodings)
             {
                 insertCodec("", QTextCodec::codecForName(s.toLatin1()), codecEnumList, m_pContextEncodingMenu, currentTextCodecEnum);
             }
         }
         // Submenu to add the rest of available encodings
         pContextEncodingSubMenu->setTitle(i18n("Other"));
         foreach(int i, mibs)
         {
             QTextCodec* c = QTextCodec::codecForMib(i);
             if(c != nullptr)
                 insertCodec("", c, codecEnumList, pContextEncodingSubMenu, currentTextCodecEnum);
         }
 
         m_pContextEncodingMenu->addMenu(pContextEncodingSubMenu);
 
         m_pContextEncodingMenu->exec(QCursor::pos());
     }
 }
 
 void EncodingLabel::insertCodec(const QString& visibleCodecName, QTextCodec* pCodec, QList<int>& codecEnumList, QMenu* pMenu, int currentTextCodecEnum)
 {
     int CodecMIBEnum = pCodec->mibEnum();
     if(pCodec != nullptr && !codecEnumList.contains(CodecMIBEnum))
     {
         QAction* pAction = new QAction(pMenu); // menu takes ownership, so deleting the menu deletes the action too.
         QLatin1String codecName(pCodec->name());
         pAction->setText(visibleCodecName.isEmpty() ? codecName : visibleCodecName + QLatin1String(" (") + codecName + QLatin1String(")"));
         pAction->setData(CodecMIBEnum);
         pAction->setCheckable(true);
         if(currentTextCodecEnum == CodecMIBEnum)
             pAction->setChecked(true);
         pMenu->addAction(pAction);
         connect(pAction, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotEncodingChanged()));
         codecEnumList.append(CodecMIBEnum);
     }
 }
 
 void EncodingLabel::slotEncodingChanged()
 {
     QAction* pAction = qobject_cast<QAction*>(sender());
     if(pAction)
     {
         QTextCodec* pCodec = QTextCodec::codecForMib(pAction->data().toInt());
         if(pCodec != nullptr)
         {
             QString s(QLatin1String(pCodec->name()));
             QStringList& recentEncodings = m_pOptions->m_recentEncodings;
             if(!recentEncodings.contains(s) && s != "UTF-8" && s != "System")
             {
                 int itemsToRemove = recentEncodings.size() - m_maxRecentEncodings + 1;
                 for(int i = 0; i < itemsToRemove; ++i)
                 {
                     recentEncodings.removeFirst();
                 }
                 recentEncodings.append(s);
             }
         }
         m_pDiffTextWindowFrame->sendEncodingChangedSignal(pCodec);
     }
 }
diff --git a/src/directorymergewindow.cpp b/src/directorymergewindow.cpp
index bfe3318..f8eb478 100644
--- a/src/directorymergewindow.cpp
+++ b/src/directorymergewindow.cpp
@@ -1,3533 +1,3533 @@
 /***************************************************************************
  *   Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl <joachim.eibl at gmx.de>      *
  *   Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com                 *
  *                                                                         *
  *                                                                         *
  *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
  *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
  *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
  *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
  *                                                                         *
  ***************************************************************************/
-#include <qglobal.h>
+#include "directorymergewindow.h"
 
 #include "MergeFileInfos.h"
 #include "DirectoryInfo.h"
-#include "directorymergewindow.h"
 #include "guiutils.h"
 #include "options.h"
 #include "progress.h"
 #include "Utils.h"
 
 #include <algorithm>
 #include <map>
 #include <vector>
 
+#include <qglobal.h>
 #include <QAction>
 #include <QApplication>
 #include <QDir>
 #include <QDialogButtonBox>
 #include <QFileDialog>
 #include <QImage>
 #include <QKeyEvent>
 #include <QLabel>
 #include <QLayout>
 #include <QMenu>
 #include <QPixmap>
 #include <QPushButton>
 #include <QRegExp>
 #include <QSplitter>
 #include <QStyledItemDelegate>
 #include <QTextEdit>
 #include <QTextStream>
 
 #include <KIconLoader>
 #include <KLocalizedString>
 #include <KMessageBox>
 #include <KToggleAction>
 
 static QPixmap getOnePixmap(e_Age eAge, bool bLink, bool bDir);
 
 class StatusInfo : public QDialog
 {
     QTextEdit* m_pTextEdit;
 
   public:
     explicit StatusInfo(QWidget* pParent) : QDialog(pParent)
     {
         QVBoxLayout* pVLayout = new QVBoxLayout(this);
         m_pTextEdit = new QTextEdit(this);
         pVLayout->addWidget(m_pTextEdit);
         setObjectName("StatusInfo");
         setWindowFlags(Qt::Dialog);
         m_pTextEdit->setWordWrapMode(QTextOption::NoWrap);
         m_pTextEdit->setReadOnly(true);
         QDialogButtonBox *box = new QDialogButtonBox(QDialogButtonBox::Close, this);
         connect(box, &QDialogButtonBox::rejected, this, &QDialog::accept);
         pVLayout->addWidget(box);
     }
 
     bool isEmpty()
     {
         return m_pTextEdit->toPlainText().isEmpty();
     }
 
     void addText(const QString& s)
     {
         m_pTextEdit->append(s);
     }
 
     void clear()
     {
         m_pTextEdit->clear();
     }
 
     void setVisible(bool bVisible) override
     {
         if(bVisible)
         {
             m_pTextEdit->moveCursor(QTextCursor::End);
             m_pTextEdit->moveCursor(QTextCursor::StartOfLine);
             m_pTextEdit->ensureCursorVisible();
         }
 
         QDialog::setVisible(bVisible);
         if(bVisible)
             setWindowState(windowState() | Qt::WindowMaximized);
     }
 };
 
 enum Columns
 {
     s_NameCol = 0,
     s_ACol = 1,
     s_BCol = 2,
     s_CCol = 3,
     s_OpCol = 4,
     s_OpStatusCol = 5,
     s_UnsolvedCol = 6, // Nr of unsolved conflicts (for 3 input files)
     s_SolvedCol = 7,   // Nr of auto-solvable conflicts (for 3 input files)
     s_NonWhiteCol = 8, // Nr of nonwhite deltas (for 2 input files)
     s_WhiteCol = 9     // Nr of white deltas (for 2 input files)
 };
 
 static Qt::CaseSensitivity s_eCaseSensitivity = Qt::CaseSensitive;
 //TODO: clean up this mess.
 class DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate : public QAbstractItemModel
 {
     friend class DirMergeItem;
   public:
     DirectoryMergeWindow* q;
     explicit DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate(DirectoryMergeWindow* pDMW)
     {
         q = pDMW;
         m_pOptions = nullptr;
         m_pIconLoader = nullptr;
         m_pDirectoryMergeInfo = nullptr;
         m_bSimulatedMergeStarted = false;
         m_bRealMergeStarted = false;
         m_bError = false;
         m_bSyncMode = false;
         m_pStatusInfo = new StatusInfo(q);
         m_pStatusInfo->hide();
         m_bScanning = false;
         m_bCaseSensitive = true;
         m_bUnfoldSubdirs = false;
         m_bSkipDirStatus = false;
         m_pRoot = new MergeFileInfos;
     }
     ~DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate() override
     {
         delete m_pRoot;
     }
     // Implement QAbstractItemModel
     QVariant data(const QModelIndex& index, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const override;
     //Qt::ItemFlags flags ( const QModelIndex & index ) const
     QModelIndex parent(const QModelIndex& index) const override
     {
         MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(index);
         if(pMFI == nullptr || pMFI == m_pRoot || pMFI->parent() == m_pRoot)
             return QModelIndex();
         else
         {
             MergeFileInfos* pParentsParent = pMFI->parent()->parent();
             return createIndex(pParentsParent->children().indexOf(pMFI->parent()), 0, pMFI->parent());
         }
     }
     int rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent = QModelIndex()) const override
     {
         MergeFileInfos* pParentMFI = getMFI(parent);
         if(pParentMFI != nullptr)
             return pParentMFI->children().count();
         else
             return m_pRoot->children().count();
     }
     int columnCount(const QModelIndex& /*parent*/) const override
     {
         return 10;
     }
     QModelIndex index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex& parent) const override
     {
         MergeFileInfos* pParentMFI = getMFI(parent);
         if(pParentMFI == nullptr && row < m_pRoot->children().count())
             return createIndex(row, column, m_pRoot->children()[row]);
         else if(pParentMFI != nullptr && row < pParentMFI->children().count())
             return createIndex(row, column, pParentMFI->children()[row]);
         else
             return QModelIndex();
     }
     QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const override;
     void sort(int column, Qt::SortOrder order) override;
     // private data and helper methods
     MergeFileInfos* getMFI(const QModelIndex& mi) const
     {
         if(mi.isValid())
             return (MergeFileInfos*)mi.internalPointer();
         else
             return nullptr;
     }
 
     bool isThreeWay() const
     {
         if(rootMFI() == nullptr || rootMFI()->getDirectoryInfo() == nullptr) return false;
         return rootMFI()->getDirectoryInfo()->dirC().isValid();
     }
     MergeFileInfos* rootMFI() const { return m_pRoot; }
 
     static void setPixmaps(MergeFileInfos& mfi, bool);
 
     Options* m_pOptions;
 
     void calcDirStatus(bool bThreeDirs, const QModelIndex& mi,
                        int& nofFiles, int& nofDirs, int& nofEqualFiles, int& nofManualMerges);
 
     void mergeContinue(bool bStart, bool bVerbose);
 
     void prepareListView(ProgressProxy& pp);
     void calcSuggestedOperation(const QModelIndex& mi, e_MergeOperation eDefaultOperation);
     void setAllMergeOperations(e_MergeOperation eDefaultOperation);
 
     bool canContinue();
     QModelIndex treeIterator(QModelIndex mi, bool bVisitChildren = true, bool bFindInvisible = false);
     void prepareMergeStart(const QModelIndex& miBegin, const QModelIndex& miEnd, bool bVerbose);
     bool executeMergeOperation(MergeFileInfos& mfi, bool& bSingleFileMerge);
 
     void scanDirectory(const QString& dirName, t_DirectoryList& dirList);
     void scanLocalDirectory(const QString& dirName, t_DirectoryList& dirList);
     bool fastFileComparison(FileAccess& fi1, FileAccess& fi2,
                             bool& bError, QString& status);
     bool compareFilesAndCalcAges(MergeFileInfos& mfi);
 
     void setMergeOperation(const QModelIndex& mi, e_MergeOperation eMergeOp, bool bRecursive = true);
     bool isDir(const QModelIndex& mi);
     QString getFileName(const QModelIndex& mi);
 
     bool copyFLD(const QString& srcName, const QString& destName);
     bool deleteFLD(const QString& name, bool bCreateBackup);
     bool makeDir(const QString& name, bool bQuiet = false);
     bool renameFLD(const QString& srcName, const QString& destName);
     bool mergeFLD(const QString& nameA, const QString& nameB, const QString& nameC,
                   const QString& nameDest, bool& bSingleFileMerge);
 
     t_DirectoryList m_dirListA;
     t_DirectoryList m_dirListB;
     t_DirectoryList m_dirListC;
 
     QString m_dirMergeStateFilename;
 
     void buildMergeMap(const QSharedPointer<DirectoryInfo> &dirInfo);
 
 private:
     class FileKey
     {
       public:
         const FileAccess* m_pFA;
         explicit FileKey(const FileAccess& fa) : m_pFA(&fa) {}
 
         int getParents(const FileAccess* pFA, const FileAccess* v[]) const
         {
             int s = 0;
             for(s = 0; pFA->parent() != nullptr; pFA = pFA->parent(), ++s)
                 v[s] = pFA;
             return s;
         }
 
         // This is essentially the same as
         // int r = filePath().compare( fa.filePath() )
         // if ( r<0 ) return true;
         // if ( r==0 ) return m_col < fa.m_col;
         // return false;
         bool operator<(const FileKey& fk) const
         {
             const FileAccess* v1[100];
             const FileAccess* v2[100];
             int v1Size = getParents(m_pFA, v1);
             int v2Size = getParents(fk.m_pFA, v2);
 
             for(int i = 0; i < v1Size && i < v2Size; ++i)
             {
                 int r = v1[v1Size - i - 1]->fileName().compare(v2[v2Size - i - 1]->fileName(), s_eCaseSensitivity);
                 if(r < 0)
                     return true;
                 else if(r > 0)
                     return false;
             }
 
             if(v1Size < v2Size)
                 return true;
             return false;
         }
     };
 
     typedef QMap<FileKey, MergeFileInfos> t_fileMergeMap;
 
     MergeFileInfos* m_pRoot;
 public:
     t_fileMergeMap m_fileMergeMap;
 
     bool m_bFollowDirLinks;
     bool m_bFollowFileLinks;
     bool m_bSimulatedMergeStarted;
     bool m_bRealMergeStarted;
     bool m_bError;
     bool m_bSyncMode;
     bool m_bDirectoryMerge; // if true, then merge is the default operation, otherwise it's diff.
     bool m_bCaseSensitive;
     bool m_bUnfoldSubdirs;
     bool m_bSkipDirStatus;
     bool m_bScanning; // true while in init()
 
     KIconLoader* m_pIconLoader;
     DirectoryMergeInfo* m_pDirectoryMergeInfo;
     StatusInfo* m_pStatusInfo;
 
     typedef std::list<QModelIndex> MergeItemList; // linked list
     MergeItemList m_mergeItemList;
     MergeItemList::iterator m_currentIndexForOperation;
 
     QModelIndex m_selection1Index;
     QModelIndex m_selection2Index;
     QModelIndex m_selection3Index;
     void selectItemAndColumn(const QModelIndex& mi, bool bContextMenu);
 
     QAction* m_pDirStartOperation;
     QAction* m_pDirRunOperationForCurrentItem;
     QAction* m_pDirCompareCurrent;
     QAction* m_pDirMergeCurrent;
     QAction* m_pDirRescan;
     QAction* m_pDirChooseAEverywhere;
     QAction* m_pDirChooseBEverywhere;
     QAction* m_pDirChooseCEverywhere;
     QAction* m_pDirAutoChoiceEverywhere;
     QAction* m_pDirDoNothingEverywhere;
     QAction* m_pDirFoldAll;
     QAction* m_pDirUnfoldAll;
 
     KToggleAction* m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles;
     KToggleAction* m_pDirShowDifferentFiles;
     KToggleAction* m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInA;
     KToggleAction* m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInB;
     KToggleAction* m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInC;
 
     KToggleAction* m_pDirSynchronizeDirectories;
     KToggleAction* m_pDirChooseNewerFiles;
 
     QAction* m_pDirCompareExplicit;
     QAction* m_pDirMergeExplicit;
 
     QAction* m_pDirCurrentDoNothing;
     QAction* m_pDirCurrentChooseA;
     QAction* m_pDirCurrentChooseB;
     QAction* m_pDirCurrentChooseC;
     QAction* m_pDirCurrentMerge;
     QAction* m_pDirCurrentDelete;
 
     QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncDoNothing;
     QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyAToB;
     QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyBToA;
     QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteA;
     QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteB;
     QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteAAndB;
     QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToA;
     QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToB;
     QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToAAndB;
 
     QAction* m_pDirSaveMergeState;
     QAction* m_pDirLoadMergeState;
 
     bool init(QSharedPointer<DirectoryInfo> dirInfo, bool bDirectoryMerge, bool bReload);
     void setOpStatus(const QModelIndex& mi, e_OperationStatus eOpStatus)
     {
         if(MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi))
         {
             pMFI->m_eOpStatus = eOpStatus;
             emit dataChanged(mi, mi);
         }
     }
 
     QModelIndex nextSibling(const QModelIndex& mi);
 };
 
 QVariant DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const
 {
     MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(index);
     if(pMFI)
     {
         if(role == Qt::DisplayRole)
         {
             switch(index.column())
             {
             case s_NameCol:
                 return QFileInfo(pMFI->subPath()).fileName();
             case s_ACol:
                 return i18n("A");
             case s_BCol:
                 return i18n("B");
             case s_CCol:
                 return i18n("C");
             //case s_OpCol:       return i18n("Operation");
             //case s_OpStatusCol: return i18n("Status");
             case s_UnsolvedCol:
                 return i18n("Unsolved");
             case s_SolvedCol:
                 return i18n("Solved");
             case s_NonWhiteCol:
                 return i18n("Nonwhite");
             case s_WhiteCol:
                 return i18n("White");
                 //default :           return QVariant();
             }
 
             if(s_OpCol == index.column())
             {
                 bool bDir = pMFI->dirA() || pMFI->dirB() || pMFI->dirC();
                 switch(pMFI->m_eMergeOperation)
                 {
                 case eNoOperation:
                     return "";
                     break;
                 case eCopyAToB:
                     return i18n("Copy A to B");
                     break;
                 case eCopyBToA:
                     return i18n("Copy B to A");
                     break;
                 case eDeleteA:
                     return i18n("Delete A");
                     break;
                 case eDeleteB:
                     return i18n("Delete B");
                     break;
                 case eDeleteAB:
                     return i18n("Delete A & B");
                     break;
                 case eMergeToA:
                     return i18n("Merge to A");
                     break;
                 case eMergeToB:
                     return i18n("Merge to B");
                     break;
                 case eMergeToAB:
                     return i18n("Merge to A & B");
                     break;
                 case eCopyAToDest:
                     return i18n("A");
                     break;
                 case eCopyBToDest:
                     return i18n("B");
                     break;
                 case eCopyCToDest:
                     return i18n("C");
                     break;
                 case eDeleteFromDest:
                     return i18n("Delete (if exists)");
                     break;
                 case eMergeABCToDest:
                     return bDir ? i18n("Merge") : i18n("Merge (manual)");
                     break;
                 case eMergeABToDest:
                     return bDir ? i18n("Merge") : i18n("Merge (manual)");
                     break;
                 case eConflictingFileTypes:
                     return i18n("Error: Conflicting File Types");
                     break;
                 case eChangedAndDeleted:
                     return i18n("Error: Changed and Deleted");
                     break;
                 case eConflictingAges:
                     return i18n("Error: Dates are equal but files are not.");
                     break;
                 default:
                     Q_ASSERT(true);
                     break;
                 }
             }
             if(s_OpStatusCol == index.column())
             {
                 switch(pMFI->m_eOpStatus)
                 {
                 case eOpStatusNone:
                     return "";
                 case eOpStatusDone:
                     return i18n("Done");
                 case eOpStatusError:
                     return i18n("Error");
                 case eOpStatusSkipped:
                     return i18n("Skipped.");
                 case eOpStatusNotSaved:
                     return i18n("Not saved.");
                 case eOpStatusInProgress:
                     return i18n("In progress...");
                 case eOpStatusToDo:
                     return i18n("To do.");
                 }
             }
         }
         else if(role == Qt::DecorationRole)
         {
             if(s_NameCol == index.column())
             {
                 return getOnePixmap(eAgeEnd, pMFI->isLinkA() || pMFI->isLinkB() || pMFI->isLinkC(),
                                     pMFI->dirA() || pMFI->dirB() || pMFI->dirC());
             }
 
             if(s_ACol == index.column())
             {
                 return getOnePixmap(pMFI->m_ageA, pMFI->isLinkA(), pMFI->dirA());
             }
             if(s_BCol == index.column())
             {
                 return getOnePixmap(pMFI->m_ageB, pMFI->isLinkB(), pMFI->dirB());
             }
             if(s_CCol == index.column())
             {
                 return getOnePixmap(pMFI->m_ageC, pMFI->isLinkC(), pMFI->dirC());
             }
         }
         else if(role == Qt::TextAlignmentRole)
         {
             if(s_UnsolvedCol == index.column() || s_SolvedCol == index.column() || s_NonWhiteCol == index.column() || s_WhiteCol == index.column())
                 return Qt::AlignRight;
         }
     }
     return QVariant();
 }
 
 QVariant DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const
 {
     if(orientation == Qt::Horizontal && section >= 0 && section < columnCount(QModelIndex()) && role == Qt::DisplayRole)
     {
         switch(section)
         {
         case s_NameCol:
             return i18n("Name");
         case s_ACol:
             return i18n("A");
         case s_BCol:
             return i18n("B");
         case s_CCol:
             return i18n("C");
         case s_OpCol:
             return i18n("Operation");
         case s_OpStatusCol:
             return i18n("Status");
         case s_UnsolvedCol:
             return i18n("Unsolved");
         case s_SolvedCol:
             return i18n("Solved");
         case s_NonWhiteCol:
             return i18n("Nonwhite");
         case s_WhiteCol:
             return i18n("White");
         default:
             return QVariant();
         }
     }
     return QVariant();
 }
 
 // Previously  Q3ListViewItem::paintCell(p,cg,column,width,align);
 class DirectoryMergeWindow::DirMergeItemDelegate : public QStyledItemDelegate
 {
     DirectoryMergeWindow* m_pDMW;
     DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate* d;
 
   public:
     explicit DirMergeItemDelegate(DirectoryMergeWindow* pParent)
         : QStyledItemDelegate(pParent), m_pDMW(pParent), d(pParent->d)
     {
     }
     void paint(QPainter* p, const QStyleOptionViewItem& option, const QModelIndex& index) const override
     {
         int column = index.column();
         if(column == s_ACol || column == s_BCol || column == s_CCol)
         {
             QVariant value = index.data(Qt::DecorationRole);
             QPixmap icon;
             if(value.isValid())
             {
                 if(value.type() == QVariant::Icon)
                 {
                     icon = qvariant_cast<QIcon>(value).pixmap(16, 16);
                     //icon = qvariant_cast<QIcon>(value);
                     //decorationRect = QRect(QPoint(0, 0), icon.actualSize(option.decorationSize, iconMode, iconState));
                 }
                 else
                 {
                     icon = qvariant_cast<QPixmap>(value);
                     //decorationRect = QRect(QPoint(0, 0), option.decorationSize).intersected(pixmap.rect());
                 }
             }
 
             int x = option.rect.left();
             int y = option.rect.top();
             //QPixmap icon = value.value<QPixmap>(); //pixmap(column);
             if(!icon.isNull())
             {
                 int yOffset = (sizeHint(option, index).height() - icon.height()) / 2;
                 p->drawPixmap(x + 2, y + yOffset, icon);
 
                 int i = index == d->m_selection1Index ? 1 : index == d->m_selection2Index ? 2 : index == d->m_selection3Index ? 3 : 0;
                 if(i != 0)
                 {
                     Options* pOpts = d->m_pOptions;
                     QColor c(i == 1 ? pOpts->m_colorA : i == 2 ? pOpts->m_colorB : pOpts->m_colorC);
                     p->setPen(c); // highlight() );
                     p->drawRect(x + 2, y + yOffset, icon.width(), icon.height());
                     p->setPen(QPen(c, 0, Qt::DotLine));
                     p->drawRect(x + 1, y + yOffset - 1, icon.width() + 2, icon.height() + 2);
                     p->setPen(Qt::white);
                     QString s(QChar('A' + i - 1));
                     p->drawText(x + 2 + (icon.width() - p->fontMetrics().width(s)) / 2,
                                 y + yOffset + (icon.height() + p->fontMetrics().ascent()) / 2 - 1,
                                 s);
                 }
                 else
                 {
                     p->setPen(m_pDMW->palette().background().color());
                     p->drawRect(x + 1, y + yOffset - 1, icon.width() + 2, icon.height() + 2);
                 }
                 return;
             }
         }
         QStyleOptionViewItem option2 = option;
         if(column >= s_UnsolvedCol)
         {
             option2.displayAlignment = Qt::AlignRight;
         }
         QStyledItemDelegate::paint(p, option2, index);
     }
     QSize sizeHint(const QStyleOptionViewItem& option, const QModelIndex& index) const override
     {
         QSize sz = QStyledItemDelegate::sizeHint(option, index);
         return sz.expandedTo(QSize(0, 18));
     }
 };
 
 DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindow(QWidget* pParent, Options* pOptions, KIconLoader* pIconLoader)
     : QTreeView(pParent)
 {
     d = new DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate(this);
     setModel(d);
     setItemDelegate(new DirMergeItemDelegate(this));
     connect(this, &DirectoryMergeWindow::doubleClicked, this, &DirectoryMergeWindow::onDoubleClick);
     connect(this, &DirectoryMergeWindow::expanded, this, &DirectoryMergeWindow::onExpanded);
 
     d->m_pOptions = pOptions;
     d->m_pIconLoader = pIconLoader;
 
     setSortingEnabled(true);
 }
 
 DirectoryMergeWindow::~DirectoryMergeWindow()
 {
     delete d;
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::setDirectoryMergeInfo(DirectoryMergeInfo* p) { d->m_pDirectoryMergeInfo = p; }
 bool DirectoryMergeWindow::isDirectoryMergeInProgress() { return d->m_bRealMergeStarted; }
 bool DirectoryMergeWindow::isSyncMode() { return d->m_bSyncMode; }
 bool DirectoryMergeWindow::isScanning() { return d->m_bScanning; }
 
 bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::fastFileComparison(
     FileAccess& fi1, FileAccess& fi2,
     bool& bError, QString& status)
 {
     ProgressProxy pp;
     status = "";
     bool bEqual = false;
     bError = true;
 
     if(!m_bFollowFileLinks)
     {
         if(fi1.isSymLink() != fi2.isSymLink())
         {
             status = i18n("Mix of links and normal files.");
             return bEqual;
         }
         else if(fi1.isSymLink() && fi2.isSymLink())
         {
             bError = false;
             bEqual = fi1.readLink() == fi2.readLink();
             status = i18n("Link: ");
             return bEqual;
         }
     }
 
     if(fi1.size() != fi2.size())
     {
         bEqual = false;
         status = i18n("Size. ");
         return bEqual;
     }
     else if(m_pOptions->m_bDmTrustSize)
     {
         bEqual = true;
         return bEqual;
     }
 
     if(m_pOptions->m_bDmTrustDate)
     {
         bEqual = (fi1.lastModified() == fi2.lastModified() && fi1.size() == fi2.size());
         bError = false;
         status = i18n("Date & Size: ");
         return bEqual;
     }
 
     if(m_pOptions->m_bDmTrustDateFallbackToBinary)
     {
         bEqual = (fi1.lastModified() == fi2.lastModified() && fi1.size() == fi2.size());
         if(bEqual)
         {
             bError = false;
             status = i18n("Date & Size: ");
             return bEqual;
         }
     }
 
     QString fileName1 = fi1.absoluteFilePath();
     QString fileName2 = fi2.absoluteFilePath();
 
     if(!fi1.createLocalCopy())
     {
         status = i18n("Creating temp copy of %1 failed.", fileName1);
         return bEqual;
     }
     
     if(!fi2.createLocalCopy())
     {
         status = i18n("Creating temp copy of %1 failed.", fileName2);
         return bEqual;
     }
 
     std::vector<char> buf1(100000);
     std::vector<char> buf2(buf1.size());
 
     QFile file1(fi1.fileName());
 
     if(!file1.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly))
     {
         status = i18n("Opening %1 failed. %2", fileName1, file1.errorString());
         return bEqual;
     }
 
     QFile file2(fi2.fileName());
 
     if(!file2.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly))
     {
         status = i18n("Opening %1 failed. %2", fileName2, file2.errorString());
         return bEqual;
     }
 
     pp.setInformation(i18n("Comparing file..."), 0, false);
     typedef qint64 t_FileSize;
     t_FileSize fullSize = file1.size();
     t_FileSize sizeLeft = fullSize;
 
     pp.setMaxNofSteps(fullSize / buf1.size());
 
     while(sizeLeft > 0 && !pp.wasCancelled())
     {
         qint64 len = std::min(sizeLeft, (t_FileSize)buf1.size());
         if(len != file1.read(&buf1[0], len))
         {
             status = i18n("Error reading from %1", fileName1);
             return bEqual;
         }
 
         if(len != file2.read(&buf2[0], len))
         {
             status = i18n("Error reading from %1", fileName2);
             return bEqual;
         }
 
         if(memcmp(&buf1[0], &buf2[0], len) != 0)
         {
             bError = false;
             return bEqual;
         }
         sizeLeft -= len;
         //pp.setCurrent(double(fullSize-sizeLeft)/fullSize, false );
         pp.step();
     }
 
     // If the program really arrives here, then the files are really equal.
     bError = false;
     bEqual = true;
     return bEqual;
 }
 
 int DirectoryMergeWindow::totalColumnWidth()
 {
     int w = 0;
     for(int i = 0; i < s_OpStatusCol; ++i)
     {
         w += columnWidth(i);
     }
     return w;
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::reload()
 {
     if(isDirectoryMergeInProgress())
     {
         int result = KMessageBox::warningYesNo(this,
                                                i18n("You are currently doing a directory merge. Are you sure, you want to abort the merge and rescan the directory?"),
                                                i18n("Warning"),
                                                KGuiItem(i18n("Rescan")),
                                                KGuiItem(i18n("Continue Merging")));
         if(result != KMessageBox::Yes)
             return;
     }
 
     init(d->rootMFI()->getDirectoryInfo(), true);
     //fix file visibilities after reload or menu will be out of sync with display if changed from defaults.
     updateFileVisibilities();
 }
 
 // Copy pm2 onto pm1, but preserve the alpha value from pm1 where pm2 is transparent.
 static QPixmap pixCombiner(const QPixmap* pm1, const QPixmap* pm2)
 {
     QImage img1 = pm1->toImage().convertToFormat(QImage::Format_ARGB32);
     QImage img2 = pm2->toImage().convertToFormat(QImage::Format_ARGB32);
 
     for(int y = 0; y < img1.height(); y++)
     {
         quint32* line1 = reinterpret_cast<quint32*>(img1.scanLine(y));
         quint32* line2 = reinterpret_cast<quint32*>(img2.scanLine(y));
         for(int x = 0; x < img1.width(); x++)
         {
             if(qAlpha(line2[x]) > 0)
                 line1[x] = (line2[x] | 0xff000000);
         }
     }
     return QPixmap::fromImage(img1);
 }
 
 // like pixCombiner but let the pm1 color shine through
 static QPixmap pixCombiner2(const QPixmap* pm1, const QPixmap* pm2)
 {
     QPixmap pix = *pm1;
     QPainter p(&pix);
     p.setOpacity(0.5);
     p.drawPixmap(0, 0, *pm2);
     p.end();
 
     return pix;
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::calcDirStatus(bool bThreeDirs, const QModelIndex& mi,
                                                int& nofFiles, int& nofDirs, int& nofEqualFiles, int& nofManualMerges)
 {
     MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi);
     if(pMFI->dirA() || pMFI->dirB() || pMFI->dirC())
     {
         ++nofDirs;
     }
     else
     {
         ++nofFiles;
         if(pMFI->m_bEqualAB && (!bThreeDirs || pMFI->m_bEqualAC))
         {
             ++nofEqualFiles;
         }
         else
         {
             if(pMFI->m_eMergeOperation == eMergeABCToDest || pMFI->m_eMergeOperation == eMergeABToDest)
                 ++nofManualMerges;
         }
     }
     for(int childIdx = 0; childIdx < rowCount(mi); ++childIdx)
         calcDirStatus(bThreeDirs, index(childIdx, 0, mi), nofFiles, nofDirs, nofEqualFiles, nofManualMerges);
 }
 
 struct t_ItemInfo {
     bool bExpanded;
     bool bOperationComplete;
     QString status;
     e_MergeOperation eMergeOperation;
 };
 
 bool DirectoryMergeWindow::init(
     QSharedPointer<DirectoryInfo> dirInfo,
     bool bDirectoryMerge,
     bool bReload)
 {
     return d->init(dirInfo, bDirectoryMerge, bReload);
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::buildMergeMap(const QSharedPointer<DirectoryInfo> &dirInfo)
 {
     t_DirectoryList::iterator dirIterator;
 
     if(dirInfo->dirA().isValid())
     {
         for(dirIterator = m_dirListA.begin(); dirIterator != m_dirListA.end(); ++dirIterator)
         {
             MergeFileInfos& mfi = m_fileMergeMap[FileKey(*dirIterator)];
 
             mfi.setFileInfoA(&(*dirIterator));
             mfi.setDirectoryInfo(dirInfo);
         }
     }
 
     if(dirInfo->dirB().isValid())
     {
         for(dirIterator = m_dirListB.begin(); dirIterator != m_dirListB.end(); ++dirIterator)
         {
             MergeFileInfos& mfi = m_fileMergeMap[FileKey(*dirIterator)];
 
             mfi.setFileInfoB(&(*dirIterator));
             mfi.setDirectoryInfo(dirInfo);
         }
     }
 
     if(dirInfo->dirC().isValid())
     {
         for(dirIterator = m_dirListC.begin(); dirIterator != m_dirListC.end(); ++dirIterator)
         {
             MergeFileInfos& mfi = m_fileMergeMap[FileKey(*dirIterator)];
 
             mfi.setFileInfoC(&(*dirIterator));
             mfi.setDirectoryInfo(dirInfo);
         }
     }
 }
 
 bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::init(
     QSharedPointer<DirectoryInfo> dirInfo,
     bool bDirectoryMerge,
     bool bReload)
 {
     if(m_pOptions->m_bDmFullAnalysis)
     {
         // A full analysis uses the same resources that a normal text-diff/merge uses.
         // So make sure that the user saves his data first.
         bool bCanContinue = false;
         emit q->checkIfCanContinue(&bCanContinue);
         if(!bCanContinue)
             return false;
         emit q->startDiffMerge("", "", "", "", "", "", "", nullptr); // hide main window
     }
 
     q->show();
     q->setUpdatesEnabled(true);
 
     std::map<QString, t_ItemInfo> expandedDirsMap;
 
     if(bReload)
     {
         // Remember expanded items TODO
         //QTreeWidgetItemIterator it( this );
         //while ( *it )
         //{
         //   DirMergeItem* pDMI = static_cast<DirMergeItem*>( *it );
         //   t_ItemInfo& ii = expandedDirsMap[ pDMI->m_pMFI->subPath() ];
         //   ii.bExpanded = pDMI->isExpanded();
         //   ii.bOperationComplete = pDMI->m_pMFI->m_bOperationComplete;
         //   ii.status = pDMI->text( s_OpStatusCol );
         //   ii.eMergeOperation = pDMI->m_pMFI->m_eMergeOperation;
         //   ++it;
         //}
     }
 
     ProgressProxy pp;
     m_bFollowDirLinks = m_pOptions->m_bDmFollowDirLinks;
     m_bFollowFileLinks = m_pOptions->m_bDmFollowFileLinks;
     m_bSimulatedMergeStarted = false;
     m_bRealMergeStarted = false;
     m_bError = false;
     m_bDirectoryMerge = bDirectoryMerge;
     m_selection1Index = QModelIndex();
     m_selection2Index = QModelIndex();
     m_selection3Index = QModelIndex();
     m_bCaseSensitive = m_pOptions->m_bDmCaseSensitiveFilenameComparison;
     m_bUnfoldSubdirs = m_pOptions->m_bDmUnfoldSubdirs;
     m_bSkipDirStatus = m_pOptions->m_bDmSkipDirStatus;
 
     beginResetModel();
     m_pRoot->clear();
     m_mergeItemList.clear();
     endResetModel();
 
     m_currentIndexForOperation = m_mergeItemList.end();
 
     if(!bReload)
     {
         m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles->setChecked(true);
         m_pDirShowDifferentFiles->setChecked(true);
         m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInA->setChecked(true);
         m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInB->setChecked(true);
         m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInC->setChecked(true);
     }
 
     FileAccess dirA = dirInfo->dirA();
     FileAccess dirB = dirInfo->dirB();
     FileAccess dirC = dirInfo->dirC();
     const FileAccess dirDest = dirInfo->destDir();
     // Check if all input directories exist and are valid. The dest dir is not tested now.
     // The test will happen only when we are going to write to it.
     if(!dirA.isDir() || !dirB.isDir() ||
        (dirC.isValid() && !dirC.isDir()))
     {
         QString text(i18n("Opening of directories failed:"));
         text += "\n\n";
         if(!dirA.isDir())
         {
             text += i18n("Dir A \"%1\" does not exist or is not a directory.\n", dirA.prettyAbsPath());
         }
 
         if(!dirB.isDir())
         {
             text += i18n("Dir B \"%1\" does not exist or is not a directory.\n", dirB.prettyAbsPath());
         }
 
         if(dirC.isValid() && !dirC.isDir())
         {
             text += i18n("Dir C \"%1\" does not exist or is not a directory.\n", dirC.prettyAbsPath());
         }
 
         KMessageBox::sorry(q, text, i18n("Directory Open Error"));
         return false;
     }
 
     if(dirC.isValid() &&
        (dirDest.prettyAbsPath() == dirA.prettyAbsPath() || dirDest.prettyAbsPath() == dirB.prettyAbsPath()))
     {
         KMessageBox::error(q,
                            i18n("The destination directory must not be the same as A or B when "
                                 "three directories are merged.\nCheck again before continuing."),
                            i18n("Parameter Warning"));
         return false;
     }
 
     m_bScanning = true;
     emit q->statusBarMessage(i18n("Scanning directories..."));
 
     m_bSyncMode = m_pOptions->m_bDmSyncMode && !dirC.isValid() && !dirDest.isValid();
 
     m_fileMergeMap.clear();
     s_eCaseSensitivity = m_bCaseSensitive ? Qt::CaseSensitive : Qt::CaseInsensitive;
     // calc how many directories will be read:
     double nofScans = (dirA.isValid() ? 1 : 0) + (dirB.isValid() ? 1 : 0) + (dirC.isValid() ? 1 : 0);
     int currentScan = 0;
 
     //TODO   setColumnWidthMode(s_UnsolvedCol, Q3ListView::Manual);
     //   setColumnWidthMode(s_SolvedCol,   Q3ListView::Manual);
     //   setColumnWidthMode(s_WhiteCol,    Q3ListView::Manual);
     //   setColumnWidthMode(s_NonWhiteCol, Q3ListView::Manual);
     q->setColumnHidden(s_CCol, !dirC.isValid());
     q->setColumnHidden(s_WhiteCol, !m_pOptions->m_bDmFullAnalysis);
     q->setColumnHidden(s_NonWhiteCol, !m_pOptions->m_bDmFullAnalysis);
     q->setColumnHidden(s_UnsolvedCol, !m_pOptions->m_bDmFullAnalysis);
     q->setColumnHidden(s_SolvedCol, !(m_pOptions->m_bDmFullAnalysis && dirC.isValid()));
 
     bool bListDirSuccessA = true;
     bool bListDirSuccessB = true;
     bool bListDirSuccessC = true;
     m_dirListA.clear();
     m_dirListB.clear();
     m_dirListC.clear();
     if(dirA.isValid())
     {
         pp.setInformation(i18n("Reading Directory A"));
         pp.setSubRangeTransformation(currentScan / nofScans, (currentScan + 1) / nofScans);
         ++currentScan;
 
         bListDirSuccessA = dirA.listDir(&m_dirListA,
                                           m_pOptions->m_bDmRecursiveDirs, m_pOptions->m_bDmFindHidden,
                                           m_pOptions->m_DmFilePattern, m_pOptions->m_DmFileAntiPattern,
                                           m_pOptions->m_DmDirAntiPattern, m_pOptions->m_bDmFollowDirLinks,
                                           m_pOptions->m_bDmUseCvsIgnore);
     }
 
     if(dirB.isValid())
     {
         pp.setInformation(i18n("Reading Directory B"));
         pp.setSubRangeTransformation(currentScan / nofScans, (currentScan + 1) / nofScans);
         ++currentScan;
 
         bListDirSuccessB = dirB.listDir(&m_dirListB,
                                           m_pOptions->m_bDmRecursiveDirs, m_pOptions->m_bDmFindHidden,
                                           m_pOptions->m_DmFilePattern, m_pOptions->m_DmFileAntiPattern,
                                           m_pOptions->m_DmDirAntiPattern, m_pOptions->m_bDmFollowDirLinks,
                                           m_pOptions->m_bDmUseCvsIgnore);
     }
 
     e_MergeOperation eDefaultMergeOp;
     if(dirC.isValid())
     {
         pp.setInformation(i18n("Reading Directory C"));
         pp.setSubRangeTransformation(currentScan / nofScans, (currentScan + 1) / nofScans);
         ++currentScan;
 
         bListDirSuccessC = dirC.listDir(&m_dirListC,
                                           m_pOptions->m_bDmRecursiveDirs, m_pOptions->m_bDmFindHidden,
                                           m_pOptions->m_DmFilePattern, m_pOptions->m_DmFileAntiPattern,
                                           m_pOptions->m_DmDirAntiPattern, m_pOptions->m_bDmFollowDirLinks,
                                           m_pOptions->m_bDmUseCvsIgnore);
 
         eDefaultMergeOp = eMergeABCToDest;
     }
     else
         eDefaultMergeOp = m_bSyncMode ? eMergeToAB : eMergeABToDest;
 
     buildMergeMap(dirInfo);
 
     bool bContinue = true;
     if(!bListDirSuccessA || !bListDirSuccessB || !bListDirSuccessC)
     {
         QString s = i18n("Some subdirectories were not readable in");
         if(!bListDirSuccessA) s += "\nA: " + dirA.prettyAbsPath();
         if(!bListDirSuccessB) s += "\nB: " + dirB.prettyAbsPath();
         if(!bListDirSuccessC) s += "\nC: " + dirC.prettyAbsPath();
         s += '\n';
         s += i18n("Check the permissions of the subdirectories.");
         bContinue = KMessageBox::Continue == KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel(q, s);
     }
 
     if(bContinue)
     {
         prepareListView(pp);
 
         q->updateFileVisibilities();
 
         for(int childIdx = 0; childIdx < rowCount(); ++childIdx)
         {
             QModelIndex mi = index(childIdx, 0, QModelIndex());
             calcSuggestedOperation(mi, eDefaultMergeOp);
         }
     }
 
     q->sortByColumn(0, Qt::AscendingOrder);
 
     for(int column = 0; column < columnCount(QModelIndex()); ++column)
         q->resizeColumnToContents(column);
 
     // Try to improve the view a little bit.
     QWidget* pParent = q->parentWidget();
     QSplitter* pSplitter = static_cast<QSplitter*>(pParent);
     if(pSplitter != nullptr)
     {
         QList<int> sizes = pSplitter->sizes();
         int total = sizes[0] + sizes[1];
         if(total < 10)
             total = 100;
         sizes[0] = total * 6 / 10;
         sizes[1] = total - sizes[0];
         pSplitter->setSizes(sizes);
     }
     
     m_bScanning = false;
     emit q->statusBarMessage(i18n("Ready."));
 
     if(bContinue && !m_bSkipDirStatus)
     {
         // Generate a status report
         int nofFiles = 0;
         int nofDirs = 0;
         int nofEqualFiles = 0;
         int nofManualMerges = 0;
         //TODO
         for(int childIdx = 0; childIdx < rowCount(); ++childIdx)
             calcDirStatus(dirC.isValid(), index(childIdx, 0, QModelIndex()),
                           nofFiles, nofDirs, nofEqualFiles, nofManualMerges);
 
         QString s;
         s = i18n("Directory Comparison Status\n\n"
                  "Number of subdirectories: %1\n"
                  "Number of equal files: %2\n"
                  "Number of different files: %3",
                  nofDirs, nofEqualFiles, nofFiles - nofEqualFiles);
 
         if(dirC.isValid())
             s += '\n' + i18n("Number of manual merges: %1", nofManualMerges);
         KMessageBox::information(q, s);
         //
         //TODO
         //if ( topLevelItemCount()>0 )
         //{
         //   topLevelItem(0)->setSelected(true);
         //   setCurrentItem( topLevelItem(0) );
         //}
     }
 
     if(bReload)
     {
         // Remember expanded items
         //TODO
         //QTreeWidgetItemIterator it( this );
         //while ( *it )
         //{
         //   DirMergeItem* pDMI = static_cast<DirMergeItem*>( *it );
         //   std::map<QString,t_ItemInfo>::iterator i = expandedDirsMap.find( pDMI->m_pMFI->subPath() );
         //   if ( i!=expandedDirsMap.end() )
         //   {
         //      t_ItemInfo& ii = i->second;
         //      pDMI->setExpanded( ii.bExpanded );
         //      //pDMI->m_pMFI->setMergeOperation( ii.eMergeOperation, false ); unsafe, might have changed
         //      pDMI->m_pMFI->m_bOperationComplete = ii.bOperationComplete;
         //      pDMI->setText( s_OpStatusCol, ii.status );
         //   }
         //   ++it;
         //}
     }
     else if(m_bUnfoldSubdirs)
     {
         m_pDirUnfoldAll->trigger();
     }
 
     return true;
 }
 
 inline QString DirectoryMergeWindow::getDirNameA() const { return d->rootMFI()->getDirectoryInfo()->dirA().prettyAbsPath(); }
 inline QString DirectoryMergeWindow::getDirNameB() const { return d->rootMFI()->getDirectoryInfo()->dirB().prettyAbsPath(); }
 inline QString DirectoryMergeWindow::getDirNameC() const { return d->rootMFI()->getDirectoryInfo()->dirC().prettyAbsPath(); }
 inline QString DirectoryMergeWindow::getDirNameDest() const { return d->rootMFI()->getDirectoryInfo()->destDir().prettyAbsPath(); }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::onExpanded()
 {
     resizeColumnToContents(s_NameCol);
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotChooseAEverywhere() { d->setAllMergeOperations(eCopyAToDest); }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotChooseBEverywhere() { d->setAllMergeOperations(eCopyBToDest); }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotChooseCEverywhere() { d->setAllMergeOperations(eCopyCToDest); }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotAutoChooseEverywhere()
 {
     e_MergeOperation eDefaultMergeOp = d->isThreeWay() ? eMergeABCToDest : d->m_bSyncMode ? eMergeToAB : eMergeABToDest;
     d->setAllMergeOperations(eDefaultMergeOp);
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotNoOpEverywhere() { d->setAllMergeOperations(eNoOperation); }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotFoldAllSubdirs()
 {
     collapseAll();
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotUnfoldAllSubdirs()
 {
     expandAll();
 }
 
 // Merge current item (merge mode)
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentDoNothing() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eNoOperation); }
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentChooseA() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), d->m_bSyncMode ? eCopyAToB : eCopyAToDest); }
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentChooseB() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), d->m_bSyncMode ? eCopyBToA : eCopyBToDest); }
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentChooseC() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eCopyCToDest); }
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentMerge()
 {
     bool bThreeDirs = d->isThreeWay();
     d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), bThreeDirs ? eMergeABCToDest : eMergeABToDest);
 }
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentDelete() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eDeleteFromDest); }
 // Sync current item
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentCopyAToB() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eCopyAToB); }
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentCopyBToA() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eCopyBToA); }
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentDeleteA() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eDeleteA); }
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentDeleteB() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eDeleteB); }
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentDeleteAAndB() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eDeleteAB); }
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentMergeToA() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eMergeToA); }
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentMergeToB() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eMergeToB); }
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentMergeToAAndB() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eMergeToAB); }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* e)
 {
     if((e->QInputEvent::modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) != 0)
     {
         MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(currentIndex());
         if(pMFI == nullptr)
             return;
         
         bool bThreeDirs = pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->dirC().isValid();
         bool bMergeMode = bThreeDirs || !d->m_bSyncMode;
         bool bFTConflict = pMFI == nullptr ? false : pMFI->conflictingFileTypes();
 
         if(bMergeMode)
         {
             switch(e->key())
             {
             case Qt::Key_1:
                 if(pMFI->existsInA()) {
                     slotCurrentChooseA();
                 }
                 return;
             case Qt::Key_2:
                 if(pMFI->existsInB()) {
                     slotCurrentChooseB();
                 }
                 return;
             case Qt::Key_3:
                 if(pMFI->existsInC()) {
                     slotCurrentChooseC();
                 }
                 return;
             case Qt::Key_Space:
                 slotCurrentDoNothing();
                 return;
             case Qt::Key_4:
                 if(!bFTConflict) {
                     slotCurrentMerge();
                 }
                 return;
             case Qt::Key_Delete:
                 slotCurrentDelete();
                 return;
             default:
                 break;
             }
         }
         else
         {
             switch(e->key())
             {
             case Qt::Key_1:
                 if(pMFI->existsInA()) {
                     slotCurrentCopyAToB();
                 }
                 return;
             case Qt::Key_2:
                 if(pMFI->existsInB()) {
                     slotCurrentCopyBToA();
                 }
                 return;
             case Qt::Key_Space:
                 slotCurrentDoNothing();
                 return;
             case Qt::Key_4:
                 if(!bFTConflict) {
                     slotCurrentMergeToAAndB();
                 }
                 return;
             case Qt::Key_Delete:
                 if(pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB())
                     slotCurrentDeleteAAndB();
                 else if(pMFI->existsInA())
                     slotCurrentDeleteA();
                 else if(pMFI->existsInB())
                     slotCurrentDeleteB();
                 return;
             default:
                 break;
             }
         }
     }
     else if(e->key() == Qt::Key_Return || e->key() == Qt::Key_Enter)
     {
         onDoubleClick(currentIndex());
         return;
     }
 
     QTreeView::keyPressEvent(e);
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent*)
 {
     emit updateAvailabilities();
 }
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent*)
 {
     emit updateAvailabilities();
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::setAllMergeOperations(e_MergeOperation eDefaultOperation)
 {
     if(KMessageBox::Yes == KMessageBox::warningYesNo(q,
                                                      i18n("This affects all merge operations."),
                                                      i18n("Changing All Merge Operations"),
                                                      KStandardGuiItem::cont(),
                                                      KStandardGuiItem::cancel()))
     {
         for(int i = 0; i < rowCount(); ++i)
         {
             calcSuggestedOperation(index(i, 0, QModelIndex()), eDefaultOperation);
         }
     }
 }
 
 bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::compareFilesAndCalcAges(MergeFileInfos& mfi)
 {
     std::map<QDateTime, int> dateMap;
 
     if(mfi.existsInA())
     {
         dateMap[mfi.getFileInfoA()->lastModified()] = 0;
     }
     if(mfi.existsInB())
     {
         dateMap[mfi.getFileInfoB()->lastModified()] = 1;
     }
     if(mfi.existsInC())
     {
         dateMap[mfi.getFileInfoC()->lastModified()] = 2;
     }
 
     if(m_pOptions->m_bDmFullAnalysis)
     {
         if((mfi.existsInA() && mfi.dirA()) || (mfi.existsInB() && mfi.dirB()) || (mfi.existsInC() && mfi.dirC()))
         {
             // If any input is a directory, don't start any comparison.
             mfi.m_bEqualAB = mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInB();
             mfi.m_bEqualAC = mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInC();
             mfi.m_bEqualBC = mfi.existsInB() && mfi.existsInC();
         }
         else
         {
             emit q->startDiffMerge(
                 mfi.existsInA() ? mfi.getFileInfoA()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""),
                 mfi.existsInB() ? mfi.getFileInfoB()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""),
                 mfi.existsInC() ? mfi.getFileInfoC()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""),
                 "",
                 "", "", "", mfi.diffStatus());
             int nofNonwhiteConflicts = mfi.diffStatus()->getUnsolvedConflicts() +
                                        mfi.diffStatus()->getSolvedConflicts() - mfi.diffStatus()->getWhitespaceConflicts();
 
             if(m_pOptions->m_bDmWhiteSpaceEqual && nofNonwhiteConflicts == 0)
             {
                 mfi.m_bEqualAB = mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInB();
                 mfi.m_bEqualAC = mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInC();
                 mfi.m_bEqualBC = mfi.existsInB() && mfi.existsInC();
             }
             else
             {
                 mfi.m_bEqualAB = mfi.diffStatus()->isBinaryEqualAB();
                 mfi.m_bEqualBC = mfi.diffStatus()->isBinaryEqualBC();
                 mfi.m_bEqualAC = mfi.diffStatus()->isBinaryEqualAC();
             }
         }
     }
     else
     {
         bool bError;
         QString eqStatus;
         if(mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInB())
         {
             if(mfi.dirA())
                 mfi.m_bEqualAB = true;
             else
                 mfi.m_bEqualAB = fastFileComparison(*mfi.getFileInfoA(), *mfi.getFileInfoB(), bError, eqStatus);
         }
         if(mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInC())
         {
             if(mfi.dirA())
                 mfi.m_bEqualAC = true;
             else
                 mfi.m_bEqualAC = fastFileComparison(*mfi.getFileInfoA(), *mfi.getFileInfoC(), bError, eqStatus);
         }
         if(mfi.existsInB() && mfi.existsInC())
         {
             if(mfi.m_bEqualAB && mfi.m_bEqualAC)
                 mfi.m_bEqualBC = true;
             else
             {
                 if(mfi.dirB())
                     mfi.m_bEqualBC = true;
                 else
                     mfi.m_bEqualBC = fastFileComparison(*mfi.getFileInfoB(), *mfi.getFileInfoC(), bError, eqStatus);
             }
         }
         if(!eqStatus.isEmpty())
         {
             KMessageBox::error(q, eqStatus, i18n("Compare failed"));
             return false;
         }
     }
 
     if(mfi.isLinkA() != mfi.isLinkB()) mfi.m_bEqualAB = false;
     if(mfi.isLinkA() != mfi.isLinkC()) mfi.m_bEqualAC = false;
     if(mfi.isLinkB() != mfi.isLinkC()) mfi.m_bEqualBC = false;
 
     if(mfi.dirA() != mfi.dirB()) mfi.m_bEqualAB = false;
     if(mfi.dirA() != mfi.dirC()) mfi.m_bEqualAC = false;
     if(mfi.dirB() != mfi.dirC()) mfi.m_bEqualBC = false;
 
     Q_ASSERT(eNew == 0 && eMiddle == 1 && eOld == 2);
 
     // The map automatically sorts the keys.
     int age = eNew;
     std::map<QDateTime, int>::reverse_iterator i;
     for(i = dateMap.rbegin(); i != dateMap.rend(); ++i)
     {
         int n = i->second;
         if(n == 0 && mfi.m_ageA == eNotThere)
         {
             mfi.m_ageA = (e_Age)age;
             ++age;
             if(mfi.m_bEqualAB) {
                 mfi.m_ageB = mfi.m_ageA;
                 ++age;
             }
             if(mfi.m_bEqualAC) {
                 mfi.m_ageC = mfi.m_ageA;
                 ++age;
             }
         }
         else if(n == 1 && mfi.m_ageB == eNotThere)
         {
             mfi.m_ageB = (e_Age)age;
             ++age;
             if(mfi.m_bEqualAB) {
                 mfi.m_ageA = mfi.m_ageB;
                 ++age;
             }
             if(mfi.m_bEqualBC) {
                 mfi.m_ageC = mfi.m_ageB;
                 ++age;
             }
         }
         else if(n == 2 && mfi.m_ageC == eNotThere)
         {
             mfi.m_ageC = (e_Age)age;
             ++age;
             if(mfi.m_bEqualAC) {
                 mfi.m_ageA = mfi.m_ageC;
                 ++age;
             }
             if(mfi.m_bEqualBC) {
                 mfi.m_ageB = mfi.m_ageC;
                 ++age;
             }
         }
     }
 
     // The checks below are necessary when the dates of the file are equal but the
     // files are not. One wouldn't expect this to happen, yet it happens sometimes.
     if(mfi.existsInC() && mfi.m_ageC == eNotThere)
     {
         mfi.m_ageC = (e_Age)age;
         ++age;
         mfi.m_bConflictingAges = true;
     }
     if(mfi.existsInB() && mfi.m_ageB == eNotThere)
     {
         mfi.m_ageB = (e_Age)age;
         ++age;
         mfi.m_bConflictingAges = true;
     }
     if(mfi.existsInA() && mfi.m_ageA == eNotThere)
     {
         mfi.m_ageA = (e_Age)age;
         ++age;
         mfi.m_bConflictingAges = true;
     }
 
     if(mfi.m_ageA != eOld && mfi.m_ageB != eOld && mfi.m_ageC != eOld)
     {
         if(mfi.m_ageA == eMiddle) mfi.m_ageA = eOld;
         if(mfi.m_ageB == eMiddle) mfi.m_ageB = eOld;
         if(mfi.m_ageC == eMiddle) mfi.m_ageC = eOld;
     }
 
     return true;
 }
 //TODO move this
 static QPixmap* s_pm_dir;
 static QPixmap* s_pm_file;
 
 static QPixmap* pmNotThere;
 static QPixmap* pmNew;
 static QPixmap* pmOld;
 static QPixmap* pmMiddle;
 
 static QPixmap* pmLink;
 
 static QPixmap* pmDirLink;
 static QPixmap* pmFileLink;
 
 static QPixmap* pmNewLink;
 static QPixmap* pmOldLink;
 static QPixmap* pmMiddleLink;
 
 static QPixmap* pmNewDir;
 static QPixmap* pmMiddleDir;
 static QPixmap* pmOldDir;
 
 static QPixmap* pmNewDirLink;
 static QPixmap* pmMiddleDirLink;
 static QPixmap* pmOldDirLink;
 
 static QPixmap colorToPixmap(QColor c)
 {
     QPixmap pm(16, 16);
     QPainter p(&pm);
     p.setPen(Qt::black);
     p.setBrush(c);
     p.drawRect(0, 0, pm.width(), pm.height());
     return pm;
 }
 
 static void initPixmaps(QColor newest, QColor oldest, QColor middle, QColor notThere)
 {
     if(pmNew == nullptr)
     {
         pmNotThere = new QPixmap;
         pmNew = new QPixmap;
         pmOld = new QPixmap;
         pmMiddle = new QPixmap;
 
 #include "xpm/link_arrow.xpm"
         pmLink = new QPixmap(link_arrow);
 
         pmDirLink = new QPixmap;
         pmFileLink = new QPixmap;
 
         pmNewLink = new QPixmap;
         pmOldLink = new QPixmap;
         pmMiddleLink = new QPixmap;
 
         pmNewDir = new QPixmap;
         pmMiddleDir = new QPixmap;
         pmOldDir = new QPixmap;
 
         pmNewDirLink = new QPixmap;
         pmMiddleDirLink = new QPixmap;
         pmOldDirLink = new QPixmap;
     }
 
     *pmNotThere = colorToPixmap(notThere);
     *pmNew = colorToPixmap(newest);
     *pmOld = colorToPixmap(oldest);
     *pmMiddle = colorToPixmap(middle);
 
     *pmDirLink = pixCombiner(s_pm_dir, pmLink);
     *pmFileLink = pixCombiner(s_pm_file, pmLink);
 
     *pmNewLink = pixCombiner(pmNew, pmLink);
     *pmOldLink = pixCombiner(pmOld, pmLink);
     *pmMiddleLink = pixCombiner(pmMiddle, pmLink);
 
     *pmNewDir = pixCombiner2(pmNew, s_pm_dir);
     *pmMiddleDir = pixCombiner2(pmMiddle, s_pm_dir);
     *pmOldDir = pixCombiner2(pmOld, s_pm_dir);
 
     *pmNewDirLink = pixCombiner(pmNewDir, pmLink);
     *pmMiddleDirLink = pixCombiner(pmMiddleDir, pmLink);
     *pmOldDirLink = pixCombiner(pmOldDir, pmLink);
 }
 
 static QPixmap getOnePixmap(e_Age eAge, bool bLink, bool bDir)
 {
     static QPixmap* ageToPm[] = {pmNew, pmMiddle, pmOld, pmNotThere, s_pm_file};
     static QPixmap* ageToPmLink[] = {pmNewLink, pmMiddleLink, pmOldLink, pmNotThere, pmFileLink};
     static QPixmap* ageToPmDir[] = {pmNewDir, pmMiddleDir, pmOldDir, pmNotThere, s_pm_dir};
     static QPixmap* ageToPmDirLink[] = {pmNewDirLink, pmMiddleDirLink, pmOldDirLink, pmNotThere, pmDirLink};
 
     QPixmap** ppPm = bDir ? (bLink ? ageToPmDirLink : ageToPmDir) : (bLink ? ageToPmLink : ageToPm);
 
     return *ppPm[eAge];
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::setPixmaps(MergeFileInfos& mfi, bool)
 {
     if(mfi.dirA() || mfi.dirB() || mfi.dirC())
     {
         mfi.m_ageA = eNotThere;
         mfi.m_ageB = eNotThere;
         mfi.m_ageC = eNotThere;
         int age = eNew;
         if(mfi.existsInC())
         {
             mfi.m_ageC = (e_Age)age;
             if(mfi.m_bEqualAC) mfi.m_ageA = (e_Age)age;
             if(mfi.m_bEqualBC) mfi.m_ageB = (e_Age)age;
             ++age;
         }
         if(mfi.existsInB() && mfi.m_ageB == eNotThere)
         {
             mfi.m_ageB = (e_Age)age;
             if(mfi.m_bEqualAB) mfi.m_ageA = (e_Age)age;
             ++age;
         }
         if(mfi.existsInA() && mfi.m_ageA == eNotThere)
         {
             mfi.m_ageA = (e_Age)age;
         }
         if(mfi.m_ageA != eOld && mfi.m_ageB != eOld && mfi.m_ageC != eOld)
         {
             if(mfi.m_ageA == eMiddle) mfi.m_ageA = eOld;
             if(mfi.m_ageB == eMiddle) mfi.m_ageB = eOld;
             if(mfi.m_ageC == eMiddle) mfi.m_ageC = eOld;
         }
     }
 }
 
 QModelIndex DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::nextSibling(const QModelIndex& mi)
 {
     QModelIndex miParent = mi.parent();
     int currentIdx = mi.row();
     if(currentIdx + 1 < mi.model()->rowCount(miParent))
         return mi.model()->index(mi.row() + 1, 0, miParent); // next child of parent
     return QModelIndex();
 }
 
 // Iterate through the complete tree. Start by specifying QListView::firstChild().
 QModelIndex DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::treeIterator(QModelIndex mi, bool bVisitChildren, bool bFindInvisible)
 {
     if(mi.isValid())
     {
         do
         {
             if(bVisitChildren && mi.model()->rowCount(mi) != 0)
                 mi = mi.model()->index(0, 0, mi);
             else
             {
                 QModelIndex miNextSibling = nextSibling(mi);
                 if(miNextSibling.isValid())
                     mi = miNextSibling;
                 else
                 {
                     mi = mi.parent();
                     while(mi.isValid())
                     {
                         miNextSibling = nextSibling(mi);
                         if(miNextSibling.isValid())
                         {
                             mi = miNextSibling;
                             break;
                         }
                         else
                         {
                             mi = mi.parent();
                         }
                     }
                 }
             }
         } while(mi.isValid() && q->isRowHidden(mi.row(), mi.parent()) && !bFindInvisible);
     }
     return mi;
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::prepareListView(ProgressProxy& pp)
 {
     static bool bFirstTime = true;
     if(bFirstTime)
     {
 #include "xpm/file.xpm"
 #include "xpm/folder.xpm"
         // FIXME specify correct icon loader group
         s_pm_dir = new QPixmap(m_pIconLoader->loadIcon("folder", KIconLoader::NoGroup, KIconLoader::Small));
         if(s_pm_dir->size() != QSize(16, 16))
         {
             delete s_pm_dir;
             s_pm_dir = new QPixmap(folder_pm);
         }
         s_pm_file = new QPixmap(file_pm);
         bFirstTime = false;
     }
 
     //TODO   clear();
     initPixmaps(m_pOptions->m_newestFileColor, m_pOptions->m_oldestFileColor,
                 m_pOptions->m_midAgeFileColor, m_pOptions->m_missingFileColor);
 
     q->setRootIsDecorated(true);
 
     bool bCheckC = isThreeWay();
 
     t_fileMergeMap::iterator j;
     int nrOfFiles = m_fileMergeMap.size();
     int currentIdx = 1;
     QTime t;
     t.start();
     pp.setMaxNofSteps(nrOfFiles);
     for(j = m_fileMergeMap.begin(); j != m_fileMergeMap.end(); ++j)
     {
         MergeFileInfos& mfi = j.value();
 
         // const QString& fileName = j->first;
         const QString& fileName = mfi.subPath();
 
         pp.setInformation(
             i18n("Processing %1 / %2\n%3", currentIdx, nrOfFiles, fileName), currentIdx, false);
         if(pp.wasCancelled()) break;
         ++currentIdx;
 
         // The comparisons and calculations for each file take place here.
         compareFilesAndCalcAges(mfi);
 
         // Get dirname from fileName: Search for "/" from end:
         int pos = fileName.lastIndexOf('/');
         QString dirPart;
         QString filePart;
         if(pos == -1)
         {
             // Top dir
             filePart = fileName;
         }
         else
         {
             dirPart = fileName.left(pos);
             filePart = fileName.mid(pos + 1);
         }
         if(dirPart.isEmpty()) // Top level
         {
             m_pRoot->addChild(&mfi); //new DirMergeItem( this, filePart, &mfi );
             mfi.setParent(m_pRoot);
         }
         else
         {
             FileAccess* pFA = mfi.getFileInfoA() ? mfi.getFileInfoA() : mfi.getFileInfoB() ? mfi.getFileInfoB() : mfi.getFileInfoC();
             MergeFileInfos& dirMfi = pFA->parent() ? m_fileMergeMap[FileKey(*pFA->parent())] : *m_pRoot; // parent
 
             dirMfi.addChild(&mfi); //new DirMergeItem( dirMfi.m_pDMI, filePart, &mfi );
             mfi.setParent(&dirMfi);
 
             //   // Equality for parent dirs is set in updateFileVisibilities()
         }
 
         setPixmaps(mfi, bCheckC);
     }
     beginResetModel();
     endResetModel();
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::calcSuggestedOperation(const QModelIndex& mi, e_MergeOperation eDefaultMergeOp)
 {
     MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi);
     if(pMFI == nullptr)
         return;
     
     bool bCheckC = pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->dirC().isValid();
     bool bCopyNewer = m_pOptions->m_bDmCopyNewer;
     bool bOtherDest = !((pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->destDir().absoluteFilePath() == pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->dirA().absoluteFilePath()) ||
                         (pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->destDir().absoluteFilePath() == pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->dirB().absoluteFilePath()) ||
                         (bCheckC && pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->destDir().absoluteFilePath() == pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->dirC().absoluteFilePath()));
 
     if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeABCToDest && !bCheckC) {
         eDefaultMergeOp = eMergeABToDest;
     }
     if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToAB && bCheckC) {
         Q_ASSERT(true);
     }
 
     if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToA || eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToB ||
        eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeABCToDest || eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeABToDest || eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToAB)
     {
         if(!bCheckC)
         {
             if(pMFI->m_bEqualAB)
             {
                 setMergeOperation(mi, bOtherDest ? eCopyBToDest : eNoOperation);
             }
             else if(pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB())
             {
                 if(!bCopyNewer || pMFI->dirA())
                     setMergeOperation(mi, eDefaultMergeOp);
                 else if(bCopyNewer && pMFI->m_bConflictingAges)
                 {
                     setMergeOperation(mi, eConflictingAges);
                 }
                 else
                 {
                     if(pMFI->m_ageA == eNew)
                         setMergeOperation(mi, eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToAB ? eCopyAToB : eCopyAToDest);
                     else
                         setMergeOperation(mi, eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToAB ? eCopyBToA : eCopyBToDest);
                 }
             }
             else if(!pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB())
             {
                 if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeABToDest)
                     setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyBToDest);
                 else if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToB)
                     setMergeOperation(mi, eNoOperation);
                 else
                     setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyBToA);
             }
             else if(pMFI->existsInA() && !pMFI->existsInB())
             {
                 if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeABToDest)
                     setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyAToDest);
                 else if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToA)
                     setMergeOperation(mi, eNoOperation);
                 else
                     setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyAToB);
             }
             else //if ( !pMFI->existsInA() && !pMFI->existsInB() )
             {
                 setMergeOperation(mi, eNoOperation);
             }
         }
         else
         {
             if(pMFI->m_bEqualAB && pMFI->m_bEqualAC)
             {
                 setMergeOperation(mi, bOtherDest ? eCopyCToDest : eNoOperation);
             }
             else if(pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB() && pMFI->existsInC())
             {
                 if(pMFI->m_bEqualAB)
                     setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyCToDest);
                 else if(pMFI->m_bEqualAC)
                     setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyBToDest);
                 else if(pMFI->m_bEqualBC)
                     setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyCToDest);
                 else
                     setMergeOperation(mi, eMergeABCToDest);
             }
             else if(pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB() && !pMFI->existsInC())
             {
                 if(pMFI->m_bEqualAB)
                     setMergeOperation(mi, eDeleteFromDest);
                 else
                     setMergeOperation(mi, eChangedAndDeleted);
             }
             else if(pMFI->existsInA() && !pMFI->existsInB() && pMFI->existsInC())
             {
                 if(pMFI->m_bEqualAC)
                     setMergeOperation(mi, eDeleteFromDest);
                 else
                     setMergeOperation(mi, eChangedAndDeleted);
             }
             else if(!pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB() && pMFI->existsInC())
             {
                 if(pMFI->m_bEqualBC)
                     setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyCToDest);
                 else
                     setMergeOperation(mi, eMergeABCToDest);
             }
             else if(!pMFI->existsInA() && !pMFI->existsInB() && pMFI->existsInC())
             {
                 setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyCToDest);
             }
             else if(!pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB() && !pMFI->existsInC())
             {
                 setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyBToDest);
             }
             else if(pMFI->existsInA() && !pMFI->existsInB() && !pMFI->existsInC())
             {
                 setMergeOperation(mi, eDeleteFromDest);
             }
             else //if ( !pMFI->existsInA() && !pMFI->existsInB() && !pMFI->existsInC() )
             {
                 setMergeOperation(mi, eNoOperation);
             }
         }
 
         // Now check if file/dir-types fit.
         if(pMFI->conflictingFileTypes())
         {
             setMergeOperation(mi, eConflictingFileTypes);
         }
     }
     else
     {
         e_MergeOperation eMO = eDefaultMergeOp;
         switch(eDefaultMergeOp)
         {
         case eConflictingFileTypes:
         case eChangedAndDeleted:
         case eConflictingAges:
         case eDeleteA:
         case eDeleteB:
         case eDeleteAB:
         case eDeleteFromDest:
         case eNoOperation:
             break;
         case eCopyAToB:
             if(!pMFI->existsInA()) {
                 eMO = eDeleteB;
             }
             break;
         case eCopyBToA:
             if(!pMFI->existsInB()) {
                 eMO = eDeleteA;
             }
             break;
         case eCopyAToDest:
             if(!pMFI->existsInA()) {
                 eMO = eDeleteFromDest;
             }
             break;
         case eCopyBToDest:
             if(!pMFI->existsInB()) {
                 eMO = eDeleteFromDest;
             }
             break;
         case eCopyCToDest:
             if(!pMFI->existsInC()) {
                 eMO = eDeleteFromDest;
             }
             break;
 
         case eMergeToA:
         case eMergeToB:
         case eMergeToAB:
         case eMergeABCToDest:
         case eMergeABToDest:
             break;
         default:
             Q_ASSERT(true);
             break;
         }
         setMergeOperation(mi, eMO);
     }
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::onDoubleClick(const QModelIndex& mi)
 {
     if(!mi.isValid())
         return;
 
     d->m_bSimulatedMergeStarted = false;
     if(d->m_bDirectoryMerge)
         mergeCurrentFile();
     else
         compareCurrentFile();
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::currentChanged(const QModelIndex& current, const QModelIndex& previous)
 {
     QTreeView::currentChanged(current, previous);
     MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(current);
     if(pMFI == nullptr)
         return;
 
     d->m_pDirectoryMergeInfo->setInfo(pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->dirA(), pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->dirB(), pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->dirC(), pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->destDir(), *pMFI);
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* e)
 {
     QTreeView::mousePressEvent(e);
     QModelIndex mi = indexAt(e->pos());
     int c = mi.column();
     QPoint p = e->globalPos();
     MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(mi);
     if(pMFI == nullptr)
         return;
         
     if(c == s_OpCol)
     {
         bool bThreeDirs = d->isThreeWay();
 
         QMenu m(this);
         if(bThreeDirs)
         {
             m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentDoNothing);
             int count = 0;
             if(pMFI->existsInA()) {
                 m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentChooseA);
                 ++count;
             }
             if(pMFI->existsInB()) {
                 m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentChooseB);
                 ++count;
             }
             if(pMFI->existsInC()) {
                 m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentChooseC);
                 ++count;
             }
             if(!pMFI->conflictingFileTypes() && count > 1) m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentMerge);
             m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentDelete);
         }
         else if(d->m_bSyncMode)
         {
             m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDoNothing);
             if(pMFI->existsInA()) m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyAToB);
             if(pMFI->existsInB()) m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyBToA);
             if(pMFI->existsInA()) m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteA);
             if(pMFI->existsInB()) m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteB);
             if(pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB())
             {
                 m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteAAndB);
                 if(!pMFI->conflictingFileTypes())
                 {
                     m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToA);
                     m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToB);
                     m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToAAndB);
                 }
             }
         }
         else
         {
             m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentDoNothing);
             if(pMFI->existsInA()) {
                 m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentChooseA);
             }
             if(pMFI->existsInB()) {
                 m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentChooseB);
             }
             if(!pMFI->conflictingFileTypes() && pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB()) m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentMerge);
             m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentDelete);
         }
 
         m.exec(p);
     }
     else if(c == s_ACol || c == s_BCol || c == s_CCol)
     {
         QString itemPath;
         if(c == s_ACol && pMFI->existsInA()) {
             itemPath = pMFI->fullNameA();
         }
         else if(c == s_BCol && pMFI->existsInB())
         {
             itemPath = pMFI->fullNameB();
         }
         else if(c == s_CCol && pMFI->existsInC())
         {
             itemPath = pMFI->fullNameC();
         }
 
         if(!itemPath.isEmpty())
         {
             d->selectItemAndColumn(mi, e->button() == Qt::RightButton);
         }
     }
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent* e)
 {
     QModelIndex mi = indexAt(e->pos());
     int c = mi.column();
 
     MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(mi);
     if(pMFI == nullptr)
         return;
     if(c == s_ACol || c == s_BCol || c == s_CCol)
     {
         QString itemPath;
         if(c == s_ACol && pMFI->existsInA()) {
             itemPath = pMFI->fullNameA();
         }
         else if(c == s_BCol && pMFI->existsInB())
         {
             itemPath = pMFI->fullNameB();
         }
         else if(c == s_CCol && pMFI->existsInC())
         {
             itemPath = pMFI->fullNameC();
         }
 
         if(!itemPath.isEmpty())
         {
             d->selectItemAndColumn(mi, true);
             QMenu m(this);
             m.addAction(d->m_pDirCompareExplicit);
             m.addAction(d->m_pDirMergeExplicit);
 	        
             m.popup(e->globalPos());
         }
     }
 }
 #endif
 
 QString DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::getFileName(const QModelIndex& mi)
 {
     MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi);
     if(pMFI != nullptr)
     {
         return mi.column() == s_ACol ? pMFI->getFileInfoA()->absoluteFilePath() : mi.column() == s_BCol ? pMFI->getFileInfoB()->absoluteFilePath() : mi.column() == s_CCol ? pMFI->getFileInfoC()->absoluteFilePath() : QString("");
     }
     return QString();
 }
 
 bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::isDir(const QModelIndex& mi)
 {
     MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi);
     if(pMFI != nullptr)
     {
         return mi.column() == s_ACol ? pMFI->dirA() : mi.column() == s_BCol ? pMFI->dirB() : pMFI->dirC();
     }
     return false;
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::selectItemAndColumn(const QModelIndex& mi, bool bContextMenu)
 {
     if(bContextMenu && (mi == m_selection1Index || mi == m_selection2Index || mi == m_selection3Index))
         return;
 
     QModelIndex old1 = m_selection1Index;
     QModelIndex old2 = m_selection2Index;
     QModelIndex old3 = m_selection3Index;
 
     bool bReset = false;
 
     if(m_selection1Index.isValid())
     {
         if(isDir(m_selection1Index) != isDir(mi))
             bReset = true;
     }
 
     if(bReset || m_selection3Index.isValid() || mi == m_selection1Index || mi == m_selection2Index || mi == m_selection3Index)
     {
         // restart
         m_selection1Index = QModelIndex();
         m_selection2Index = QModelIndex();
         m_selection3Index = QModelIndex();
     }
     else if(!m_selection1Index.isValid())
     {
         m_selection1Index = mi;
         m_selection2Index = QModelIndex();
         m_selection3Index = QModelIndex();
     }
     else if(!m_selection2Index.isValid())
     {
         m_selection2Index = mi;
         m_selection3Index = QModelIndex();
     }
     else if(!m_selection3Index.isValid())
     {
         m_selection3Index = mi;
     }
     if(old1.isValid()) emit dataChanged(old1, old1);
     if(old2.isValid()) emit dataChanged(old2, old2);
     if(old3.isValid()) emit dataChanged(old3, old3);
     if(m_selection1Index.isValid()) emit dataChanged(m_selection1Index, m_selection1Index);
     if(m_selection2Index.isValid()) emit dataChanged(m_selection2Index, m_selection2Index);
     if(m_selection3Index.isValid()) emit dataChanged(m_selection3Index, m_selection3Index);
     emit q->updateAvailabilities();
 }
 
 //TODO
 //void DirMergeItem::init(MergeFileInfos* pMFI)
 //{
 //   pMFI->m_pDMI = this; //no not here
 //   m_pMFI = pMFI;
 //   TotalDiffStatus& tds = pMFI->m_totalDiffStatus;
 //   if ( m_pMFI->dirA() || m_pMFI->dirB() || m_pMFI->dirC() )
 //   {
 //   }
 //   else
 //   {
 //      setText( s_UnsolvedCol, QString::number( tds.getUnsolvedConflicts() ) );
 //      setText( s_SolvedCol,   QString::number( tds.getSolvedConflicts() ) );
 //      setText( s_NonWhiteCol, QString::number( tds.getUnsolvedConflicts() + tds.getSolvedConflicts() - tds.getWhitespaceConflicts() ) );
 //      setText( s_WhiteCol,    QString::number( tds.getWhitespaceConflicts() ) );
 //   }
 //   setSizeHint( s_ACol, QSize(17,17) ); // Iconsize
 //   setSizeHint( s_BCol, QSize(17,17) ); // Iconsize
 //   setSizeHint( s_CCol, QSize(17,17) ); // Iconsize
 //}
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::sort(int column, Qt::SortOrder order)
 {
     Q_UNUSED(column);
     beginResetModel();
     m_pRoot->sort(order);
     endResetModel();
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::setMergeOperation(const QModelIndex& mi, e_MergeOperation eMOp, bool bRecursive)
 {
     MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi);
     if(pMFI == nullptr)
         return;
     
     if(eMOp != pMFI->m_eMergeOperation)
     {
         pMFI->m_bOperationComplete = false;
         setOpStatus(mi, eOpStatusNone);
     }
 
     pMFI->m_eMergeOperation = eMOp;
     if(bRecursive)
     {
         e_MergeOperation eChildrenMergeOp = pMFI->m_eMergeOperation;
         if(eChildrenMergeOp == eConflictingFileTypes) eChildrenMergeOp = eMergeABCToDest;
         for(int childIdx = 0; childIdx < pMFI->children().count(); ++childIdx)
         {
             calcSuggestedOperation(index(childIdx, 0, mi), eChildrenMergeOp);
         }
     }
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::compareCurrentFile()
 {
     if(!d->canContinue()) return;
 
     if(d->m_bRealMergeStarted)
     {
         KMessageBox::sorry(this, i18n("This operation is currently not possible."), i18n("Operation Not Possible"));
         return;
     }
 
     if(MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(currentIndex()))
     {
         if(!(pMFI->dirA() || pMFI->dirB() || pMFI->dirC()))
         {
             emit startDiffMerge(
                 pMFI->existsInA() ? pMFI->getFileInfoA()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""),
                 pMFI->existsInB() ? pMFI->getFileInfoB()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""),
                 pMFI->existsInC() ? pMFI->getFileInfoC()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""),
                 "",
                 "", "", "", nullptr);
         }
     }
     emit updateAvailabilities();
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCompareExplicitlySelectedFiles()
 {
     if(!d->isDir(d->m_selection1Index) && !d->canContinue()) return;
 
     if(d->m_bRealMergeStarted)
     {
         KMessageBox::sorry(this, i18n("This operation is currently not possible."), i18n("Operation Not Possible"));
         return;
     }
 
     emit startDiffMerge(
         d->getFileName(d->m_selection1Index),
         d->getFileName(d->m_selection2Index),
         d->getFileName(d->m_selection3Index),
         "",
         "", "", "", nullptr);
     d->m_selection1Index = QModelIndex();
     d->m_selection2Index = QModelIndex();
     d->m_selection3Index = QModelIndex();
 
     emit updateAvailabilities();
     update();
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotMergeExplicitlySelectedFiles()
 {
     if(!d->isDir(d->m_selection1Index) && !d->canContinue()) return;
 
     if(d->m_bRealMergeStarted)
     {
         KMessageBox::sorry(this, i18n("This operation is currently not possible."), i18n("Operation Not Possible"));
         return;
     }
 
     QString fn1 = d->getFileName(d->m_selection1Index);
     QString fn2 = d->getFileName(d->m_selection2Index);
     QString fn3 = d->getFileName(d->m_selection3Index);
 
     emit startDiffMerge(fn1, fn2, fn3,
                         fn3.isEmpty() ? fn2 : fn3,
                         "", "", "", nullptr);
     d->m_selection1Index = QModelIndex();
     d->m_selection2Index = QModelIndex();
     d->m_selection3Index = QModelIndex();
 
     emit updateAvailabilities();
     update();
 }
 
 bool DirectoryMergeWindow::isFileSelected()
 {
     if(MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(currentIndex()))
     {
         return !(pMFI->dirA() || pMFI->dirB() || pMFI->dirC() || pMFI->conflictingFileTypes());
     }
     return false;
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::mergeResultSaved(const QString& fileName)
 {
     QModelIndex mi = (d->m_mergeItemList.empty() || d->m_currentIndexForOperation == d->m_mergeItemList.end())
                          ? QModelIndex()
                          : *d->m_currentIndexForOperation;
 
     MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(mi);
     if(pMFI == nullptr)
     {
         // This can happen if the same file is saved and modified and saved again. Nothing to do then.
         return;
     }
     if(fileName == pMFI->fullNameDest())
     {
         if(pMFI->m_eMergeOperation == eMergeToAB)
         {
             bool bSuccess = d->copyFLD(pMFI->fullNameB(), pMFI->fullNameA());
             if(!bSuccess)
             {
                 KMessageBox::error(this, i18n("An error occurred while copying."));
                 d->m_pStatusInfo->setWindowTitle(i18n("Merge Error"));
                 d->m_pStatusInfo->exec();
                 //if ( m_pStatusInfo->firstChild()!=0 )
                 //   m_pStatusInfo->ensureItemVisible( m_pStatusInfo->last() );
                 d->m_bError = true;
                 d->setOpStatus(mi, eOpStatusError);
                 pMFI->m_eMergeOperation = eCopyBToA;
                 return;
             }
         }
         d->setOpStatus(mi, eOpStatusDone);
         pMFI->m_bOperationComplete = true;
         if(d->m_mergeItemList.size() == 1)
         {
             d->m_mergeItemList.clear();
             d->m_bRealMergeStarted = false;
         }
     }
 
     emit updateAvailabilities();
 }
 
 bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::canContinue()
 {
     bool bCanContinue = false;
     
     emit q->checkIfCanContinue(&bCanContinue);
     
     if(bCanContinue && !m_bError)
     {
         QModelIndex mi = (m_mergeItemList.empty() || m_currentIndexForOperation == m_mergeItemList.end()) ? QModelIndex() : *m_currentIndexForOperation;
         MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi);
         if(pMFI && !pMFI->m_bOperationComplete)
         {
             setOpStatus(mi, eOpStatusNotSaved);
             pMFI->m_bOperationComplete = true;
             if(m_mergeItemList.size() == 1)
             {
                 m_mergeItemList.clear();
                 m_bRealMergeStarted = false;
             }
         }
     }
     return bCanContinue;
 }
 
 bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::executeMergeOperation(MergeFileInfos& mfi, bool& bSingleFileMerge)
 {
     bool bCreateBackups = m_pOptions->m_bDmCreateBakFiles;
     // First decide destname
     QString destName;
     switch(mfi.m_eMergeOperation)
     {
     case eNoOperation:
         break;
     case eDeleteAB:
         break;
     case eMergeToAB: // let the user save in B. In mergeResultSaved() the file will be copied to A.
     case eMergeToB:
     case eDeleteB:
     case eCopyAToB:
         destName = mfi.fullNameB();
         break;
     case eMergeToA:
     case eDeleteA:
     case eCopyBToA:
         destName = mfi.fullNameA();
         break;
     case eMergeABToDest:
     case eMergeABCToDest:
     case eCopyAToDest:
     case eCopyBToDest:
     case eCopyCToDest:
     case eDeleteFromDest:
         destName = mfi.fullNameDest();
         break;
     default:
         KMessageBox::error(q, i18n("Unknown merge operation. (This must never happen!)"));
     }
 
     bool bSuccess = false;
     bSingleFileMerge = false;
     switch(mfi.m_eMergeOperation)
     {
     case eNoOperation:
         bSuccess = true;
         break;
     case eCopyAToDest:
     case eCopyAToB:
         bSuccess = copyFLD(mfi.fullNameA(), destName);
         break;
     case eCopyBToDest:
     case eCopyBToA:
         bSuccess = copyFLD(mfi.fullNameB(), destName);
         break;
     case eCopyCToDest:
         bSuccess = copyFLD(mfi.fullNameC(), destName);
         break;
     case eDeleteFromDest:
     case eDeleteA:
     case eDeleteB:
         bSuccess = deleteFLD(destName, bCreateBackups);
         break;
     case eDeleteAB:
         bSuccess = deleteFLD(mfi.fullNameA(), bCreateBackups) &&
                    deleteFLD(mfi.fullNameB(), bCreateBackups);
         break;
     case eMergeABToDest:
     case eMergeToA:
     case eMergeToAB:
     case eMergeToB:
         bSuccess = mergeFLD(mfi.fullNameA(), mfi.fullNameB(), "",
                             destName, bSingleFileMerge);
         break;
     case eMergeABCToDest:
         bSuccess = mergeFLD(
             mfi.existsInA() ? mfi.fullNameA() : QString(""),
             mfi.existsInB() ? mfi.fullNameB() : QString(""),
             mfi.existsInC() ? mfi.fullNameC() : QString(""),
             destName, bSingleFileMerge);
         break;
     default:
         KMessageBox::error(q, i18n("Unknown merge operation."));
     }
 
     return bSuccess;
 }
 
 // Check if the merge can start, and prepare the m_mergeItemList which then contains all
 // items that must be merged.
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::prepareMergeStart(const QModelIndex& miBegin, const QModelIndex& miEnd, bool bVerbose)
 {
     if(bVerbose)
     {
         int status = KMessageBox::warningYesNoCancel(q,
                                                      i18n("The merge is about to begin.\n\n"
                                                           "Choose \"Do it\" if you have read the instructions and know what you are doing.\n"
                                                           "Choosing \"Simulate it\" will tell you what would happen.\n\n"
                                                           "Be aware that this program still has beta status "
                                                           "and there is NO WARRANTY whatsoever! Make backups of your vital data!"),
                                                      i18n("Starting Merge"),
                                                      KGuiItem(i18n("Do It")),
                                                      KGuiItem(i18n("Simulate It")));
         if(status == KMessageBox::Yes)
             m_bRealMergeStarted = true;
         else if(status == KMessageBox::No)
             m_bSimulatedMergeStarted = true;
         else
             return;
     }
     else
     {
         m_bRealMergeStarted = true;
     }
 
     m_mergeItemList.clear();
     if(!miBegin.isValid())
         return;
 
     for(QModelIndex mi = miBegin; mi != miEnd; mi = treeIterator(mi))
     {
         MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi);
         if(pMFI && !pMFI->m_bOperationComplete)
         {
             m_mergeItemList.push_back(mi);
             QString errorText;
             if(pMFI->m_eMergeOperation == eConflictingFileTypes)
             {
                 errorText = i18n("The highlighted item has a different type in the different directories. Select what to do.");
             }
             if(pMFI->m_eMergeOperation == eConflictingAges)
             {
                 errorText = i18n("The modification dates of the file are equal but the files are not. Select what to do.");
             }
             if(pMFI->m_eMergeOperation == eChangedAndDeleted)
             {
                 errorText = i18n("The highlighted item was changed in one directory and deleted in the other. Select what to do.");
             }
             if(!errorText.isEmpty())
             {
                 q->scrollTo(mi, QAbstractItemView::EnsureVisible);
                 q->setCurrentIndex(mi);
                 KMessageBox::error(q, errorText);
                 m_mergeItemList.clear();
                 m_bRealMergeStarted = false;
                 return;
             }
         }
     }
 
     m_currentIndexForOperation = m_mergeItemList.begin();
     return;
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotRunOperationForCurrentItem()
 {
     if(!d->canContinue()) return;
 
     bool bVerbose = false;
     if(d->m_mergeItemList.empty())
     {
         QModelIndex miBegin = currentIndex();
         QModelIndex miEnd = d->treeIterator(miBegin, false, false); // find next visible sibling (no children)
 
         d->prepareMergeStart(miBegin, miEnd, bVerbose);
         d->mergeContinue(true, bVerbose);
     }
     else
         d->mergeContinue(false, bVerbose);
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotRunOperationForAllItems()
 {
     if(!d->canContinue()) return;
 
     bool bVerbose = true;
     if(d->m_mergeItemList.empty())
     {
         QModelIndex miBegin = d->rowCount() > 0 ? d->index(0, 0, QModelIndex()) : QModelIndex();
 
         d->prepareMergeStart(miBegin, QModelIndex(), bVerbose);
         d->mergeContinue(true, bVerbose);
     }
     else
         d->mergeContinue(false, bVerbose);
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::mergeCurrentFile()
 {
     if(!d->canContinue()) return;
 
     if(d->m_bRealMergeStarted)
     {
         KMessageBox::sorry(this, i18n("This operation is currently not possible because directory merge is currently running."), i18n("Operation Not Possible"));
         return;
     }
 
     if(isFileSelected())
     {
         MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(currentIndex());
         if(pMFI != nullptr)
         {
             d->m_mergeItemList.clear();
             d->m_mergeItemList.push_back(currentIndex());
             d->m_currentIndexForOperation = d->m_mergeItemList.begin();
             bool bDummy = false;
             d->mergeFLD(
                 pMFI->existsInA() ? pMFI->getFileInfoA()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""),
                 pMFI->existsInB() ? pMFI->getFileInfoB()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""),
                 pMFI->existsInC() ? pMFI->getFileInfoC()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""),
                 pMFI->fullNameDest(),
                 bDummy);
         }
     }
     emit updateAvailabilities();
 }
 
 // When bStart is true then m_currentIndexForOperation must still be processed.
 // When bVerbose is true then a messagebox will tell when the merge is complete.
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::mergeContinue(bool bStart, bool bVerbose)
 {
     ProgressProxy pp;
     if(m_mergeItemList.empty())
         return;
 
     int nrOfItems = 0;
     int nrOfCompletedItems = 0;
     int nrOfCompletedSimItems = 0;
 
     // Count the number of completed items (for the progress bar).
     for(MergeItemList::iterator i = m_mergeItemList.begin(); i != m_mergeItemList.end(); ++i)
     {
         MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(*i);
         ++nrOfItems;
         if(pMFI->m_bOperationComplete)
             ++nrOfCompletedItems;
         if(pMFI->m_bSimOpComplete)
             ++nrOfCompletedSimItems;
     }
 
     m_pStatusInfo->hide();
     m_pStatusInfo->clear();
 
     QModelIndex miCurrent = m_currentIndexForOperation == m_mergeItemList.end() ? QModelIndex() : *m_currentIndexForOperation;
 
     bool bContinueWithCurrentItem = bStart; // true for first item, else false
     bool bSkipItem = false;
     if(!bStart && m_bError && miCurrent.isValid())
     {
         int status = KMessageBox::warningYesNoCancel(q,
                                                      i18n("There was an error in the last step.\n"
                                                           "Do you want to continue with the item that caused the error or do you want to skip this item?"),
                                                      i18n("Continue merge after an error"),
                                                      KGuiItem(i18n("Continue With Last Item")),
                                                      KGuiItem(i18n("Skip Item")));
         if(status == KMessageBox::Yes)
             bContinueWithCurrentItem = true;
         else if(status == KMessageBox::No)
             bSkipItem = true;
         else
             return;
         m_bError = false;
     }
 
     pp.setMaxNofSteps(nrOfItems);
 
     bool bSuccess = true;
     bool bSingleFileMerge = false;
     bool bSim = m_bSimulatedMergeStarted;
     while(bSuccess)
     {
         MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(miCurrent);
         if(pMFI == nullptr)
         {
             m_mergeItemList.clear();
             m_bRealMergeStarted = false;
             break;
         }
 
         if(pMFI != nullptr && !bContinueWithCurrentItem)
         {
             if(bSim)
             {
                 if(rowCount(miCurrent) == 0)
                 {
                     pMFI->m_bSimOpComplete = true;
                 }
             }
             else
             {
                 if(rowCount(miCurrent) == 0)
                 {
                     if(!pMFI->m_bOperationComplete)
                     {
                         setOpStatus(miCurrent, bSkipItem ? eOpStatusSkipped : eOpStatusDone);
                         pMFI->m_bOperationComplete = true;
                         bSkipItem = false;
                     }
                 }
                 else
                 {
                     setOpStatus(miCurrent, eOpStatusInProgress);
                 }
             }
         }
 
         if(!bContinueWithCurrentItem)
         {
             // Depth first
             QModelIndex miPrev = miCurrent;
             ++m_currentIndexForOperation;
             miCurrent = m_currentIndexForOperation == m_mergeItemList.end() ? QModelIndex() : *m_currentIndexForOperation;
             if((!miCurrent.isValid() || miCurrent.parent() != miPrev.parent()) && miPrev.parent().isValid())
             {
                 // Check if the parent may be set to "Done"
                 QModelIndex miParent = miPrev.parent();
                 bool bDone = true;
                 while(bDone && miParent.isValid())
                 {
                     for(int childIdx = 0; childIdx < rowCount(miParent); ++childIdx)
                     {
                         pMFI = getMFI(index(childIdx, 0, miParent));
                         if((!bSim && !pMFI->m_bOperationComplete) || (bSim && pMFI->m_bSimOpComplete))
                         {
                             bDone = false;
                             break;
                         }
                     }
                     if(bDone)
                     {
                         pMFI = getMFI(miParent);
                         if(bSim)
                             pMFI->m_bSimOpComplete = bDone;
                         else
                         {
                             setOpStatus(miParent, eOpStatusDone);
                             pMFI->m_bOperationComplete = bDone;
                         }
                     }
                     miParent = miParent.parent();
                 }
             }
         }
 
         if(!miCurrent.isValid()) // end?
         {
             if(m_bRealMergeStarted)
             {
                 if(bVerbose)
                 {
                     KMessageBox::information(q, i18n("Merge operation complete."), i18n("Merge Complete"));
                 }
                 m_bRealMergeStarted = false;
                 m_pStatusInfo->setWindowTitle(i18n("Merge Complete"));
             }
             if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted)
             {
                 m_bSimulatedMergeStarted = false;
                 QModelIndex mi = rowCount() > 0 ? index(0, 0, QModelIndex()) : QModelIndex();
                 for(; mi.isValid(); mi = treeIterator(mi))
                 {
                     getMFI(mi)->m_bSimOpComplete = false;
                 }
                 m_pStatusInfo->setWindowTitle(i18n("Simulated merge complete: Check if you agree with the proposed operations."));
                 m_pStatusInfo->exec();
             }
             m_mergeItemList.clear();
             m_bRealMergeStarted = false;
             return;
         }
 
         pMFI = getMFI(miCurrent);
 
         pp.setInformation(pMFI->subPath(),
                           bSim ? nrOfCompletedSimItems : nrOfCompletedItems,
                           false // bRedrawUpdate
                           );
 
         bSuccess = executeMergeOperation(*pMFI, bSingleFileMerge); // Here the real operation happens.
 
         if(bSuccess)
         {
             if(bSim)
                 ++nrOfCompletedSimItems;
             else
                 ++nrOfCompletedItems;
             bContinueWithCurrentItem = false;
         }
 
         if(pp.wasCancelled())
             break;
     } // end while
 
     //g_pProgressDialog->hide();
 
     q->setCurrentIndex(miCurrent);
     q->scrollTo(miCurrent, EnsureVisible);
     if(!bSuccess && !bSingleFileMerge)
     {
         KMessageBox::error(q, i18n("An error occurred. Press OK to see detailed information."));
         m_pStatusInfo->setWindowTitle(i18n("Merge Error"));
         m_pStatusInfo->exec();
         //if ( m_pStatusInfo->firstChild()!=0 )
         //   m_pStatusInfo->ensureItemVisible( m_pStatusInfo->last() );
         m_bError = true;
 
         setOpStatus(miCurrent, eOpStatusError);
     }
     else
     {
         m_bError = false;
     }
     emit q->updateAvailabilities();
 
     if(m_currentIndexForOperation == m_mergeItemList.end())
     {
         m_mergeItemList.clear();
         m_bRealMergeStarted = false;
     }
 }
 
 bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::deleteFLD(const QString& name, bool bCreateBackup)
 {
     FileAccess fi(name, true);
     if(!fi.exists())
         return true;
 
     if(bCreateBackup)
     {
         bool bSuccess = renameFLD(name, name + ".orig");
         if(!bSuccess)
         {
             m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: While deleting %1: Creating backup failed.", name));
             return false;
         }
     }
     else
     {
         if(fi.isDir() && !fi.isSymLink())
             m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("delete directory recursively( %1 )", name));
         else
             m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("delete( %1 )", name));
 
         if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted)
         {
             return true;
         }
 
         if(fi.isDir() && !fi.isSymLink()) // recursive directory delete only for real dirs, not symlinks
         {
             t_DirectoryList dirList;
             bool bSuccess = fi.listDir(&dirList, false, true, "*", "", "", false, false); // not recursive, find hidden files
 
             if(!bSuccess)
             {
                 // No Permission to read directory or other error.
                 m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: delete dir operation failed while trying to read the directory."));
                 return false;
             }
 
             t_DirectoryList::iterator it; // create list iterator
 
             for(it = dirList.begin(); it != dirList.end(); ++it) // for each file...
             {
                 FileAccess& fi2 = *it;
                 if(fi2.fileName() == "." || fi2.fileName() == "..")
                     continue;
                 bSuccess = deleteFLD(fi2.absoluteFilePath(), false);
                 if(!bSuccess) break;
             }
             if(bSuccess)
             {
                 bSuccess = FileAccess::removeDir(name);
                 if(!bSuccess)
                 {
-                    m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: rmdir( %1 ) operation failed.", name));
+                    m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: rmdir( %1 ) operation failed.", name));// krazy:exclude=syscalls
                     return false;
                 }
             }
         }
         else
         {
             bool bSuccess = FileAccess::removeFile(name);
             if(!bSuccess)
             {
                 m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: delete operation failed."));
                 return false;
             }
         }
     }
     return true;
 }
 
 bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::mergeFLD(const QString& nameA, const QString& nameB, const QString& nameC, const QString& nameDest, bool& bSingleFileMerge)
 {
     FileAccess fi(nameA);
     if(fi.isDir())
     {
         return makeDir(nameDest);
     }
 
     // Make sure that the dir exists, into which we will save the file later.
     int pos = nameDest.lastIndexOf('/');
     if(pos > 0)
     {
         QString parentName = nameDest.left(pos);
         bool bSuccess = makeDir(parentName, true /*quiet*/);
         if(!bSuccess)
             return false;
     }
 
     m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("manual merge( %1, %2, %3 -> %4)", nameA, nameB, nameC, nameDest));
     if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted)
     {
         m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("     Note: After a manual merge the user should continue by pressing F7."));
         return true;
     }
 
     bSingleFileMerge = true;
     setOpStatus(*m_currentIndexForOperation, eOpStatusInProgress);
     q->scrollTo(*m_currentIndexForOperation, EnsureVisible);
 
     emit q->startDiffMerge(nameA, nameB, nameC, nameDest, "", "", "", nullptr);
 
     return false;
 }
 
 bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::copyFLD(const QString& srcName, const QString& destName)
 {
     bool bSuccess = false;
     
     if(srcName == destName)
         return true;
     
     FileAccess fi(srcName);
     FileAccess faDest(destName, true);
     if(faDest.exists() && !(fi.isDir() && faDest.isDir() && (fi.isSymLink() == faDest.isSymLink())))
     {
         bSuccess = deleteFLD(destName, m_pOptions->m_bDmCreateBakFiles);
         if(!bSuccess)
         {
             m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: copy( %1 -> %2 ) failed."
                                         "Deleting existing destination failed.",
                                         srcName, destName));
             return bSuccess;
         }
     }
 
     if(fi.isSymLink() && ((fi.isDir() && !m_bFollowDirLinks) || (!fi.isDir() && !m_bFollowFileLinks)))
     {
         m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("copyLink( %1 -> %2 )", srcName, destName));
 
         if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted)
         {
             return true;
         }
         FileAccess destFi(destName);
         if(!destFi.isLocal() || !fi.isLocal())
         {
             m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: copyLink failed: Remote links are not yet supported."));
             return false;
         }
 
         bSuccess = false;
         QString linkTarget = fi.readLink();
         if(!linkTarget.isEmpty())
         {
             bSuccess = FileAccess::symLink(linkTarget, destName);
             if(!bSuccess)
                 m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: copyLink failed."));
         }
         return bSuccess;
     }
 
     if(fi.isDir())
     {
         if(faDest.exists())
             return true;
         else
         {
             bSuccess = makeDir(destName);
             return bSuccess;
         }
     }
 
     int pos = destName.lastIndexOf('/');
     if(pos > 0)
     {
         QString parentName = destName.left(pos);
         bSuccess = makeDir(parentName, true /*quiet*/);
         if(!bSuccess)
             return false;
     }
 
     m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("copy( %1 -> %2 )", srcName, destName));
 
     if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted)
     {
         return true;
     }
 
     FileAccess faSrc(srcName);
     bSuccess = faSrc.copyFile(destName);
     if(!bSuccess) m_pStatusInfo->addText(faSrc.getStatusText());
     return bSuccess;
 }
 
 // Rename is not an operation that can be selected by the user.
 // It will only be used to create backups.
 // Hence it will delete an existing destination without making a backup (of the old backup.)
 bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::renameFLD(const QString& srcName, const QString& destName)
 {
     if(srcName == destName)
         return true;
 
     if(FileAccess(destName, true).exists())
     {
         bool bSuccess = deleteFLD(destName, false /*no backup*/);
         if(!bSuccess)
         {
             m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error during rename( %1 -> %2 ): "
                                         "Cannot delete existing destination.",
                                         srcName, destName));
             return false;
         }
     }
 
     m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("rename( %1 -> %2 )", srcName, destName));
     if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted)
     {
         return true;
     }
 
     bool bSuccess = FileAccess(srcName).rename(destName);
     if(!bSuccess)
     {
         m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: Rename failed."));
         return false;
     }
 
     return true;
 }
 
 bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::makeDir(const QString& name, bool bQuiet)
 {
     FileAccess fi(name, true);
     if(fi.exists() && fi.isDir())
         return true;
 
     if(fi.exists() && !fi.isDir())
     {
         bool bSuccess = deleteFLD(name, true);
         if(!bSuccess)
         {
             m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error during makeDir of %1. "
                                         "Cannot delete existing file.",
                                         name));
             return false;
         }
     }
 
     int pos = name.lastIndexOf('/');
     if(pos > 0)
     {
         QString parentName = name.left(pos);
         bool bSuccess = makeDir(parentName, true);
         if(!bSuccess)
             return false;
     }
 
     if(!bQuiet)
         m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("makeDir( %1 )", name));
 
     if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted)
     {
         return true;
     }
 
     bool bSuccess = FileAccess::makeDir(name);
     if(bSuccess == false)
     {
         m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error while creating directory."));
         return false;
     }
     return true;
 }
 
 DirectoryMergeInfo::DirectoryMergeInfo(QWidget* pParent)
     : QFrame(pParent)
 {
     QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(this);
     topLayout->setMargin(0);
 
     QGridLayout* grid = new QGridLayout();
     topLayout->addLayout(grid);
     grid->setColumnStretch(1, 10);
 
     int line = 0;
 
     m_pA = new QLabel(i18n("A"), this);
     grid->addWidget(m_pA, line, 0);
     m_pInfoA = new QLabel(this);
     grid->addWidget(m_pInfoA, line, 1);
     ++line;
     
     m_pB = new QLabel(i18n("B"), this);
     grid->addWidget(m_pB, line, 0);
     m_pInfoB = new QLabel(this);
     grid->addWidget(m_pInfoB, line, 1);
     ++line;
     
     m_pC = new QLabel(i18n("C"), this);
     grid->addWidget(m_pC, line, 0);
     m_pInfoC = new QLabel(this);
     grid->addWidget(m_pInfoC, line, 1);
     ++line;
     
     m_pDest = new QLabel(i18n("Dest"), this);
     grid->addWidget(m_pDest, line, 0);
     m_pInfoDest = new QLabel(this);
     grid->addWidget(m_pInfoDest, line, 1);
     ++line;
 
     m_pInfoList = new QTreeWidget(this);
     topLayout->addWidget(m_pInfoList);
     m_pInfoList->setHeaderLabels(QStringList() << i18n("Dir") << i18n("Type") << i18n("Size")
                                                << i18n("Attr") << i18n("Last Modification") << i18n("Link-Destination"));
     setMinimumSize(100, 100);
 
     m_pInfoList->installEventFilter(this);
     m_pInfoList->setRootIsDecorated(false);
 }
 
 bool DirectoryMergeInfo::eventFilter(QObject* o, QEvent* e)
 {
     if(e->type() == QEvent::FocusIn && o == m_pInfoList)
         emit gotFocus();
     return false;
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeInfo::addListViewItem(const QString& dir, const QString& basePath, FileAccess* fi)
 {
     if(basePath.isEmpty())
     {
         return;
     }
     else
     {
         if(fi != nullptr && fi->exists())
         {
             QString dateString = fi->lastModified().toString("yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:ss");
             //TODO: Move logic to FileAccess
             m_pInfoList->addTopLevelItem( new QTreeWidgetItem(
                 m_pInfoList,
                 QStringList() << dir << 
                     QString(fi->isDir() ? i18n("Dir") : i18n("File")) + (fi->isSymLink() ? i18n("-Link") : "") << QString::number(fi->size()) << QLatin1String(fi->isReadable() ? "r" : " ")
                     + QLatin1String(fi->isWritable() ? "w" : " ")
                     + QLatin1String((fi->isExecutable() ? "x" : " ")) <<
                     dateString << QString(fi->isSymLink() ? (" -> " + fi->readLink()) : QString("")))
             );
         }
         else
         {
             m_pInfoList->addTopLevelItem(new QTreeWidgetItem(
                 m_pInfoList,
                 QStringList() << dir << i18n("not available") << ""
                               << ""
                               << ""
                               << ""));
         }
     }
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeInfo::setInfo(
     const FileAccess& dirA,
     const FileAccess& dirB,
     const FileAccess& dirC,
     const FileAccess& dirDest,
     MergeFileInfos& mfi)
 {
     bool bHideDest = false;
     if(dirA.absoluteFilePath() == dirDest.absoluteFilePath())
     {
         m_pA->setText(i18n("A (Dest): "));
         bHideDest = true;
     }
     else
         m_pA->setText(!dirC.isValid() ? QString("A:    ") : i18n("A (Base): "));
 
     m_pInfoA->setText(dirA.prettyAbsPath());
 
     if(dirB.absoluteFilePath() == dirDest.absoluteFilePath())
     {
         m_pB->setText(i18n("B (Dest): "));
         bHideDest = true;
     }
     else
         m_pB->setText("B:    ");
     m_pInfoB->setText(dirB.prettyAbsPath());
 
     if(dirC.absoluteFilePath() == dirDest.absoluteFilePath())
     {
         m_pC->setText(i18n("C (Dest): "));
         bHideDest = true;
     }
     else
         m_pC->setText("C:    ");
     m_pInfoC->setText(dirC.prettyAbsPath());
 
     m_pDest->setText(i18n("Dest: "));
     m_pInfoDest->setText(dirDest.prettyAbsPath());
 
     if(!dirC.isValid()) {
         m_pC->hide();
         m_pInfoC->hide();
     }
     else
     {
         m_pC->show();
         m_pInfoC->show();
     }
 
     if(!dirDest.isValid() || bHideDest) {
         m_pDest->hide();
         m_pInfoDest->hide();
     }
     else
     {
         m_pDest->show();
         m_pInfoDest->show();
     }
 
     m_pInfoList->clear();
     addListViewItem(i18n("A"), dirA.prettyAbsPath(), mfi.getFileInfoA());
     addListViewItem(i18n("B"), dirB.prettyAbsPath(), mfi.getFileInfoB());
     addListViewItem(i18n("C"), dirC.prettyAbsPath(), mfi.getFileInfoC());
     if(!bHideDest)
     {
-        FileAccess fiDest(dirDest.prettyAbsPath() + "/" + mfi.subPath(), true);
+        FileAccess fiDest(dirDest.prettyAbsPath() + '/' + mfi.subPath(), true);
         addListViewItem(i18n("Dest"), dirDest.prettyAbsPath(), &fiDest);
     }
     for(int i = 0; i < m_pInfoList->columnCount(); ++i)
         m_pInfoList->resizeColumnToContents(i);
 }
 
 QTextStream& operator<<(QTextStream& ts, MergeFileInfos& mfi)
 {
     ts << "{\n";
     ValueMap vm;
     vm.writeEntry("SubPath", mfi.subPath());
     vm.writeEntry("ExistsInA", mfi.existsInA());
     vm.writeEntry("ExistsInB", mfi.existsInB());
     vm.writeEntry("ExistsInC", mfi.existsInC());
     vm.writeEntry("EqualAB", mfi.m_bEqualAB);
     vm.writeEntry("EqualAC", mfi.m_bEqualAC);
     vm.writeEntry("EqualBC", mfi.m_bEqualBC);
 
     vm.writeEntry("MergeOperation", (int)mfi.m_eMergeOperation);
     vm.writeEntry("DirA", mfi.dirA());
     vm.writeEntry("DirB", mfi.dirB());
     vm.writeEntry("DirC", mfi.dirC());
     vm.writeEntry("LinkA", mfi.isLinkA());
     vm.writeEntry("LinkB", mfi.isLinkB());
     vm.writeEntry("LinkC", mfi.isLinkC());
     vm.writeEntry("OperationComplete", mfi.m_bOperationComplete);
 
     vm.writeEntry("AgeA", (int)mfi.m_ageA);
     vm.writeEntry("AgeB", (int)mfi.m_ageB);
     vm.writeEntry("AgeC", (int)mfi.m_ageC);
     vm.writeEntry("ConflictingAges", mfi.m_bConflictingAges); // Equal age but files are not!
 
     vm.save(ts);
 
     ts << "}\n";
 
     return ts;
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotSaveMergeState()
 {
     //slotStatusMsg(i18n("Saving Directory Merge State ..."));
 
     QString s = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(this, i18n("Save Directory Merge State As..."), QDir::currentPath());
     if(!s.isEmpty())
     {
         d->m_dirMergeStateFilename = s;
 
         QFile file(d->m_dirMergeStateFilename);
         bool bSuccess = file.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly);
         if(bSuccess)
         {
             QTextStream ts(&file);
 
             QModelIndex mi(d->index(0, 0, QModelIndex()));
             while(mi.isValid()) {
                 MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(mi);
                 ts << *pMFI;
                 mi = d->treeIterator(mi, true, true);
             }
         }
     }
 
     //slotStatusMsg(i18n("Ready."));
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotLoadMergeState()
 {
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::updateFileVisibilities()
 {
     bool bShowIdentical = d->m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles->isChecked();
     bool bShowDifferent = d->m_pDirShowDifferentFiles->isChecked();
     bool bShowOnlyInA = d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInA->isChecked();
     bool bShowOnlyInB = d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInB->isChecked();
     bool bShowOnlyInC = d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInC->isChecked();
     bool bThreeDirs = d->isThreeWay();
     d->m_selection1Index = QModelIndex();
     d->m_selection2Index = QModelIndex();
     d->m_selection3Index = QModelIndex();
 
     // in first run set all dirs to equal and determine if they are not equal.
     // on second run don't change the equal-status anymore; it is needed to
     // set the visibility (when bShowIdentical is false).
     for(int loop = 0; loop < 2; ++loop)
     {
         QModelIndex mi = d->rowCount() > 0 ? d->index(0, 0, QModelIndex()) : QModelIndex();
         while(mi.isValid())
         {
             MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(mi);
             bool bDir = pMFI->dirA() || pMFI->dirB() || pMFI->dirC();
             if(loop == 0 && bDir)
             {
                 bool bChange = false;
                 if(!pMFI->m_bEqualAB && pMFI->dirA() == pMFI->dirB() && pMFI->isLinkA() == pMFI->isLinkB())
                 {
                     pMFI->m_bEqualAB = true;
                     bChange = true;
                 }
                 if(!pMFI->m_bEqualBC && pMFI->dirC() == pMFI->dirB() && pMFI->isLinkC() == pMFI->isLinkB())
                 {
                     pMFI->m_bEqualBC = true;
                     bChange = true;
                 }
                 if(!pMFI->m_bEqualAC && pMFI->dirA() == pMFI->dirC() && pMFI->isLinkA() == pMFI->isLinkC())
                 {
                     pMFI->m_bEqualAC = true;
                     bChange = true;
                 }
 
                 if(bChange)
                     DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::setPixmaps(*pMFI, bThreeDirs);
             }
             bool bExistsEverywhere = pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB() && (pMFI->existsInC() || !bThreeDirs);
             int existCount = int(pMFI->existsInA()) + int(pMFI->existsInB()) + int(pMFI->existsInC());
             bool bVisible =
                 (bShowIdentical && bExistsEverywhere && pMFI->m_bEqualAB && (pMFI->m_bEqualAC || !bThreeDirs)) || ((bShowDifferent || bDir) && existCount >= 2 && (!pMFI->m_bEqualAB || !(pMFI->m_bEqualAC || !bThreeDirs))) || (bShowOnlyInA && pMFI->existsInA() && !pMFI->existsInB() && !pMFI->existsInC()) || (bShowOnlyInB && !pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB() && !pMFI->existsInC()) || (bShowOnlyInC && !pMFI->existsInA() && !pMFI->existsInB() && pMFI->existsInC());
 
             QString fileName = pMFI->fileName();
             bVisible = bVisible && ((bDir && !Utils::wildcardMultiMatch(d->m_pOptions->m_DmDirAntiPattern, fileName, d->m_bCaseSensitive)) || (Utils::wildcardMultiMatch(d->m_pOptions->m_DmFilePattern, fileName, d->m_bCaseSensitive) && !Utils::wildcardMultiMatch(d->m_pOptions->m_DmFileAntiPattern, fileName, d->m_bCaseSensitive)));
 
             setRowHidden(mi.row(), mi.parent(), !bVisible);
 
             bool bEqual = bThreeDirs ? pMFI->m_bEqualAB && pMFI->m_bEqualAC : pMFI->m_bEqualAB;
             if(!bEqual && bVisible && loop == 0) // Set all parents to "not equal"
             {
                 MergeFileInfos* p2 = pMFI->parent();
                 while(p2 != nullptr)
                 {
                     bool bChange = false;
                     if(!pMFI->m_bEqualAB && p2->m_bEqualAB) {
                         p2->m_bEqualAB = false;
                         bChange = true;
                     }
                     if(!pMFI->m_bEqualAC && p2->m_bEqualAC) {
                         p2->m_bEqualAC = false;
                         bChange = true;
                     }
                     if(!pMFI->m_bEqualBC && p2->m_bEqualBC) {
                         p2->m_bEqualBC = false;
                         bChange = true;
                     }
 
                     if(bChange)
                         DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::setPixmaps(*p2, bThreeDirs);
                     else
                         break;
 
                     p2 = p2->parent();
                 }
             }
             mi = d->treeIterator(mi, true, true);
         }
     }
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotShowIdenticalFiles()
 {
     d->m_pOptions->m_bDmShowIdenticalFiles = d->m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles->isChecked();
     updateFileVisibilities();
 }
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotShowDifferentFiles() { updateFileVisibilities(); }
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotShowFilesOnlyInA() { updateFileVisibilities(); }
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotShowFilesOnlyInB() { updateFileVisibilities(); }
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotShowFilesOnlyInC() { updateFileVisibilities(); }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotSynchronizeDirectories() {}
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotChooseNewerFiles() {}
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::initDirectoryMergeActions(QObject* pKDiff3App, KActionCollection* ac)
 {
 #include "xpm/showequalfiles.xpm"
 #include "xpm/showfilesonlyina.xpm"
 #include "xpm/showfilesonlyinb.xpm"
 #include "xpm/showfilesonlyinc.xpm"
 #include "xpm/startmerge.xpm"
     DirectoryMergeWindow* p = this;
 
     d->m_pDirStartOperation = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Start/Continue Directory Merge"), QKeySequence(Qt::Key_F7), p, SLOT(slotRunOperationForAllItems()), ac, "dir_start_operation");
     d->m_pDirRunOperationForCurrentItem = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Run Operation for Current Item"), QKeySequence(Qt::Key_F6), p, SLOT(slotRunOperationForCurrentItem()), ac, "dir_run_operation_for_current_item");
     d->m_pDirCompareCurrent = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Compare Selected File"), p, SLOT(compareCurrentFile()), ac, "dir_compare_current");
     d->m_pDirMergeCurrent = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Merge Current File"), QIcon(QPixmap(startmerge)), i18n("Merge\nFile"), pKDiff3App, SLOT(slotMergeCurrentFile()), ac, "merge_current");
     d->m_pDirFoldAll = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Fold All Subdirs"), p, SLOT(collapseAll()), ac, "dir_fold_all");
     d->m_pDirUnfoldAll = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Unfold All Subdirs"), p, SLOT(expandAll()), ac, "dir_unfold_all");
     d->m_pDirRescan = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Rescan"), QKeySequence(Qt::SHIFT + Qt::Key_F5), p, SLOT(reload()), ac, "dir_rescan");
     d->m_pDirSaveMergeState = nullptr; //KDiff3::createAction< QAction >(i18n("Save Directory Merge State ..."), 0, p, SLOT(slotSaveMergeState()), ac, "dir_save_merge_state");
     d->m_pDirLoadMergeState = nullptr; //KDiff3::createAction< QAction >(i18n("Load Directory Merge State ..."), 0, p, SLOT(slotLoadMergeState()), ac, "dir_load_merge_state");
     d->m_pDirChooseAEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Choose A for All Items"), p, SLOT(slotChooseAEverywhere()), ac, "dir_choose_a_everywhere");
     d->m_pDirChooseBEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Choose B for All Items"), p, SLOT(slotChooseBEverywhere()), ac, "dir_choose_b_everywhere");
     d->m_pDirChooseCEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Choose C for All Items"), p, SLOT(slotChooseCEverywhere()), ac, "dir_choose_c_everywhere");
     d->m_pDirAutoChoiceEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Auto-Choose Operation for All Items"), p, SLOT(slotAutoChooseEverywhere()), ac, "dir_autochoose_everywhere");
     d->m_pDirDoNothingEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("No Operation for All Items"), p, SLOT(slotNoOpEverywhere()), ac, "dir_nothing_everywhere");
 
     //   d->m_pDirSynchronizeDirectories = KDiff3::createAction< KToggleAction >(i18n("Synchronize Directories"), 0, this, SLOT(slotSynchronizeDirectories()), ac, "dir_synchronize_directories");
     //   d->m_pDirChooseNewerFiles = KDiff3::createAction< KToggleAction >(i18n("Copy Newer Files Instead of Merging"), 0, this, SLOT(slotChooseNewerFiles()), ac, "dir_choose_newer_files");
 
     d->m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("Show Identical Files"), QIcon(QPixmap(showequalfiles)), i18n("Identical\nFiles"), this, SLOT(slotShowIdenticalFiles()), ac, "dir_show_identical_files");
     d->m_pDirShowDifferentFiles = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("Show Different Files"), this, SLOT(slotShowDifferentFiles()), ac, "dir_show_different_files");
     d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInA = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("Show Files only in A"), QIcon(QPixmap(showfilesonlyina)), i18n("Files\nonly in A"), this, SLOT(slotShowFilesOnlyInA()), ac, "dir_show_files_only_in_a");
     d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInB = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("Show Files only in B"), QIcon(QPixmap(showfilesonlyinb)), i18n("Files\nonly in B"), this, SLOT(slotShowFilesOnlyInB()), ac, "dir_show_files_only_in_b");
     d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInC = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("Show Files only in C"), QIcon(QPixmap(showfilesonlyinc)), i18n("Files\nonly in C"), this, SLOT(slotShowFilesOnlyInC()), ac, "dir_show_files_only_in_c");
 
     d->m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles->setChecked(d->m_pOptions->m_bDmShowIdenticalFiles);
 
     d->m_pDirCompareExplicit = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Compare Explicitly Selected Files"), p, SLOT(slotCompareExplicitlySelectedFiles()), ac, "dir_compare_explicitly_selected_files");
     d->m_pDirMergeExplicit = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Merge Explicitly Selected Files"), p, SLOT(slotMergeExplicitlySelectedFiles()), ac, "dir_merge_explicitly_selected_files");
 
     d->m_pDirCurrentDoNothing = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Do Nothing"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentDoNothing()), ac, "dir_current_do_nothing");
     d->m_pDirCurrentChooseA = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("A"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentChooseA()), ac, "dir_current_choose_a");
     d->m_pDirCurrentChooseB = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("B"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentChooseB()), ac, "dir_current_choose_b");
     d->m_pDirCurrentChooseC = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("C"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentChooseC()), ac, "dir_current_choose_c");
     d->m_pDirCurrentMerge = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Merge"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentMerge()), ac, "dir_current_merge");
     d->m_pDirCurrentDelete = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Delete (if exists)"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentDelete()), ac, "dir_current_delete");
 
     d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDoNothing = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Do Nothing"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentDoNothing()), ac, "dir_current_sync_do_nothing");
     d->m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyAToB = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Copy A to B"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentCopyAToB()), ac, "dir_current_sync_copy_a_to_b");
     d->m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyBToA = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Copy B to A"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentCopyBToA()), ac, "dir_current_sync_copy_b_to_a");
     d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteA = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Delete A"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentDeleteA()), ac, "dir_current_sync_delete_a");
     d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteB = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Delete B"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentDeleteB()), ac, "dir_current_sync_delete_b");
     d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteAAndB = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Delete A && B"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentDeleteAAndB()), ac, "dir_current_sync_delete_a_and_b");
     d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToA = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Merge to A"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentMergeToA()), ac, "dir_current_sync_merge_to_a");
     d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToB = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Merge to B"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentMergeToB()), ac, "dir_current_sync_merge_to_b");
     d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToAAndB = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Merge to A && B"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentMergeToAAndB()), ac, "dir_current_sync_merge_to_a_and_b");
 }
 
 void DirectoryMergeWindow::updateAvailabilities(bool bDirCompare, bool bDiffWindowVisible,
                                                 KToggleAction* chooseA, KToggleAction* chooseB, KToggleAction* chooseC)
 {
     d->m_pDirStartOperation->setEnabled(bDirCompare);
     d->m_pDirRunOperationForCurrentItem->setEnabled(bDirCompare);
     d->m_pDirFoldAll->setEnabled(bDirCompare);
     d->m_pDirUnfoldAll->setEnabled(bDirCompare);
 
     d->m_pDirCompareCurrent->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible() && isFileSelected());
 
     d->m_pDirMergeCurrent->setEnabled((bDirCompare && isVisible() && isFileSelected()) || bDiffWindowVisible);
 
     d->m_pDirRescan->setEnabled(bDirCompare);
 
     d->m_pDirAutoChoiceEverywhere->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible());
     d->m_pDirDoNothingEverywhere->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible());
     d->m_pDirChooseAEverywhere->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible());
     d->m_pDirChooseBEverywhere->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible());
     d->m_pDirChooseCEverywhere->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible());
 
     bool bThreeDirs = d->isThreeWay();
 
     MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(currentIndex());
 
     bool bItemActive = bDirCompare && isVisible() && pMFI != nullptr; //  &&  hasFocus();
     bool bMergeMode = bThreeDirs || !d->m_bSyncMode;
     bool bFTConflict = pMFI == nullptr ? false : pMFI->conflictingFileTypes();
 
     bool bDirWindowHasFocus = isVisible() && hasFocus();
 
     d->m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible());
     d->m_pDirShowDifferentFiles->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible());
     d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInA->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible());
     d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInB->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible());
     d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInC->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible() && bThreeDirs);
 
     d->m_pDirCompareExplicit->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible() && d->m_selection2Index.isValid());
     d->m_pDirMergeExplicit->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible() && d->m_selection2Index.isValid());
 
     d->m_pDirCurrentDoNothing->setEnabled(bItemActive && bMergeMode);
     d->m_pDirCurrentChooseA->setEnabled(bItemActive && bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInA());
     d->m_pDirCurrentChooseB->setEnabled(bItemActive && bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInB());
     d->m_pDirCurrentChooseC->setEnabled(bItemActive && bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInC());
     d->m_pDirCurrentMerge->setEnabled(bItemActive && bMergeMode && !bFTConflict);
     d->m_pDirCurrentDelete->setEnabled(bItemActive && bMergeMode);
     if(bDirWindowHasFocus)
     {
         chooseA->setEnabled(bItemActive && pMFI->existsInA());
         chooseB->setEnabled(bItemActive && pMFI->existsInB());
         chooseC->setEnabled(bItemActive && pMFI->existsInC());
         chooseA->setChecked(false);
         chooseB->setChecked(false);
         chooseC->setChecked(false);
     }
 
     d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDoNothing->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode);
     d->m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyAToB->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInA());
     d->m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyBToA->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInB());
     d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteA->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInA());
     d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteB->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInB());
     d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteAAndB->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB());
     d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToA->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && !bFTConflict);
     d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToB->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && !bFTConflict);
     d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToAAndB->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && !bFTConflict);
 }
 
 //#include "directorymergewindow.moc"
diff --git a/src/gnudiff_analyze.cpp b/src/gnudiff_analyze.cpp
index b3c8d3d..c42f474 100644
--- a/src/gnudiff_analyze.cpp
+++ b/src/gnudiff_analyze.cpp
@@ -1,860 +1,860 @@
 /* Analyze file differences for GNU DIFF.
 
-   Modified for KDiff3 by Joachim Eibl 2003.
+   Modified for KDiff3 by Joachim Eibl <joachim.eibl at gmx.de> 2003.
    The original file was part of GNU DIFF.
 
    Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 2001, 2002
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    GNU DIFF is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
    any later version.
 
    GNU DIFF is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; see the file COPYING.
    If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
 
 /* The basic algorithm is described in:
    "An O(ND) Difference Algorithm and its Variations", Eugene Myers,
    Algorithmica Vol. 1 No. 2, 1986, pp. 251-266;
    see especially section 4.2, which describes the variation used below.
    Unless the --minimal option is specified, this code uses the TOO_EXPENSIVE
    heuristic, by Paul Eggert, to limit the cost to O(N**1.5 log N)
    at the price of producing suboptimal output for large inputs with
    many differences.
 
    The basic algorithm was independently discovered as described in:
    "Algorithms for Approximate String Matching", E. Ukkonen,
    Information and Control Vol. 64, 1985, pp. 100-118.  */
 
 #define GDIFF_MAIN
 
 #include "common.h"
 #include "gnudiff_diff.h"
 //#include <error.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 static LineRef *xvec, *yvec;  /* Vectors being compared. */
 static LineRef *fdiag;        /* Vector, indexed by diagonal, containing
                    1 + the X coordinate of the point furthest
                    along the given diagonal in the forward
                    search of the edit matrix. */
 static LineRef *bdiag;        /* Vector, indexed by diagonal, containing
                    the X coordinate of the point furthest
                    along the given diagonal in the backward
                    search of the edit matrix. */
 static LineRef too_expensive; /* Edit scripts longer than this are too
                    expensive to compute.  */
 
 #define SNAKE_LIMIT 20 /* Snakes bigger than this are considered `big'.  */
 
 struct partition {
     LineRef xmid, ymid;  /* Midpoints of this partition.  */
     bool lo_minimal; /* Nonzero if low half will be analyzed minimally.  */
     bool hi_minimal; /* Likewise for high half.  */
 };
 
 /* Find the midpoint of the shortest edit script for a specified
    portion of the two files.
 
    Scan from the beginnings of the files, and simultaneously from the ends,
    doing a breadth-first search through the space of edit-sequence.
    When the two searches meet, we have found the midpoint of the shortest
    edit sequence.
 
    If FIND_MINIMAL is nonzero, find the minimal edit script regardless
    of expense.  Otherwise, if the search is too expensive, use
    heuristics to stop the search and report a suboptimal answer.
 
    Set PART->(xmid,ymid) to the midpoint (XMID,YMID).  The diagonal number
    XMID - YMID equals the number of inserted lines minus the number
    of deleted lines (counting only lines before the midpoint).
    Return the approximate edit cost; this is the total number of
    lines inserted or deleted (counting only lines before the midpoint),
    unless a heuristic is used to terminate the search prematurely.
 
    Set PART->lo_minimal to true iff the minimal edit script for the
    left half of the partition is known; similarly for PART->hi_minimal.
 
    This function assumes that the first lines of the specified portions
    of the two files do not match, and likewise that the last lines do not
    match.  The caller must trim matching lines from the beginning and end
    of the portions it is going to specify.
 
    If we return the "wrong" partitions,
    the worst this can do is cause suboptimal diff output.
    It cannot cause incorrect diff output.  */
 
 LineRef GnuDiff::diag(LineRef xoff, LineRef xlim, LineRef yoff, LineRef ylim, bool find_minimal,
                   struct partition *part)
 {
     LineRef *const fd = fdiag;        /* Give the compiler a chance. */
     LineRef *const bd = bdiag;        /* Additional help for the compiler. */
     LineRef const *const xv = xvec;   /* Still more help for the compiler. */
     LineRef const *const yv = yvec;   /* And more and more . . . */
     LineRef const dmin = xoff - ylim; /* Minimum valid diagonal. */
     LineRef const dmax = xlim - yoff; /* Maximum valid diagonal. */
     LineRef const fmid = xoff - yoff; /* Center diagonal of top-down search. */
     LineRef const bmid = xlim - ylim; /* Center diagonal of bottom-up search. */
     LineRef fmin = fmid, fmax = fmid; /* Limits of top-down search. */
     LineRef bmin = bmid, bmax = bmid; /* Limits of bottom-up search. */
     LineRef c;                        /* Cost. */
     bool odd = (fmid - bmid) & 1; /* True if southeast corner is on an odd
                    diagonal with respect to the northwest. */
 
     fd[fmid] = xoff;
     bd[bmid] = xlim;
 
     for(c = 1;; ++c)
     {
         LineRef d; /* Active diagonal. */
         bool big_snake = false;
 
         /* Extend the top-down search by an edit step in each diagonal. */
         fmin > dmin ? fd[--fmin - 1] = -1 : ++fmin;
         fmax < dmax ? fd[++fmax + 1] = -1 : --fmax;
         for(d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2)
         {
             LineRef x, y, oldx, tlo = fd[d - 1], thi = fd[d + 1];
 
             if(tlo >= thi)
                 x = tlo + 1;
             else
                 x = thi;
             oldx = x;
             y = x - d;
             while(x < xlim && y < ylim && xv[x] == yv[y])
                 ++x, ++y;
             if(x - oldx > SNAKE_LIMIT)
                 big_snake = true;
             fd[d] = x;
             if(odd && bmin <= d && d <= bmax && bd[d] <= x)
             {
                 part->xmid = x;
                 part->ymid = y;
                 part->lo_minimal = part->hi_minimal = true;
                 return 2 * c - 1;
             }
         }
 
         /* Similarly extend the bottom-up search.  */
         bmin > dmin ? bd[--bmin - 1] = LINEREF_MAX : ++bmin;
         bmax < dmax ? bd[++bmax + 1] = LINEREF_MAX : --bmax;
         for(d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2)
         {
             LineRef x, y, oldx, tlo = bd[d - 1], thi = bd[d + 1];
 
             if(tlo < thi)
                 x = tlo;
             else
                 x = thi - 1;
             oldx = x;
             y = x - d;
             while(x > xoff && y > yoff && xv[x - 1] == yv[y - 1])
                 --x, --y;
             if(oldx - x > SNAKE_LIMIT)
                 big_snake = true;
             bd[d] = x;
             if(!odd && fmin <= d && d <= fmax && x <= fd[d])
             {
                 part->xmid = x;
                 part->ymid = y;
                 part->lo_minimal = part->hi_minimal = true;
                 return 2 * c;
             }
         }
 
         if(find_minimal)
             continue;
 
         /* Heuristic: check occasionally for a diagonal that has made
      lots of progress compared with the edit distance.
      If we have any such, find the one that has made the most
      progress and return it as if it had succeeded.
 
      With this heuristic, for files with a constant small density
      of changes, the algorithm is linear in the file size.  */
 
         if(200 < c && big_snake && speed_large_files)
         {
             LineRef best;
 
             best = 0;
             for(d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2)
             {
                 LineRef dd = d - fmid;
                 LineRef x = fd[d];
                 LineRef y = x - d;
                 LineRef v = (x - xoff) * 2 - dd;
                 if(v > 12 * (c + (dd < 0 ? -dd : dd)))
                 {
                     if(v > best && xoff + SNAKE_LIMIT <= x && x < xlim && yoff + SNAKE_LIMIT <= y && y < ylim)
                     {
                         /* We have a good enough best diagonal;
              now insist that it end with a significant snake.  */
                         int k;
 
                         for(k = 1; xv[x - k] == yv[y - k]; k++)
                             if(k == SNAKE_LIMIT)
                             {
                                 best = v;
                                 part->xmid = x;
                                 part->ymid = y;
                                 break;
                             }
                     }
                 }
             }
             if(best > 0)
             {
                 part->lo_minimal = true;
                 part->hi_minimal = false;
                 return 2 * c - 1;
             }
 
             best = 0;
             for(d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2)
             {
                 LineRef dd = d - bmid;
                 LineRef x = bd[d];
                 LineRef y = x - d;
                 LineRef v = (xlim - x) * 2 + dd;
                 if(v > 12 * (c + (dd < 0 ? -dd : dd)))
                 {
                     if(v > best && xoff < x && x <= xlim - SNAKE_LIMIT && yoff < y && y <= ylim - SNAKE_LIMIT)
                     {
                         /* We have a good enough best diagonal;
              now insist that it end with a significant snake.  */
                         int k;
 
                         for(k = 0; xv[x + k] == yv[y + k]; k++)
                             if(k == SNAKE_LIMIT - 1)
                             {
                                 best = v;
                                 part->xmid = x;
                                 part->ymid = y;
                                 break;
                             }
                     }
                 }
             }
             if(best > 0)
             {
                 part->lo_minimal = false;
                 part->hi_minimal = true;
                 return 2 * c - 1;
             }
         }
 
         /* Heuristic: if we've gone well beyond the call of duty,
      give up and report halfway between our best results so far.  */
         if(c >= too_expensive)
         {
             LineRef fxybest, fxbest;
             LineRef bxybest, bxbest;
 
             fxbest = bxbest = 0; /* Pacify `gcc -Wall'.  */
 
             /* Find forward diagonal that maximizes X + Y.  */
             fxybest = -1;
             for(d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2)
             {
                 LineRef x = MIN(fd[d], xlim);
                 LineRef y = x - d;
                 if(ylim < y)
                     x = ylim + d, y = ylim;
                 if(fxybest < x + y)
                 {
                     fxybest = x + y;
                     fxbest = x;
                 }
             }
 
             /* Find backward diagonal that minimizes X + Y.  */
             bxybest = LINEREF_MAX;
             for(d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2)
             {
                 LineRef x = MAX(xoff, bd[d]);
                 LineRef y = x - d;
                 if(y < yoff)
                     x = yoff + d, y = yoff;
                 if(x + y < bxybest)
                 {
                     bxybest = x + y;
                     bxbest = x;
                 }
             }
 
             /* Use the better of the two diagonals.  */
             if((xlim + ylim) - bxybest < fxybest - (xoff + yoff))
             {
                 part->xmid = fxbest;
                 part->ymid = fxybest - fxbest;
                 part->lo_minimal = true;
                 part->hi_minimal = false;
             }
             else
             {
                 part->xmid = bxbest;
                 part->ymid = bxybest - bxbest;
                 part->lo_minimal = false;
                 part->hi_minimal = true;
             }
             return 2 * c - 1;
         }
     }
 }
 
 /* Compare in detail contiguous subsequences of the two files
    which are known, as a whole, to match each other.
 
    The results are recorded in the vectors files[N].changed, by
    storing 1 in the element for each line that is an insertion or deletion.
 
    The subsequence of file 0 is [XOFF, XLIM) and likewise for file 1.
 
    Note that XLIM, YLIM are exclusive bounds.
    All line numbers are origin-0 and discarded lines are not counted.
 
    If FIND_MINIMAL, find a minimal difference no matter how
    expensive it is.  */
 
 void GnuDiff::compareseq(LineRef xoff, LineRef xlim, LineRef yoff, LineRef ylim, bool find_minimal)
 {
     LineRef *const xv = xvec; /* Help the compiler.  */
     LineRef *const yv = yvec;
 
     /* Slide down the bottom initial diagonal. */
     while(xoff < xlim && yoff < ylim && xv[xoff] == yv[yoff])
         ++xoff, ++yoff;
     /* Slide up the top initial diagonal. */
     while(xlim > xoff && ylim > yoff && xv[xlim - 1] == yv[ylim - 1])
         --xlim, --ylim;
 
     /* Handle simple cases. */
     if(xoff == xlim)
         while(yoff < ylim)
             files[1].changed[files[1].realindexes[yoff++]] = true;
     else if(yoff == ylim)
         while(xoff < xlim)
             files[0].changed[files[0].realindexes[xoff++]] = true;
     else
     {
         LineRef c;
         struct partition part;
 
         /* Find a point of correspondence in the middle of the files.  */
 
         c = diag(xoff, xlim, yoff, ylim, find_minimal, &part);
 
         if(c == 1)
         {
             /* This should be impossible, because it implies that
          one of the two subsequences is empty,
          and that case was handled above without calling `diag'.
          Let's verify that this is true.  */
             abort();
 #if 0
       /* The two subsequences differ by a single insert or delete;
          record it and we are done.  */
       if (part.xmid - part.ymid < xoff - yoff)
         files[1].changed[files[1].realindexes[part.ymid - 1]] = 1;
       else
         files[0].changed[files[0].realindexes[part.xmid]] = 1;
 #endif
         }
         else
         {
             /* Use the partitions to split this problem into subproblems.  */
             compareseq(xoff, part.xmid, yoff, part.ymid, part.lo_minimal);
             compareseq(part.xmid, xlim, part.ymid, ylim, part.hi_minimal);
         }
     }
 }
 
 /* Discard lines from one file that have no matches in the other file.
 
    A line which is discarded will not be considered by the actual
    comparison algorithm; it will be as if that line were not in the file.
    The file's `realindexes' table maps virtual line numbers
    (which don't count the discarded lines) into real line numbers;
    this is how the actual comparison algorithm produces results
    that are comprehensible when the discarded lines are counted.
 
    When we discard a line, we also mark it as a deletion or insertion
    so that it will be printed in the output.  */
 
 void GnuDiff::discard_confusing_lines(struct file_data filevec[])
 {
     int f;
     LineRef i;
     char *discarded[2];
     LineRef *equiv_count[2];
     LineRef *p;
 
     /* Allocate our results.  */
     p = (LineRef *)xmalloc((filevec[0].buffered_lines + filevec[1].buffered_lines) * (2 * sizeof *p));
     for(f = 0; f < 2; f++)
     {
         filevec[f].undiscarded = p;
         p += filevec[f].buffered_lines;
         filevec[f].realindexes = p;
         p += filevec[f].buffered_lines;
     }
 
     /* Set up equiv_count[F][I] as the number of lines in file F
      that fall in equivalence class I.  */
 
     p = (LineRef *)zalloc(filevec[0].equiv_max * (2 * sizeof *p));
     equiv_count[0] = p;
     equiv_count[1] = p + filevec[0].equiv_max;
 
     for(i = 0; i < filevec[0].buffered_lines; ++i)
         ++equiv_count[0][filevec[0].equivs[i]];
     for(i = 0; i < filevec[1].buffered_lines; ++i)
         ++equiv_count[1][filevec[1].equivs[i]];
 
     /* Set up tables of which lines are going to be discarded.  */
 
     discarded[0] = (char *)zalloc(filevec[0].buffered_lines + filevec[1].buffered_lines);
     discarded[1] = discarded[0] + filevec[0].buffered_lines;
 
     /* Mark to be discarded each line that matches no line of the other file.
      If a line matches many lines, mark it as provisionally discardable.  */
 
     for(f = 0; f < 2; f++)
     {
         size_t end = filevec[f].buffered_lines;
         char *discards = discarded[f];
         LineRef *counts = equiv_count[1 - f];
         LineRef *equivs = filevec[f].equivs;
         size_t many = 5;
         size_t tem = end / 64;
 
         /* Multiply MANY by approximate square root of number of lines.
      That is the threshold for provisionally discardable lines.  */
         while((tem = tem >> 2) > 0)
             many *= 2;
 
         for(i = 0; i < (LineRef)end; i++)
         {
             LineRef nmatch;
             if(equivs[i] == 0)
                 continue;
             nmatch = counts[equivs[i]];
             if(nmatch == 0)
                 discards[i] = 1;
             else if(nmatch > (LineRef)many)
                 discards[i] = 2;
         }
     }
 
     /* Don't really discard the provisional lines except when they occur
      in a run of discardables, with nonprovisionals at the beginning
      and end.  */
 
     for(f = 0; f < 2; f++)
     {
         LineRef end = filevec[f].buffered_lines;
         char *discards = discarded[f];
 
         for(i = 0; i < end; i++)
         {
             /* Cancel provisional discards not in middle of run of discards.  */
             if(discards[i] == 2)
                 discards[i] = 0;
             else if(discards[i] != 0)
             {
                 /* We have found a nonprovisional discard.  */
                 LineRef j;
                 LineRef length;
                 LineRef provisional = 0;
 
                 /* Find end of this run of discardable lines.
          Count how many are provisionally discardable.  */
                 for(j = i; j < end; j++)
                 {
                     if(discards[j] == 0)
                         break;
                     if(discards[j] == 2)
                         ++provisional;
                 }
 
                 /* Cancel provisional discards at end, and shrink the run.  */
                 while(j > i && discards[j - 1] == 2)
                     discards[--j] = 0, --provisional;
 
                 /* Now we have the length of a run of discardable lines
          whose first and last are not provisional.  */
                 length = j - i;
 
                 /* If 1/4 of the lines in the run are provisional,
          cancel discarding of all provisional lines in the run.  */
                 if(provisional * 4 > length)
                 {
                     while(j > i)
                         if(discards[--j] == 2)
                             discards[j] = 0;
                 }
                 else
                 {
                     LineRef consec;
                     LineRef minimum = 1;
                     LineRef tem = length >> 2;
 
                     /* MINIMUM is approximate square root of LENGTH/4.
              A subrun of two or more provisionals can stand
              when LENGTH is at least 16.
              A subrun of 4 or more can stand when LENGTH >= 64.  */
                     while(0 < (tem >>= 2))
                         minimum <<= 1;
                     minimum++;
 
                     /* Cancel any subrun of MINIMUM or more provisionals
              within the larger run.  */
                     for(j = 0, consec = 0; j < length; j++)
                         if(discards[i + j] != 2)
                             consec = 0;
                         else if(minimum == ++consec)
                             /* Back up to start of subrun, to cancel it all.  */
                             j -= consec;
                         else if(minimum < consec)
                             discards[i + j] = 0;
 
                     /* Scan from beginning of run
              until we find 3 or more nonprovisionals in a row
              or until the first nonprovisional at least 8 lines in.
              Until that point, cancel any provisionals.  */
                     for(j = 0, consec = 0; j < length; j++)
                     {
                         if(j >= 8 && discards[i + j] == 1)
                             break;
                         if(discards[i + j] == 2)
                             consec = 0, discards[i + j] = 0;
                         else if(discards[i + j] == 0)
                             consec = 0;
                         else
                             consec++;
                         if(consec == 3)
                             break;
                     }
 
                     /* I advances to the last line of the run.  */
                     i += length - 1;
 
                     /* Same thing, from end.  */
                     for(j = 0, consec = 0; j < length; j++)
                     {
                         if(j >= 8 && discards[i - j] == 1)
                             break;
                         if(discards[i - j] == 2)
                             consec = 0, discards[i - j] = 0;
                         else if(discards[i - j] == 0)
                             consec = 0;
                         else
                             consec++;
                         if(consec == 3)
                             break;
                     }
                 }
             }
         }
     }
 
     /* Actually discard the lines. */
     for(f = 0; f < 2; f++)
     {
         char *discards = discarded[f];
         LineRef end = filevec[f].buffered_lines;
         LineRef j = 0;
         for(i = 0; i < end; ++i)
             if(minimal || discards[i] == 0)
             {
                 filevec[f].undiscarded[j] = filevec[f].equivs[i];
                 filevec[f].realindexes[j++] = i;
             }
             else
                 filevec[f].changed[i] = true;
         filevec[f].nondiscarded_lines = j;
     }
 
     free(discarded[0]);
     free(equiv_count[0]);
 }
 
 /* Adjust inserts/deletes of identical lines to join changes
    as much as possible.
 
    We do something when a run of changed lines include a
    line at one end and have an excluded, identical line at the other.
    We are free to choose which identical line is included.
    `compareseq' usually chooses the one at the beginning,
    but usually it is cleaner to consider the following identical line
    to be the "change".  */
 
 void GnuDiff::shift_boundaries(struct file_data filevec[])
 {
     int f;
 
     for(f = 0; f < 2; f++)
     {
         bool *changed = filevec[f].changed;
         bool const *other_changed = filevec[1 - f].changed;
         LineRef const *equivs = filevec[f].equivs;
         LineRef i = 0;
         LineRef j = 0;
         LineRef i_end = filevec[f].buffered_lines;
 
         while(true)
         {
             LineRef runlength, start, corresponding;
 
             /* Scan forwards to find beginning of another run of changes.
          Also keep track of the corresponding point in the other file.  */
 
             while(i < i_end && !changed[i])
             {
                 while(other_changed[j++])
                     continue;
                 i++;
             }
 
             if(i == i_end)
                 break;
 
             start = i;
 
             /* Find the end of this run of changes.  */
 
             while(changed[++i])
                 continue;
             while(other_changed[j])
                 j++;
 
             do
             {
                 /* Record the length of this run of changes, so that
          we can later determine whether the run has grown.  */
                 runlength = i - start;
 
                 /* Move the changed region back, so long as the
          previous unchanged line matches the last changed one.
          This merges with previous changed regions.  */
 
                 while(start && equivs[start - 1] == equivs[i - 1])
                 {
                     changed[--start] = true;
                     changed[--i] = false;
                     while(changed[start - 1])
                         start--;
                     while(other_changed[--j])
                         continue;
                 }
 
                 /* Set CORRESPONDING to the end of the changed run, at the last
          point where it corresponds to a changed run in the other file.
          CORRESPONDING == I_END means no such point has been found.  */
                 corresponding = other_changed[j - 1] ? i : i_end;
 
                 /* Move the changed region forward, so long as the
          first changed line matches the following unchanged one.
          This merges with following changed regions.
          Do this second, so that if there are no merges,
          the changed region is moved forward as far as possible.  */
 
                 while(i != i_end && equivs[start] == equivs[i])
                 {
                     changed[start++] = false;
                     changed[i++] = true;
                     while(changed[i])
                         i++;
                     while(other_changed[++j])
                         corresponding = i;
                 }
             } while(runlength != i - start);
 
             /* If possible, move the fully-merged run of changes
          back to a corresponding run in the other file.  */
 
             while(corresponding < i)
             {
                 changed[--start] = true;
                 changed[--i] = false;
                 while(other_changed[--j])
                     continue;
             }
         }
     }
 }
 
 /* Cons an additional entry onto the front of an edit script OLD.
    LINE0 and LINE1 are the first affected lines in the two files (origin 0).
    DELETED is the number of lines deleted here from file 0.
    INSERTED is the number of lines inserted here in file 1.
 
    If DELETED is 0 then LINE0 is the number of the line before
    which the insertion was done; vice versa for INSERTED and LINE1.  */
 
 GnuDiff::change *GnuDiff::add_change(LineRef line0, LineRef line1, LineRef deleted, LineRef inserted, struct change *old)
 {
     struct change *newChange = (change *)xmalloc(sizeof *newChange);
 
     newChange->line0 = line0;
     newChange->line1 = line1;
     newChange->inserted = inserted;
     newChange->deleted = deleted;
     newChange->link = old;
     return newChange;
 }
 
 /* Scan the tables of which lines are inserted and deleted,
    producing an edit script in reverse order.  */
 
 GnuDiff::change *GnuDiff::build_reverse_script(struct file_data const filevec[])
 {
     struct change *script = nullptr;
     bool *changed0 = filevec[0].changed;
     bool *changed1 = filevec[1].changed;
     LineRef len0 = filevec[0].buffered_lines;
     LineRef len1 = filevec[1].buffered_lines;
 
     /* Note that changedN[len0] does exist, and is 0.  */
 
     LineRef i0 = 0, i1 = 0;
 
     while(i0 < len0 || i1 < len1)
     {
         if(changed0[i0] | changed1[i1])
         {
             LineRef line0 = i0, line1 = i1;
 
             /* Find # lines changed here in each file.  */
             while(changed0[i0]) ++i0;
             while(changed1[i1]) ++i1;
 
             /* Record this change.  */
             script = add_change(line0, line1, i0 - line0, i1 - line1, script);
         }
 
         /* We have reached lines in the two files that match each other.  */
         i0++, i1++;
     }
 
     return script;
 }
 
 /* Scan the tables of which lines are inserted and deleted,
    producing an edit script in forward order.  */
 
 GnuDiff::change *GnuDiff::build_script(struct file_data const filevec[])
 {
     struct change *script = nullptr;
     bool *changed0 = filevec[0].changed;
     bool *changed1 = filevec[1].changed;
     LineRef i0 = filevec[0].buffered_lines, i1 = filevec[1].buffered_lines;
 
     /* Note that changedN[-1] does exist, and is 0.  */
 
     while(i0 >= 0 || i1 >= 0)
     {
         if(changed0[i0 - 1] | changed1[i1 - 1])
         {
             LineRef line0 = i0, line1 = i1;
 
             /* Find # lines changed here in each file.  */
             while(changed0[i0 - 1]) --i0;
             while(changed1[i1 - 1]) --i1;
 
             /* Record this change.  */
             script = add_change(i0, i1, line0 - i0, line1 - i1, script);
         }
 
         /* We have reached lines in the two files that match each other.  */
         i0--, i1--;
     }
 
     return script;
 }
 
 /* Report the differences of two files.  */
 GnuDiff::change *GnuDiff::diff_2_files(struct comparison *cmp)
 {
     LineRef diags;
     int f;
     struct change *script;
 
     read_files(cmp->file, files_can_be_treated_as_binary);
 
     {
         /* Allocate vectors for the results of comparison:
      a flag for each line of each file, saying whether that line
      is an insertion or deletion.
      Allocate an extra element, always 0, at each end of each vector.  */
 
         size_t s = cmp->file[0].buffered_lines + cmp->file[1].buffered_lines + 4;
         bool *flag_space = (bool *)zalloc(s * sizeof(*flag_space));
         cmp->file[0].changed = flag_space + 1;
         cmp->file[1].changed = flag_space + cmp->file[0].buffered_lines + 3;
 
         /* Some lines are obviously insertions or deletions
      because they don't match anything.  Detect them now, and
      avoid even thinking about them in the main comparison algorithm.  */
 
         discard_confusing_lines(cmp->file);
 
         /* Now do the main comparison algorithm, considering just the
      undiscarded lines.  */
 
         xvec = cmp->file[0].undiscarded;
         yvec = cmp->file[1].undiscarded;
         diags = (cmp->file[0].nondiscarded_lines + cmp->file[1].nondiscarded_lines + 3);
         fdiag = (LineRef *)xmalloc(diags * (2 * sizeof *fdiag));
         bdiag = fdiag + diags;
         fdiag += cmp->file[1].nondiscarded_lines + 1;
         bdiag += cmp->file[1].nondiscarded_lines + 1;
 
         /* Set TOO_EXPENSIVE to be approximate square root of input size,
      bounded below by 256.  */
         too_expensive = 1;
         for(; diags != 0; diags >>= 2)
             too_expensive <<= 1;
         too_expensive = MAX(256, too_expensive);
 
         files[0] = cmp->file[0];
         files[1] = cmp->file[1];
 
         compareseq(0, cmp->file[0].nondiscarded_lines,
                    0, cmp->file[1].nondiscarded_lines, minimal);
 
         free(fdiag - (cmp->file[1].nondiscarded_lines + 1));
 
         /* Modify the results slightly to make them prettier
      in cases where that can validly be done.  */
 
         shift_boundaries(cmp->file);
 
         /* Get the results of comparison in the form of a chain
          of `struct change's -- an edit script.  */
 
         script = build_script(cmp->file);
 
         free(cmp->file[0].undiscarded);
 
         free(flag_space);
 
         for(f = 0; f < 2; f++)
         {
             free(cmp->file[f].equivs);
             free(cmp->file[f].linbuf + cmp->file[f].linbuf_base);
         }
     }
 
     return script;
 }
diff --git a/src/gnudiff_diff.h b/src/gnudiff_diff.h
index b0aee4e..ffb4f31 100644
--- a/src/gnudiff_diff.h
+++ b/src/gnudiff_diff.h
@@ -1,360 +1,360 @@
 /* Shared definitions for GNU DIFF
 
-   Modified for KDiff3 by Joachim Eibl 2003, 2004, 2005.
+   Modified for KDiff3 by Joachim Eibl <joachim.eibl at gmx.de> 2003, 2004, 2005.
    The original file was part of GNU DIFF.
 
    Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 2001,
    2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    GNU DIFF is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
    any later version.
 
    GNU DIFF is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; see the file COPYING.
    If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
 
 #ifndef GNUDIFF_DIFF_H
 #define GNUDIFF_DIFF_H
 
 #include "gnudiff_system.h"
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <QString>
 
 inline bool isEndOfLine( QChar c )
 {
    return c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\x0b';
 }
 
 #define TAB_WIDTH 8
 
 class GnuDiff
 {
 public:
 /* What kind of changes a hunk contains.  */
 enum changes
 {
   /* No changes: lines common to both files.  */
   UNCHANGED,
 
   /* Deletes only: lines taken from just the first file.  */
   OLD,
 
   /* Inserts only: lines taken from just the second file.  */
   NEW,
 
   /* Both deletes and inserts: a hunk containing both old and new lines.  */
   CHANGED
 };
 
 /* Variables for command line options */
 
 /* Nonzero if output cannot be generated for identical files.  */
 bool no_diff_means_no_output;
 
 /* Number of lines of context to show in each set of diffs.
    This is zero when context is not to be shown.  */
 LineRef context;
 
 /* Consider all files as text files (-a).
    Don't interpret codes over 0177 as implying a "binary file".  */
 bool text;
 
 /* The significance of white space during comparisons.  */
 enum
 {
   /* All white space is significant (the default).  */
   IGNORE_NO_WHITE_SPACE,
 
   /* Ignore changes due to tab expansion (-E).  */
   IGNORE_TAB_EXPANSION,
 
   /* Ignore changes in horizontal white space (-b).  */
   IGNORE_SPACE_CHANGE,
 
   /* Ignore all horizontal white space (-w).  */
   IGNORE_ALL_SPACE
 } ignore_white_space;
 
 /* Ignore changes that affect only blank lines (-B).  */
 bool ignore_blank_lines;
 
 /* Ignore changes that affect only numbers. (J. Eibl)  */
 bool bIgnoreNumbers;
 bool bIgnoreWhiteSpace;
 
 /* Files can be compared byte-by-byte, as if they were binary.
    This depends on various options.  */
 bool files_can_be_treated_as_binary;
 
 /* Ignore differences in case of letters (-i).  */
 bool ignore_case;
 
 /* Ignore differences in case of letters in file names.  */
 bool ignore_file_name_case;
 
 /* Regexp to identify function-header lines (-F).  */
 //struct re_pattern_buffer function_regexp;
 
 /* Ignore changes that affect only lines matching this regexp (-I).  */
 //struct re_pattern_buffer ignore_regexp;
 
 /* Say only whether files differ, not how (-q).  */
 bool brief;
 
 /* Expand tabs in the output so the text lines up properly
    despite the characters added to the front of each line (-t).  */
 bool expand_tabs;
 
 /* Use a tab in the output, rather than a space, before the text of an
    input line, so as to keep the proper alignment in the input line
    without changing the characters in it (-T).  */
 bool initial_tab;
 
 /* In directory comparison, specify file to start with (-S).
    This is used for resuming an aborted comparison.
    All file names less than this name are ignored.  */
 const QChar *starting_file;
 
 /* Pipe each file's output through pr (-l).  */
 bool paginate;
 
 /* Line group formats for unchanged, old, new, and changed groups.  */
 const QChar *group_format[CHANGED + 1];
 
 /* Line formats for unchanged, old, and new lines.  */
 const QChar *line_format[NEW + 1];
 
 /* If using OUTPUT_SDIFF print extra information to help the sdiff filter.  */
 bool sdiff_merge_assist;
 
 /* Tell OUTPUT_SDIFF to show only the left version of common lines.  */
 bool left_column;
 
 /* Tell OUTPUT_SDIFF to not show common lines.  */
 bool suppress_common_lines;
 
 /* The half line width and column 2 offset for OUTPUT_SDIFF.  */
 unsigned int sdiff_half_width;
 unsigned int sdiff_column2_offset;
 
 /* Use heuristics for better speed with large files with a small
    density of changes.  */
 bool speed_large_files;
 
 /* Patterns that match file names to be excluded.  */
 struct exclude *excluded;
 
 /* Don't discard lines.  This makes things slower (sometimes much
    slower) but will find a guaranteed minimal set of changes.  */
 bool minimal;
 
 
 /* The result of comparison is an "edit script": a chain of `struct change'.
    Each `struct change' represents one place where some lines are deleted
    and some are inserted.
 
    LINE0 and LINE1 are the first affected lines in the two files (origin 0).
    DELETED is the number of lines deleted here from file 0.
    INSERTED is the number of lines inserted here in file 1.
 
    If DELETED is 0 then LINE0 is the number of the line before
    which the insertion was done; vice versa for INSERTED and LINE1.  */
 
 struct change
 {
   struct change *link;		/* Previous or next edit command  */
   LineRef inserted;			/* # lines of file 1 changed here.  */
   LineRef deleted;			/* # lines of file 0 changed here.  */
   LineRef line0;			/* Line number of 1st deleted line.  */
   LineRef line1;			/* Line number of 1st inserted line.  */
   bool ignore;			/* Flag used in context.c.  */
 };
 
 /* Structures that describe the input files.  */
 
 /* Data on one input file being compared.  */
 
 struct file_data {
     /* Buffer in which text of file is read.  */
     const QChar* buffer;
 
     /* Allocated size of buffer, in QChars.  Always a multiple of
        sizeof *buffer.  */
     size_t bufsize;
 
     /* Number of valid bytes now in the buffer.  */
     size_t buffered;
 
     /* Array of pointers to lines in the file.  */
     const QChar **linbuf;
 
     /* linbuf_base <= buffered_lines <= valid_lines <= alloc_lines.
        linebuf[linbuf_base ... buffered_lines - 1] are possibly differing.
        linebuf[linbuf_base ... valid_lines - 1] contain valid data.
        linebuf[linbuf_base ... alloc_lines - 1] are allocated.  */
     LineRef linbuf_base, buffered_lines, valid_lines, alloc_lines;
 
     /* Pointer to end of prefix of this file to ignore when hashing.  */
     const QChar *prefix_end;
 
     /* Count of lines in the prefix.
        There are this many lines in the file before linbuf[0].  */
     LineRef prefix_lines;
 
     /* Pointer to start of suffix of this file to ignore when hashing.  */
     const QChar *suffix_begin;
 
     /* Vector, indexed by line number, containing an equivalence code for
        each line.  It is this vector that is actually compared with that
        of another file to generate differences.  */
     LineRef *equivs;
 
     /* Vector, like the previous one except that
        the elements for discarded lines have been squeezed out.  */
     LineRef *undiscarded;
 
     /* Vector mapping virtual line numbers (not counting discarded lines)
        to real ones (counting those lines).  Both are origin-0.  */
     LineRef *realindexes;
 
     /* Total number of nondiscarded lines.  */
     LineRef nondiscarded_lines;
 
     /* Vector, indexed by real origin-0 line number,
        containing TRUE for a line that is an insertion or a deletion.
        The results of comparison are stored here.  */
     bool *changed;
 
     /* 1 if at end of file.  */
     bool eof;
 
     /* 1 more than the maximum equivalence value used for this or its
        sibling file.  */
     LineRef equiv_max;
 };
 
 /* Data on two input files being compared.  */
 
 struct comparison
   {
     struct file_data file[2];
     struct comparison const *parent;  /* parent, if a recursive comparison */
   };
 
 /* Describe the two files currently being compared.  */
 
 struct file_data files[2];
 
 /* Stdio stream to output diffs to.  */
 
 FILE *outfile;
 
 /* Declare various functions.  */
 
 /* analyze.c */
 struct change* diff_2_files (struct comparison *);
 
 /* context.c */
 void print_context_header (struct file_data[], bool);
 void print_context_script (struct change *, bool);
 
 /* dir.c */
 int diff_dirs (struct comparison const *, int (*) (struct comparison const *, const QChar *, const QChar *));
 
 /* ed.c */
 void print_ed_script (struct change *);
 void pr_forward_ed_script (struct change *);
 
 /* ifdef.c */
 void print_ifdef_script (struct change *);
 
 /* io.c */
 void file_block_read (struct file_data *, size_t);
 bool read_files (struct file_data[], bool);
 
 /* normal.c */
 void print_normal_script (struct change *);
 
 /* rcs.c */
 void print_rcs_script (struct change *);
 
 /* side.c */
 void print_sdiff_script (struct change *);
 
 /* util.c */
 QChar *concat (const QChar *, const QChar *, const QChar *);
 bool lines_differ ( const QChar *, size_t, const QChar *, size_t );
 LineRef translate_line_number (struct file_data const *, LineRef);
 struct change *find_change (struct change *);
 struct change *find_reverse_change (struct change *);
 void *zalloc (size_t);
 enum changes analyze_hunk (struct change *, LineRef *, LineRef *, LineRef *, LineRef *);
 void begin_output (void);
 void debug_script (struct change *);
 void finish_output (void);
 void message (const QChar *, const QChar *, const QChar *);
 void message5 (const QChar *, const QChar *, const QChar *, const QChar *, const QChar *);
 void output_1_line (const QChar *, const QChar *, const QChar *, const QChar *);
 void perror_with_name (const QChar *);
 void setup_output (const QChar *, const QChar *, bool);
 void translate_range (struct file_data const *, LineRef, LineRef, long *, long *);
 
 /* version.c */
 //extern const QChar version_string[];
 
 private:
    // gnudiff_analyze.cpp
    LineRef diag (LineRef xoff, LineRef xlim, LineRef yoff, LineRef ylim, bool find_minimal, struct partition *part);
    void compareseq (LineRef xoff, LineRef xlim, LineRef yoff, LineRef ylim, bool find_minimal);
    void discard_confusing_lines (struct file_data filevec[]);
    void shift_boundaries (struct file_data filevec[]);
    struct change * add_change (LineRef line0, LineRef line1, LineRef deleted, LineRef inserted, struct change *old);
    struct change * build_reverse_script (struct file_data const filevec[]);
    struct change* build_script (struct file_data const filevec[]);
 
    // gnudiff_io.cpp
    void find_and_hash_each_line (struct file_data *current);
    void find_identical_ends (struct file_data filevec[]);
 
    // gnudiff_xmalloc.cpp
    void *xmalloc (size_t n);
    void *xrealloc(void *p, size_t n);
    void xalloc_die (void);
 
    inline bool isWhite( QChar c )
    {
       return c==' ' || c=='\t' ||  c=='\r';
    }
 }; // class GnuDiff
 
 # define XMALLOC(Type, N_items) ((Type *) xmalloc (sizeof (Type) * (N_items)))
 # define XREALLOC(Ptr, Type, N_items) \
   ((Type *) xrealloc ((void *) (Ptr), sizeof (Type) * (N_items)))
 
 /* Declare and alloc memory for VAR of type TYPE. */
 # define NEW(Type, Var)  Type *(Var) = XMALLOC (Type, 1)
 
 /* Free VAR only if non NULL. */
 # define XFREE(Var)	\
    do {                 \
       if (Var)          \
         free (Var);     \
    } while (0)
 
 /* Return a pointer to a malloc'ed copy of the array SRC of NUM elements. */
 # define CCLONE(Src, Num) \
   (memcpy (xmalloc (sizeof (*Src) * (Num)), (Src), sizeof (*Src) * (Num)))
 
 /* Return a malloc'ed copy of SRC. */
 # define CLONE(Src) CCLONE (Src, 1)
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/gnudiff_io.cpp b/src/gnudiff_io.cpp
index 121977f..65aa65a 100644
--- a/src/gnudiff_io.cpp
+++ b/src/gnudiff_io.cpp
@@ -1,545 +1,545 @@
 /* File I/O for GNU DIFF.
 
-   Modified for KDiff3 by Joachim Eibl 2003, 2004, 2005.
+   Modified for KDiff3 by Joachim Eibl <joachim.eibl at gmx.de> 2003, 2004, 2005.
    The original file was part of GNU DIFF.
 
    Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 2001, 2002
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    GNU DIFF is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
    any later version.
 
    GNU DIFF is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; see the file COPYING.
    If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
 
 #include "gnudiff_diff.h"
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 /* Rotate an unsigned value to the left.  */
 #define ROL(v, n) ((v) << (n) | (v) >> (sizeof(v) * CHAR_BIT - (n)))
 
 /* Given a hash value and a new character, return a new hash value.  */
 #define HASH(h, c) ((c) + ROL(h, 7))
 
 /* The type of a hash value.  */
 typedef size_t hash_value;
 verify(hash_value_is_unsigned, !TYPE_SIGNED(hash_value));
 
 /* Lines are put into equivalence classes of lines that match in lines_differ.
    Each equivalence class is represented by one of these structures,
    but only while the classes are being computed.
    Afterward, each class is represented by a number.  */
 struct equivclass {
     LineRef next;          /* Next item in this bucket.  */
     hash_value hash;   /* Hash of lines in this class.  */
     const QChar *line; /* A line that fits this class.  */
     size_t length;     /* That line's length, not counting its newline.  */
 };
 
 /* Hash-table: array of buckets, each being a chain of equivalence classes.
    buckets[-1] is reserved for incomplete lines.  */
 static LineRef *buckets;
 
 /* Number of buckets in the hash table array, not counting buckets[-1].  */
 static size_t nbuckets;
 
 /* Array in which the equivalence classes are allocated.
    The bucket-chains go through the elements in this array.
    The number of an equivalence class is its index in this array.  */
 static struct equivclass *equivs;
 
 /* Index of first free element in the array `equivs'.  */
 static LineRef equivs_index;
 
 /* Number of elements allocated in the array `equivs'.  */
 static LineRef equivs_alloc;
 
 /* Check for binary files and compare them for exact identity.  */
 
 /* Return 1 if BUF contains a non text character.
    SIZE is the number of characters in BUF.  */
 
 #define binary_file_p(buf, size) (memchr(buf, 0, size) != 0)
 
 /* Compare two lines (typically one from each input file)
    according to the command line options.
    For efficiency, this is invoked only when the lines do not match exactly
    but an option like -i might cause us to ignore the difference.
    Return nonzero if the lines differ.  */
 
 bool GnuDiff::lines_differ(const QChar *s1, size_t len1, const QChar *s2, size_t len2)
 {
     const QChar *t1 = s1;
     const QChar *t2 = s2;
     const QChar *s1end = s1 + len1;
     const QChar *s2end = s2 + len2;
 
     for(;; ++t1, ++t2)
     {
         /* Test for exact char equality first, since it's a common case.  */
         if(t1 != s1end && t2 != s2end && *t1 == *t2)
             continue;
         else
         {
             while(t1 != s1end &&
                   ((bIgnoreWhiteSpace && isWhite(*t1)) ||
                    (bIgnoreNumbers && (t1->isDigit() || *t1 == '-' || *t1 == '.'))))
             {
                 ++t1;
             }
 
             while(t2 != s2end &&
                   ((bIgnoreWhiteSpace && isWhite(*t2)) ||
                    (bIgnoreNumbers && (t2->isDigit() || *t2 == '-' || *t2 == '.'))))
             {
                 ++t2;
             }
 
             if(t1 != s1end && t2 != s2end)
             {
                 if(ignore_case)
                 { /* Lowercase comparison. */
                     if(t1->toLower() == t2->toLower())
                         continue;
                 }
                 else if(*t1 == *t2)
                     continue;
                 else
                     return true;
             }
             else if(t1 == s1end && t2 == s2end)
                 return false;
             else
                 return true;
         }
     }
     return false;
 }
 
 /* Split the file into lines, simultaneously computing the equivalence
    class for each line.  */
 
 void GnuDiff::find_and_hash_each_line(struct file_data *current)
 {
     hash_value h;
     const QChar *p = current->prefix_end;
     QChar c;
     LineRef i, *bucket;
     size_t length;
 
     /* Cache often-used quantities in local variables to help the compiler.  */
     const QChar **linbuf = current->linbuf;
     LineRef alloc_lines = current->alloc_lines;
     LineRef line = 0;
     LineRef linbuf_base = current->linbuf_base;
     LineRef *cureqs = (LineRef *)xmalloc(alloc_lines * sizeof *cureqs);
     struct equivclass *eqs = equivs;
     LineRef eqs_index = equivs_index;
     LineRef eqs_alloc = equivs_alloc;
     const QChar *suffix_begin = current->suffix_begin;
     const QChar *bufend = current->buffer + current->buffered;
     bool diff_length_compare_anyway =
         ignore_white_space != IGNORE_NO_WHITE_SPACE || bIgnoreNumbers;
     bool same_length_diff_contents_compare_anyway =
         diff_length_compare_anyway | ignore_case;
 
     while(p < suffix_begin)
     {
         const QChar *ip = p;
 
         h = 0;
 
         /* Hash this line until we find a newline or bufend is reached.  */
         if(ignore_case)
             switch(ignore_white_space)
             {
             case IGNORE_ALL_SPACE:
                 while(p < bufend && !isEndOfLine(c = *p))
                 {
                     if(!(isWhite(c) || (bIgnoreNumbers && (c.isDigit() || c == '-' || c == '.'))))
                         h = HASH(h, c.toLower().unicode());
                     ++p;
                 }
                 break;
 
             default:
                 while(p < bufend && !isEndOfLine(c = *p))
                 {
                     h = HASH(h, c.toLower().unicode());
                     ++p;
                 }
                 break;
             }
         else
             switch(ignore_white_space)
             {
             case IGNORE_ALL_SPACE:
                 while(p < bufend && !isEndOfLine(c = *p))
                 {
                     if(!(isWhite(c) || (bIgnoreNumbers && (c.isDigit() || c == '-' || c == '.'))))
                         h = HASH(h, c.unicode());
                     ++p;
                 }
                 break;
 
             default:
                 while(p < bufend && !isEndOfLine(c = *p))
                 {
                     h = HASH(h, c.unicode());
                     ++p;
                 }
                 break;
             }
 
         bucket = &buckets[h % nbuckets];
         length = p - ip;
         ++p;
 
         for(i = *bucket;; i = eqs[i].next)
             if(!i)
             {
                 /* Create a new equivalence class in this bucket.  */
                 i = eqs_index++;
                 if(i == eqs_alloc)
                 {
                     if((LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / (2 * sizeof *eqs)) <= eqs_alloc)
                         xalloc_die();
                     eqs_alloc *= 2;
                     eqs = (equivclass *)xrealloc(eqs, eqs_alloc * sizeof *eqs);
                 }
                 eqs[i].next = *bucket;
                 eqs[i].hash = h;
                 eqs[i].line = ip;
                 eqs[i].length = length;
                 *bucket = i;
                 break;
             }
             else if(eqs[i].hash == h)
             {
                 const QChar *eqline = eqs[i].line;
 
                 /* Reuse existing class if lines_differ reports the lines
                equal.  */
                 if(eqs[i].length == length)
                 {
                     /* Reuse existing equivalence class if the lines are identical.
            This detects the common case of exact identity
            faster than lines_differ would.  */
                     if(memcmp(eqline, ip, length * sizeof(QChar)) == 0)
                         break;
                     if(!same_length_diff_contents_compare_anyway)
                         continue;
                 }
                 else if(!diff_length_compare_anyway)
                     continue;
 
                 if(!lines_differ(eqline, eqs[i].length, ip, length))
                     break;
             }
 
         /* Maybe increase the size of the line table.  */
         if(line == alloc_lines)
         {
             /* Double (alloc_lines - linbuf_base) by adding to alloc_lines.  */
             if((LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / 3) <= alloc_lines || (LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / sizeof *cureqs) <= 2 * alloc_lines - linbuf_base || (LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / sizeof *linbuf) <= alloc_lines - linbuf_base)
                 xalloc_die();
             alloc_lines = 2 * alloc_lines - linbuf_base;
             cureqs = (LineRef *)xrealloc(cureqs, alloc_lines * sizeof *cureqs);
             linbuf += linbuf_base;
             linbuf = (const QChar **)xrealloc(linbuf,
                                               (alloc_lines - linbuf_base) * sizeof *linbuf);
             linbuf -= linbuf_base;
         }
         linbuf[line] = ip;
         cureqs[line] = i;
         ++line;
     }
 
     current->buffered_lines = line;
 
     for(i = 0;; i++)
     {
         /* Record the line start for lines in the suffix that we care about.
      Record one more line start than lines,
      so that we can compute the length of any buffered line.  */
         if(line == alloc_lines)
         {
             /* Double (alloc_lines - linbuf_base) by adding to alloc_lines.  */
             if((LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / 3) <= alloc_lines || (LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / sizeof *cureqs) <= 2 * alloc_lines - linbuf_base || (LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / sizeof *linbuf) <= alloc_lines - linbuf_base)
                 xalloc_die();
             alloc_lines = 2 * alloc_lines - linbuf_base;
             linbuf += linbuf_base;
             linbuf = (const QChar **)xrealloc(linbuf,
                                               (alloc_lines - linbuf_base) * sizeof *linbuf);
             linbuf -= linbuf_base;
         }
         linbuf[line] = p;
 
         if(p >= bufend)
             break;
 
         if(context <= i && no_diff_means_no_output)
             break;
 
         line++;
 
         while(p < bufend && !isEndOfLine(*p++))
             continue;
     }
 
     /* Done with cache in local variables.  */
     current->linbuf = linbuf;
     current->valid_lines = line;
     current->alloc_lines = alloc_lines;
     current->equivs = cureqs;
     equivs = eqs;
     equivs_alloc = eqs_alloc;
     equivs_index = eqs_index;
 }
 
 /* We have found N lines in a buffer of size S; guess the
    proportionate number of lines that will be found in a buffer of
    size T.  However, do not guess a number of lines so large that the
    resulting line table might cause overflow in size calculations.  */
 static LineRef
 guess_lines(LineRef n, size_t s, size_t t)
 {
     size_t guessed_bytes_per_line = n < 10 ? 32 : s / (n - 1);
     size_t guessed_lines = MAX((LineRef)1, t / guessed_bytes_per_line);
     return (LineRef)MIN(guessed_lines, (LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / (2 * sizeof(QChar *) + 1) - 5)) + 5;
 }
 
 /* Given a vector of two file_data objects, find the identical
    prefixes and suffixes of each object.  */
 
 void GnuDiff::find_identical_ends(struct file_data filevec[])
 {
     /* Find identical prefix.  */
     const QChar *p0, *p1, *buffer0, *buffer1;
     p0 = buffer0 = filevec[0].buffer;
     p1 = buffer1 = filevec[1].buffer;
     size_t n0, n1;
     n0 = filevec[0].buffered;
     n1 = filevec[1].buffered;
     const QChar *const pEnd0 = p0 + n0;
     const QChar *const pEnd1 = p1 + n1;
 
     if(p0 == p1)
         /* The buffers are the same; sentinels won't work.  */
         p0 = p1 += n1;
     else
     {
         /* Loop until first mismatch, or end. */
         while(p0 != pEnd0 && p1 != pEnd1 && *p0 == *p1)
         {
             p0++;
             p1++;
         }
     }
 
     /* Now P0 and P1 point at the first nonmatching characters.  */
 
     /* Skip back to last line-beginning in the prefix. */
     while(p0 != buffer0 && !isEndOfLine(p0[-1]))
         p0--, p1--;
 
     /* Record the prefix.  */
     filevec[0].prefix_end = p0;
     filevec[1].prefix_end = p1;
 
     /* Find identical suffix.  */
 
     /* P0 and P1 point beyond the last chars not yet compared.  */
     p0 = buffer0 + n0;
     p1 = buffer1 + n1;
 
     const QChar *end0, *beg0;
     end0 = p0; /* Addr of last char in file 0.  */
 
     /* Get value of P0 at which we should stop scanning backward:
       this is when either P0 or P1 points just past the last char
       of the identical prefix.  */
     beg0 = filevec[0].prefix_end + (n0 < n1 ? 0 : n0 - n1);
 
     /* Scan back until chars don't match or we reach that point.  */
     for(; p0 != beg0; p0--, p1--)
     {
         if(*p0 != *p1)
         {
             /* Point at the first char of the matching suffix.  */
             beg0 = p0;
             break;
         }
     }
 
     // Go to the next line (skip last line with a difference)
     if(p0 != end0)
     {
         if(*p0 != *p1)
             ++p0;
         while(p0 < pEnd0 && !isEndOfLine(*p0++))
             continue;
     }
 
     p1 += p0 - beg0;
 
     /* Record the suffix.  */
     filevec[0].suffix_begin = p0;
     filevec[1].suffix_begin = p1;
 
     /* Calculate number of lines of prefix to save.
 
      prefix_count == 0 means save the whole prefix;
      we need this for options like -D that output the whole file,
      or for enormous contexts (to avoid worrying about arithmetic overflow).
      We also need it for options like -F that output some preceding line;
      at least we will need to find the last few lines,
      but since we don't know how many, it's easiest to find them all.
 
      Otherwise, prefix_count != 0.  Save just prefix_count lines at start
      of the line buffer; they'll be moved to the proper location later.
      Handle 1 more line than the context says (because we count 1 too many),
      rounded up to the next power of 2 to speed index computation.  */
 
     const QChar **linbuf0, **linbuf1;
     LineRef alloc_lines0, alloc_lines1;
     LineRef buffered_prefix, prefix_count, prefix_mask;
     LineRef middle_guess, suffix_guess;
     if(no_diff_means_no_output && context < (LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / 4) && context < (LineRef)(n0))
     {
         middle_guess = guess_lines(0, 0, p0 - filevec[0].prefix_end);
         suffix_guess = guess_lines(0, 0, buffer0 + n0 - p0);
         for(prefix_count = 1; prefix_count <= context; prefix_count *= 2)
             continue;
         alloc_lines0 = (prefix_count + middle_guess + MIN(context, suffix_guess));
     }
     else
     {
         prefix_count = 0;
         alloc_lines0 = guess_lines(0, 0, n0);
     }
 
     prefix_mask = prefix_count - 1;
     LineRef lines = 0;
     linbuf0 = (const QChar **)xmalloc(alloc_lines0 * sizeof(*linbuf0));
     p0 = buffer0;
 
     /* If the prefix is needed, find the prefix lines.  */
     if(!(no_diff_means_no_output && filevec[0].prefix_end == p0 && filevec[1].prefix_end == p1))
     {
         end0 = filevec[0].prefix_end;
         while(p0 != end0)
         {
             LineRef l = lines++ & prefix_mask;
             if(l == alloc_lines0)
             {
                 if((LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / (2 * sizeof *linbuf0)) <= alloc_lines0)
                     xalloc_die();
                 alloc_lines0 *= 2;
                 linbuf0 = (const QChar **)xrealloc(linbuf0, alloc_lines0 * sizeof(*linbuf0));
             }
             linbuf0[l] = p0;
             while(p0 < pEnd0 && !isEndOfLine(*p0++))
                 continue;
         }
     }
     buffered_prefix = prefix_count && context < lines ? context : lines;
 
     /* Allocate line buffer 1.  */
 
     middle_guess = guess_lines(lines, p0 - buffer0, p1 - filevec[1].prefix_end);
     suffix_guess = guess_lines(lines, p0 - buffer0, buffer1 + n1 - p1);
     alloc_lines1 = buffered_prefix + middle_guess + MIN(context, suffix_guess);
     if(alloc_lines1 < buffered_prefix || (LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / sizeof *linbuf1) <= alloc_lines1)
         xalloc_die();
     linbuf1 = (const QChar **)xmalloc(alloc_lines1 * sizeof(*linbuf1));
 
     LineRef i;
     if(buffered_prefix != lines)
     {
         /* Rotate prefix lines to proper location.  */
         for(i = 0; i < buffered_prefix; i++)
             linbuf1[i] = linbuf0[(lines - context + i) & prefix_mask];
         for(i = 0; i < buffered_prefix; i++)
             linbuf0[i] = linbuf1[i];
     }
 
     /* Initialize line buffer 1 from line buffer 0.  */
     for(i = 0; i < buffered_prefix; i++)
         linbuf1[i] = linbuf0[i] - buffer0 + buffer1;
 
     /* Record the line buffer, adjusted so that
      linbuf[0] points at the first differing line.  */
     filevec[0].linbuf = linbuf0 + buffered_prefix;
     filevec[1].linbuf = linbuf1 + buffered_prefix;
     filevec[0].linbuf_base = filevec[1].linbuf_base = -buffered_prefix;
     filevec[0].alloc_lines = alloc_lines0 - buffered_prefix;
     filevec[1].alloc_lines = alloc_lines1 - buffered_prefix;
     filevec[0].prefix_lines = filevec[1].prefix_lines = lines;
 }
 
 /* If 1 < k, then (2**k - prime_offset[k]) is the largest prime less
    than 2**k.  This table is derived from Chris K. Caldwell's list
    <http://www.utm.edu/research/primes/lists/2small/>.  */
 
 static unsigned char const prime_offset[] =
     {
         0, 0, 1, 1, 3, 1, 3, 1, 5, 3, 3, 9, 3, 1, 3, 19, 15, 1, 5, 1, 3, 9, 3,
         15, 3, 39, 5, 39, 57, 3, 35, 1, 5, 9, 41, 31, 5, 25, 45, 7, 87, 21,
         11, 57, 17, 55, 21, 115, 59, 81, 27, 129, 47, 111, 33, 55, 5, 13, 27,
         55, 93, 1, 57, 25};
 
 /* Verify that this host's size_t is not too wide for the above table.  */
 
 verify(enough_prime_offsets,
        sizeof(size_t) * CHAR_BIT <= sizeof prime_offset);
 
 /* Given a vector of two file_data objects, read the file associated
    with each one, and build the table of equivalence classes.
    Return nonzero if either file appears to be a binary file.
    If PRETEND_BINARY is nonzero, pretend they are binary regardless.  */
 
 bool GnuDiff::read_files(struct file_data filevec[], bool /*pretend_binary*/)
 {
     LineRef i;
 
     find_identical_ends(filevec);
 
     equivs_alloc = filevec[0].alloc_lines + filevec[1].alloc_lines + 1;
     if((LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / sizeof *equivs) <= equivs_alloc)
         xalloc_die();
     equivs = (equivclass *)xmalloc(equivs_alloc * sizeof *equivs);
     /* Equivalence class 0 is permanently safe for lines that were not
      hashed.  Real equivalence classes start at 1.  */
     equivs_index = 1;
 
     /* Allocate (one plus) a prime number of hash buckets.  Use a prime
      number between 1/3 and 2/3 of the value of equiv_allocs,
      approximately.  */
     for(i = 9; ((LineRef)1 << i) < equivs_alloc / 3; i++)
         continue;
     nbuckets = ((LineRef)1 << i) - prime_offset[i];
     if(LINEREF_MAX / sizeof *buckets <= nbuckets)
         xalloc_die();
     buckets = (LineRef *)zalloc((nbuckets + 1) * sizeof *buckets);
     buckets++;
 
     for(i = 0; i < 2; i++)
         find_and_hash_each_line(&filevec[i]);
 
     filevec[0].equiv_max = filevec[1].equiv_max = equivs_index;
 
     free(equivs);
     free(buckets - 1);
 
     return false;
 }
diff --git a/src/gnudiff_system.h b/src/gnudiff_system.h
index 5cb1f67..706b2bd 100644
--- a/src/gnudiff_system.h
+++ b/src/gnudiff_system.h
@@ -1,66 +1,66 @@
 /* System dependent declarations.
 
-   Modified for KDiff3 by Joachim Eibl 2003.
+   Modified for KDiff3 by Joachim Eibl <joachim.eibl at gmx.de> 2003.
    The original file was part of GNU DIFF.
 
    Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 2001, 2002
    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    GNU DIFF is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
    any later version.
 
    GNU DIFF is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; see the file COPYING.
    If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
 
 #ifndef GNUDIFF_SYSTEM_H
 #define GNUDIFF_SYSTEM_H
 
 #include <QtGlobal>
 
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <limits.h>
 #include <stddef.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 
 /* Determine whether an integer type is signed, and its bounds.
    This code assumes two's (or one's!) complement with no holes.  */
 
 /* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs,
    e.g. Cray C 5.0.3.0 when t == time_t.  */
 #ifndef TYPE_SIGNED
 # define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
 #endif
 /* Verify a requirement at compile-time (unlike assert, which is runtime).  */
 #define verify(name, assertion) struct name { char a[(assertion) ? 1 : -1]; }
 
 #ifndef MIN
 #define MIN(a, b) ((a) <= (b) ? (a) : (b))
 #endif
 #ifndef MAX
 #define MAX(a, b) ((a) >= (b) ? (a) : (b))
 #endif
 
 
 /* The integer type of a line number. */
 
 typedef int LineRef;
 #define LINEREF_MAX INT_MAX
 
 verify(lin_is_signed, TYPE_SIGNED(LineRef));
 //verify(lin_is_wide_enough, sizeof(int) <= sizeof(LineRef));
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/kdiff3.cpp b/src/kdiff3.cpp
index 4345960..5578490 100644
--- a/src/kdiff3.cpp
+++ b/src/kdiff3.cpp
@@ -1,1085 +1,1086 @@
 /***************************************************************************
  *   Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl <joachim.eibl at gmx.de>      *
  *   Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com                 *
  *                                                                         *
  *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
  *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
  *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
  *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
  *                                                                         *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
 #include "difftextwindow.h"
 #include "mergeresultwindow.h"
 
 #include <cassert>
 
 // include files for QT
 #include <QClipboard>
 #include <QCheckBox>
 #include <QCommandLineParser>
 #include <QDesktopWidget>
 #include <QDir>
 #include <QFileDialog>
 #include <QLabel>
 #include <QLayout>
 #include <QLineEdit>
 #include <QMenu>
 #include <QMenuBar>
 #include <QPaintDevice>
 #include <QPainter>
 #include <QPrintDialog>
 #include <QPrinter>
 #include <QPushButton>
 #include <QSplitter>
 #include <QStatusBar>
 #include <QTextEdit>
 // include files for KDE
 #include <KConfig>
 #include <KLocalizedString>
 #include <KMessageBox>
 #include <KStandardAction>
 //#include <kkeydialog.h>
 #include <KActionCollection>
 #include <KIconLoader>
 #include <KToggleAction>
 #include <KToolBar>
 
 // application specific includes
 #include "directorymergewindow.h"
 #include "fileaccess.h"
 #include "guiutils.h" // namespace KDiff3
 #include "kdiff3.h"
 #include "kdiff3_part.h"
 #include "kdiff3_shell.h"
 #include "optiondialog.h"
 #include "progress.h"
 #include "smalldialogs.h"
 
 #define ID_STATUS_MSG 1
 #define MAIN_TOOLBAR_NAME QLatin1String("mainToolBar")
 
 KActionCollection* KDiff3App::actionCollection()
 {
     if(m_pKDiff3Shell == nullptr)
         return m_pKDiff3Part->actionCollection();
     else
         return m_pKDiff3Shell->actionCollection();
 }
 
 QStatusBar* KDiff3App::statusBar()
 {
     if(m_pKDiff3Shell == nullptr)
         return nullptr;
     else
         return m_pKDiff3Shell->statusBar();
 }
 
 KToolBar* KDiff3App::toolBar(const QLatin1String toolBarId)
 {
     if(m_pKDiff3Shell == nullptr)
         return nullptr;
     else
         return m_pKDiff3Shell->toolBar(toolBarId);
 }
 
 bool KDiff3App::isPart()
 {
     return m_pKDiff3Shell == nullptr;
 }
 
 bool KDiff3App::isFileSaved()
 {
     return m_bFileSaved;
 }
 
 bool KDiff3App::isDirComparison()
 {
     return m_bDirCompare;
 }
 
 KDiff3App::KDiff3App(QWidget* pParent, const QString /*name*/, KDiff3Part* pKDiff3Part)
     : QSplitter(pParent) //previously KMainWindow
 {
     setObjectName("KDiff3App");
     m_pKDiff3Part = pKDiff3Part;
     m_pKDiff3Shell = qobject_cast<KParts::MainWindow*>(pParent);
 
     setWindowTitle("KDiff3");
     setOpaqueResize(false); // faster resizing
     setUpdatesEnabled(false);
 
     // set Disabled to same color as enabled to prevent flicker in DirectoryMergeWindow
     QPalette pal;
     pal.setBrush(QPalette::Base, pal.brush(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Base));
     pal.setColor(QPalette::Text, pal.color(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Text));
     setPalette(pal);
 
     m_pMainSplitter = nullptr;
     m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter = nullptr;
     m_pDirectoryMergeWindow = nullptr;
     m_pCornerWidget = nullptr;
     m_pMainWidget = nullptr;
     m_pDiffTextWindow1 = nullptr;
     m_pDiffTextWindow2 = nullptr;
     m_pDiffTextWindow3 = nullptr;
     m_pDiffTextWindowFrame1 = nullptr;
     m_pDiffTextWindowFrame2 = nullptr;
     m_pDiffTextWindowFrame3 = nullptr;
     m_pDiffWindowSplitter = nullptr;
     m_pOverview = nullptr;
     m_bTripleDiff = false;
     m_pMergeResultWindow = nullptr;
     m_pMergeWindowFrame = nullptr;
     m_bOutputModified = false;
     m_bFileSaved = false;
     m_bTimerBlock = false;
     m_pHScrollBar = nullptr;
     m_pDiffVScrollBar = nullptr;
     m_pMergeVScrollBar = nullptr;
     viewToolBar = nullptr;
     m_bRecalcWordWrapPosted = false;
     m_bFinishMainInit = false;
     m_pEventLoopForPrinting = nullptr;
     m_bLoadFiles = false;
 
     // Needed before any file operations via FileAccess happen.
     if(!g_pProgressDialog)
     {
         g_pProgressDialog = new ProgressDialog(this, statusBar());
         g_pProgressDialog->setStayHidden(true);
     }
 
     // All default values must be set before calling readOptions().
     m_pOptionDialog = new OptionDialog(m_pKDiff3Shell != nullptr, this);
     connect(m_pOptionDialog, &OptionDialog::applyDone, this, &KDiff3App::slotRefresh);
 
     // This is just a convenience variable to make code that accesses options more readable
     m_pOptions = &m_pOptionDialog->m_options;
 
     m_pOptionDialog->readOptions(KSharedConfig::openConfig());
 
     // Option handling: Only when pParent==0 (no parent)
     int argCount = KDiff3Shell::getParser()->optionNames().count() + KDiff3Shell::getParser()->positionalArguments().count();
     bool hasArgs = !isPart() && argCount > 0;
     if(hasArgs) {
         QString s;
         QString title;
         if(KDiff3Shell::getParser()->isSet("confighelp"))
         {
             s = m_pOptionDialog->calcOptionHelp();
             title = i18n("Current Configuration:");
         }
         else
         {
             s = m_pOptionDialog->parseOptions(KDiff3Shell::getParser()->values("cs"));
             title = i18n("Config Option Error:");
         }
         if(!s.isEmpty())
         {
             //KMessageBox::information(0, s,i18n("KDiff3-Usage"));
             QDialog* pDialog = new QDialog(this);
             pDialog->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose);
             pDialog->setModal(true);
             pDialog->setWindowTitle(title);
             QVBoxLayout* pVBoxLayout = new QVBoxLayout(pDialog);
             QTextEdit* pTextEdit = new QTextEdit(pDialog);
             pTextEdit->setText(s);
             pTextEdit->setReadOnly(true);
             pTextEdit->setWordWrapMode(QTextOption::NoWrap);
             pVBoxLayout->addWidget(pTextEdit);
             pDialog->resize(600, 400);
             pDialog->exec();
 #if !defined(Q_OS_WIN) 
             // A windows program has no console
             printf("%s\n", title.toLatin1().constData());
             printf("%s\n", s.toLatin1().constData());
 #endif
             exit(1);
         }
     }
 
     m_sd1.setOptions(m_pOptions);
     m_sd2.setOptions(m_pOptions);
     m_sd3.setOptions(m_pOptions);
 
     m_bAutoFlag = false; //disable --auto option git hard codes this unwanted flag.
     m_bAutoMode = m_bAutoFlag || m_pOptions->m_bAutoSaveAndQuitOnMergeWithoutConflicts;
     if(hasArgs) {
         m_outputFilename = KDiff3Shell::getParser()->value("output");
 
         if(m_outputFilename.isEmpty())
             m_outputFilename = KDiff3Shell::getParser()->value("out");
 
         if(!m_outputFilename.isEmpty())
             m_outputFilename = FileAccess(m_outputFilename, true).absoluteFilePath();
 
         if(m_bAutoMode && m_outputFilename.isEmpty())
         {
             if(m_bAutoFlag)
             {
                 //KMessageBox::information(this, i18n("Option --auto used, but no output file specified."));
                 fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", (const char*)i18n("Option --auto used, but no output file specified.").toLatin1());
             }
             m_bAutoMode = false;
         }
 
         if(m_outputFilename.isEmpty() && KDiff3Shell::getParser()->isSet("merge"))
         {
             m_outputFilename = "unnamed.txt";
             m_bDefaultFilename = true;
         }
         else
         {
             m_bDefaultFilename = false;
         }
 
         g_bAutoSolve = !KDiff3Shell::getParser()->isSet("qall"); // Note that this is effective only once.
         QStringList args = KDiff3Shell::getParser()->positionalArguments();
 
         m_sd1.setFilename(KDiff3Shell::getParser()->value("base"));
         if(m_sd1.isEmpty()) {
             if(args.count() > 0) m_sd1.setFilename(args[0]); // args->arg(0)
             if(args.count() > 1) m_sd2.setFilename(args[1]);
             if(args.count() > 2) m_sd3.setFilename(args[2]);
         }
         else
         {
             if(args.count() > 0) m_sd2.setFilename(args[0]);
             if(args.count() > 1) m_sd3.setFilename(args[1]);
         }
         //never properly defined and redundant
         QStringList aliasList; //KDiff3Shell::getParser()->values( "fname" );
         QStringList::Iterator ali = aliasList.begin();
 
         QString an1 = KDiff3Shell::getParser()->value("L1");
         if(!an1.isEmpty()) {
             m_sd1.setAliasName(an1);
         }
         else if(ali != aliasList.end())
         {
             m_sd1.setAliasName(*ali);
             ++ali;
         }
 
         QString an2 = KDiff3Shell::getParser()->value("L2");
         if(!an2.isEmpty()) {
             m_sd2.setAliasName(an2);
         }
         else if(ali != aliasList.end())
         {
             m_sd2.setAliasName(*ali);
             ++ali;
         }
 
         QString an3 = KDiff3Shell::getParser()->value("L3");
         if(!an3.isEmpty()) {
             m_sd3.setAliasName(an3);
         }
         else if(ali != aliasList.end())
         {
             m_sd3.setAliasName(*ali);
             ++ali;
         }
     }
     else
     {
         m_bDefaultFilename = false;
         g_bAutoSolve = false;
     }
     g_pProgressDialog->setStayHidden(m_bAutoMode);
 
     ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
     // call inits to invoke all other construction parts
     initActions(actionCollection());
     initStatusBar();
 
     m_pFindDialog = new FindDialog(this);
     connect(m_pFindDialog, &FindDialog::findNext, this, &KDiff3App::slotEditFindNext);
 
     autoAdvance->setChecked(m_pOptions->m_bAutoAdvance);
     showWhiteSpaceCharacters->setChecked(m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpaceCharacters);
     showWhiteSpace->setChecked(m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace);
     showWhiteSpaceCharacters->setEnabled(m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace);
     showLineNumbers->setChecked(m_pOptions->m_bShowLineNumbers);
     wordWrap->setChecked(m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap);
     if(!isPart())
     {
         viewStatusBar->setChecked(m_pOptions->m_bShowStatusBar);
         slotViewStatusBar();
         
         KToolBar *mainToolBar = toolBar(MAIN_TOOLBAR_NAME);
         if(mainToolBar != nullptr){
             mainToolBar->mainWindow()->addToolBar(m_pOptions->m_toolBarPos, mainToolBar);
         }
         //   TODO restore window size/pos?
         /*      QSize size = m_pOptions->m_geometry;
               QPoint pos = m_pOptions->m_position;
               if(!size.isEmpty())
               {
                  m_pKDiff3Shell->resize( size );
                  QRect visibleRect = QRect( pos, size ) & QApplication::desktop()->rect();
                  if ( visibleRect.width()>100 && visibleRect.height()>100 )
                     m_pKDiff3Shell->move( pos );
               }*/
     }
     slotRefresh();
 
     m_pMainSplitter = this;
     m_pMainSplitter->setOrientation(Qt::Vertical);
     //   setCentralWidget( m_pMainSplitter );
     m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter = new QSplitter(m_pMainSplitter);
     m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->setObjectName("DirectoryMergeSplitter");
     m_pMainSplitter->addWidget(m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter);
     m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->setOrientation(Qt::Horizontal);
     m_pDirectoryMergeWindow = new DirectoryMergeWindow(m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter, m_pOptions,
                                                        KIconLoader::global());
     m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->addWidget(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow);
     m_pDirectoryMergeInfo = new DirectoryMergeInfo(m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter);
     m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->setDirectoryMergeInfo(m_pDirectoryMergeInfo);
     m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->addWidget(m_pDirectoryMergeInfo);
 
     connect(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow, &DirectoryMergeWindow::startDiffMerge, this, &KDiff3App::slotFileOpen2);
     connect(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->selectionModel(), &QItemSelectionModel::selectionChanged, this, &KDiff3App::slotUpdateAvailabilities);
     connect(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->selectionModel(), &QItemSelectionModel::currentChanged, this, &KDiff3App::slotUpdateAvailabilities);
     connect(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow, &DirectoryMergeWindow::checkIfCanContinue, this, &KDiff3App::slotCheckIfCanContinue);
     connect(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow, SIGNAL(updateAvailabilities()), this, SLOT(slotUpdateAvailabilities()));
     connect(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow, &DirectoryMergeWindow::statusBarMessage, this, &KDiff3App::slotStatusMsg);
     connect(QApplication::clipboard(), &QClipboard::dataChanged, this, &KDiff3App::slotClipboardChanged);
     m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->initDirectoryMergeActions(this, actionCollection());
 
     delete KDiff3Shell::getParser();
     
     if(m_pKDiff3Shell == nullptr) {
         completeInit(QString());
     }
 }
 
 void KDiff3App::completeInit(const QString& fn1, const QString& fn2, const QString& fn3)
 {
     if(m_pKDiff3Shell != nullptr)
     {
         QSize size = m_pOptions->m_geometry;
         QPoint pos = m_pOptions->m_position;
         if(!size.isEmpty())
         {
             m_pKDiff3Shell->resize(size);
 
             QRect visibleRect = QRect(pos, size) & QApplication::desktop()->rect();
             if(visibleRect.width() > 100 && visibleRect.height() > 100)
                 m_pKDiff3Shell->move(pos);
             if(!m_bAutoMode)
             {
                 //Here we want the extra setup showMaximized does since the window has not be shown before
                 if(m_pOptions->m_bMaximised)
                     m_pKDiff3Shell->showMaximized();// krazy:exclude=qmethods
                 else
                     m_pKDiff3Shell->show();
             }
         }
     }
     if(!fn1.isEmpty()) {
         m_sd1.setFilename(fn1);
     }
     if(!fn2.isEmpty()) {
         m_sd2.setFilename(fn2);
     }
     if(!fn3.isEmpty()) {
         m_sd3.setFilename(fn3);
     }
 
     bool bSuccess = improveFilenames(false);
 
     if(m_bAutoFlag && m_bAutoMode && m_bDirCompare)
     {
         fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", (const char*)i18n("Option --auto ignored for directory comparison.").toLatin1());
         m_bAutoMode = false;
     }
     if(!m_bDirCompare)
     {
         m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->hide();
 
         mainInit();
         if(m_bAutoMode)
         {
             SourceData* pSD = nullptr;
             if(m_sd3.isEmpty()) {
                 if(m_totalDiffStatus->isBinaryEqualAB()) {
                     pSD = &m_sd1;
                 }
             }
             else
             {
                 if(m_totalDiffStatus->isBinaryEqualBC()) {
                     pSD = &m_sd3; // B==C (assume A is old)
                 }
                 else if(m_totalDiffStatus->isBinaryEqualAB())
                 {
                     pSD = &m_sd3; // assuming C has changed
                 }
                 else if(m_totalDiffStatus->isBinaryEqualAC())
                 {
                     pSD = &m_sd2; // assuming B has changed
                 }
             }
 
             if(pSD != nullptr)
             {
                 // Save this file directly, not via the merge result window.
                 FileAccess fa(m_outputFilename);
                 if(m_pOptions->m_bDmCreateBakFiles && fa.exists())
                 {
                     QString newName = m_outputFilename + ".orig";
                     if(FileAccess::exists(newName)) FileAccess::removeFile(newName);
                     if(!FileAccess::exists(newName)) fa.rename(newName);
                 }
 
                 bSuccess = pSD->saveNormalDataAs(m_outputFilename);
                 if(bSuccess)
                     ::exit(0);
                 else
                     KMessageBox::error(this, i18n("Saving failed."));
             }
             else if(m_pMergeResultWindow->getNrOfUnsolvedConflicts() == 0)
             {
                 bSuccess = m_pMergeResultWindow->saveDocument(m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->getFileName(), m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->getEncoding(), m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->getLineEndStyle());
                 if(bSuccess) ::exit(0);
             }
         }
     }
     m_bAutoMode = false;
 
     if(m_pKDiff3Shell)
     {
         if(m_pOptions->m_bMaximised)
-            m_pKDiff3Shell->showMaximized();
+            //We want showMaximized here as the window has never been shown.
+            m_pKDiff3Shell->showMaximized();// krazy:exclude=qmethods
         else
             m_pKDiff3Shell->show();
     }
 
     g_pProgressDialog->setStayHidden(false);
 
     if(statusBar() != nullptr)
         statusBar()->setSizeGripEnabled(true);
 
     slotClipboardChanged(); // For initialisation.
 
     slotUpdateAvailabilities();
 
     if(!m_bDirCompare && m_pKDiff3Shell != nullptr)
     {
         bool bFileOpenError = false;
         if((!m_sd1.isEmpty() && !m_sd1.hasData()) ||
            (!m_sd2.isEmpty() && !m_sd2.hasData()) ||
            (!m_sd3.isEmpty() && !m_sd3.hasData()))
         {
             QString text(i18n("Opening of these files failed:"));
             text += "\n\n";
             if(!m_sd1.isEmpty() && !m_sd1.hasData())
                 text += " - " + m_sd1.getAliasName() + '\n';
             if(!m_sd2.isEmpty() && !m_sd2.hasData())
                 text += " - " + m_sd2.getAliasName() + '\n';
             if(!m_sd3.isEmpty() && !m_sd3.hasData())
                 text += " - " + m_sd3.getAliasName() + '\n';
 
             KMessageBox::sorry(this, text, i18n("File Open Error"));
             bFileOpenError = true;
         }
 
         if(m_sd1.isEmpty() || m_sd2.isEmpty() || bFileOpenError)
             slotFileOpen();
     }
     else if(!bSuccess) // Directory open failed
     {
         slotFileOpen();
     }
 }
 
 KDiff3App::~KDiff3App()
 {
 }
 
 /**
  * Helper function used to create actions into the ac collection
  */
 
 void KDiff3App::initActions(KActionCollection* ac)
 {
     if(ac == nullptr){
         KMessageBox::error(nullptr, "actionCollection==0");
         exit(-1);//we cannot recover from this.
     }
     fileOpen = KStandardAction::open(this, SLOT(slotFileOpen()), ac);
     fileOpen->setStatusTip(i18n("Opens documents for comparison..."));
 
     fileReload = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Reload"), QKeySequence(QKeySequence::Refresh), this, SLOT(slotReload()), ac, QLatin1String("file_reload"));
 
     fileSave = KStandardAction::save(this, SLOT(slotFileSave()), ac);
     fileSave->setStatusTip(i18n("Saves the merge result. All conflicts must be solved!"));
     fileSaveAs = KStandardAction::saveAs(this, SLOT(slotFileSaveAs()), ac);
     fileSaveAs->setStatusTip(i18n("Saves the current document as..."));
 #ifndef QT_NO_PRINTER
     filePrint = KStandardAction::print(this, SLOT(slotFilePrint()), ac);
     filePrint->setStatusTip(i18n("Print the differences"));
 #endif
     fileQuit = KStandardAction::quit(this, SLOT(slotFileQuit()), ac);
     fileQuit->setStatusTip(i18n("Quits the application"));
     editCut = KStandardAction::cut(this, SLOT(slotEditCut()), ac);
     editCut->setStatusTip(i18n("Cuts the selected section and puts it to the clipboard"));
     editCopy = KStandardAction::copy(this, SLOT(slotEditCopy()), ac);
     editCopy->setStatusTip(i18n("Copies the selected section to the clipboard"));
     editPaste = KStandardAction::paste(this, SLOT(slotEditPaste()), ac);
     editPaste->setStatusTip(i18n("Pastes the clipboard contents to current position"));
     editSelectAll = KStandardAction::selectAll(this, SLOT(slotEditSelectAll()), ac);
     editSelectAll->setStatusTip(i18n("Select everything in current window"));
     editFind = KStandardAction::find(this, SLOT(slotEditFind()), ac);
     editFind->setStatusTip(i18n("Search for a string"));
     editFindNext = KStandardAction::findNext(this, SLOT(slotEditFindNext()), ac);
     editFindNext->setStatusTip(i18n("Search again for the string"));
     /*   FIXME figure out how to implement this action
        viewToolBar = KStandardAction::showToolbar(this, SLOT(slotViewToolBar()), ac);
        viewToolBar->setStatusTip(i18n("Enables/disables the toolbar")); */
     viewStatusBar = KStandardAction::showStatusbar(this, SLOT(slotViewStatusBar()), ac);
     viewStatusBar->setStatusTip(i18n("Enables/disables the statusbar"));
     KStandardAction::keyBindings(this, SLOT(slotConfigureKeys()), ac);
     QAction* pAction = KStandardAction::preferences(this, SLOT(slotConfigure()), ac);
     if(isPart())
         pAction->setText(i18n("Configure KDiff3..."));
 
 #include "xpm/autoadvance.xpm"
 #include "xpm/currentpos.xpm"
 #include "xpm/down1arrow.xpm"
 #include "xpm/down2arrow.xpm"
 #include "xpm/downend.xpm"
 #include "xpm/iconA.xpm"
 #include "xpm/iconB.xpm"
 #include "xpm/iconC.xpm"
 #include "xpm/nextunsolved.xpm"
 #include "xpm/prevunsolved.xpm"
 #include "xpm/showlinenumbers.xpm"
 #include "xpm/showwhitespace.xpm"
 #include "xpm/showwhitespacechars.xpm"
 #include "xpm/up1arrow.xpm"
 #include "xpm/up2arrow.xpm"
 #include "xpm/upend.xpm"
     //#include "reload.xpm"
 
     goCurrent = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Go to Current Delta"), QIcon(QPixmap(currentpos)), i18n("Current\nDelta"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_Space), this, SLOT(slotGoCurrent()), ac, "go_current");
 
     goTop = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Go to First Delta"), QIcon(QPixmap(upend)), i18n("First\nDelta"), this, SLOT(slotGoTop()), ac, "go_top");
 
     goBottom = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Go to Last Delta"), QIcon(QPixmap(downend)), i18n("Last\nDelta"), this, SLOT(slotGoBottom()), ac, "go_bottom");
 
     QString omitsWhitespace = ".\n" + i18n("(Skips white space differences when \"Show White Space\" is disabled.)");
     QString includeWhitespace = ".\n" + i18n("(Does not skip white space differences even when \"Show White Space\" is disabled.)");
     goPrevDelta = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Go to Previous Delta"), QIcon(QPixmap(up1arrow)), i18n("Prev\nDelta"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_Up), this, SLOT(slotGoPrevDelta()), ac, "go_prev_delta");
     goPrevDelta->setToolTip(goPrevDelta->text() + omitsWhitespace);
     goNextDelta = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Go to Next Delta"), QIcon(QPixmap(down1arrow)), i18n("Next\nDelta"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_Down), this, SLOT(slotGoNextDelta()), ac, "go_next_delta");
     goNextDelta->setToolTip(goNextDelta->text() + omitsWhitespace);
     goPrevConflict = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Go to Previous Conflict"), QIcon(QPixmap(up2arrow)), i18n("Prev\nConflict"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_PageUp), this, SLOT(slotGoPrevConflict()), ac, "go_prev_conflict");
     goPrevConflict->setToolTip(goPrevConflict->text() + omitsWhitespace);
     goNextConflict = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Go to Next Conflict"), QIcon(QPixmap(down2arrow)), i18n("Next\nConflict"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_PageDown), this, SLOT(slotGoNextConflict()), ac, "go_next_conflict");
     goNextConflict->setToolTip(goNextConflict->text() + omitsWhitespace);
     goPrevUnsolvedConflict = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Go to Previous Unsolved Conflict"), QIcon(QPixmap(prevunsolved)), i18n("Prev\nUnsolved"), this, SLOT(slotGoPrevUnsolvedConflict()), ac, "go_prev_unsolved_conflict");
     goPrevUnsolvedConflict->setToolTip(goPrevUnsolvedConflict->text() + includeWhitespace);
     goNextUnsolvedConflict = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Go to Next Unsolved Conflict"), QIcon(QPixmap(nextunsolved)), i18n("Next\nUnsolved"), this, SLOT(slotGoNextUnsolvedConflict()), ac, "go_next_unsolved_conflict");
     goNextUnsolvedConflict->setToolTip(goNextUnsolvedConflict->text() + includeWhitespace);
     chooseA = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("Select Line(s) From A"), QIcon(QPixmap(iconA)), i18n("Choose\nA"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_1), this, SLOT(slotChooseA()), ac, "merge_choose_a");
     chooseB = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("Select Line(s) From B"), QIcon(QPixmap(iconB)), i18n("Choose\nB"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_2), this, SLOT(slotChooseB()), ac, "merge_choose_b");
     chooseC = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("Select Line(s) From C"), QIcon(QPixmap(iconC)), i18n("Choose\nC"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_3), this, SLOT(slotChooseC()), ac, "merge_choose_c");
     autoAdvance = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("Automatically Go to Next Unsolved Conflict After Source Selection"), QIcon(QPixmap(autoadvance)), i18n("Auto\nNext"), this, SLOT(slotAutoAdvanceToggled()), ac, "merge_autoadvance");
 
     showWhiteSpaceCharacters = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("Show Space && Tabulator Characters"), QIcon(QPixmap(showwhitespacechars)), i18n("White\nCharacters"), this, SLOT(slotShowWhiteSpaceToggled()), ac, "diff_show_whitespace_characters");
     showWhiteSpace = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("Show White Space"), QIcon(QPixmap(showwhitespace)), i18n("White\nDeltas"), this, SLOT(slotShowWhiteSpaceToggled()), ac, "diff_show_whitespace");
 
     showLineNumbers = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("Show Line Numbers"), QIcon(QPixmap(showlinenumbers)), i18n("Line\nNumbers"), this, SLOT(slotShowLineNumbersToggled()), ac, "diff_showlinenumbers");
     chooseAEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Choose A Everywhere"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::SHIFT + Qt::Key_1), this, SLOT(slotChooseAEverywhere()), ac, "merge_choose_a_everywhere");
     chooseBEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Choose B Everywhere"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::SHIFT + Qt::Key_2), this, SLOT(slotChooseBEverywhere()), ac, "merge_choose_b_everywhere");
     chooseCEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Choose C Everywhere"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::SHIFT + Qt::Key_3), this, SLOT(slotChooseCEverywhere()), ac, "merge_choose_c_everywhere");
     chooseAForUnsolvedConflicts = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Choose A for All Unsolved Conflicts"), this, SLOT(slotChooseAForUnsolvedConflicts()), ac, "merge_choose_a_for_unsolved_conflicts");
     chooseBForUnsolvedConflicts = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Choose B for All Unsolved Conflicts"), this, SLOT(slotChooseBForUnsolvedConflicts()), ac, "merge_choose_b_for_unsolved_conflicts");
     chooseCForUnsolvedConflicts = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Choose C for All Unsolved Conflicts"), this, SLOT(slotChooseCForUnsolvedConflicts()), ac, "merge_choose_c_for_unsolved_conflicts");
     chooseAForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Choose A for All Unsolved Whitespace Conflicts"), this, SLOT(slotChooseAForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts()), ac, "merge_choose_a_for_unsolved_whitespace_conflicts");
     chooseBForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Choose B for All Unsolved Whitespace Conflicts"), this, SLOT(slotChooseBForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts()), ac, "merge_choose_b_for_unsolved_whitespace_conflicts");
     chooseCForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Choose C for All Unsolved Whitespace Conflicts"), this, SLOT(slotChooseCForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts()), ac, "merge_choose_c_for_unsolved_whitespace_conflicts");
     autoSolve = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Automatically Solve Simple Conflicts"), this, SLOT(slotAutoSolve()), ac, "merge_autosolve");
     unsolve = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Set Deltas to Conflicts"), this, SLOT(slotUnsolve()), ac, "merge_autounsolve");
     mergeRegExp = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Run Regular Expression Auto Merge"), this, SLOT(slotRegExpAutoMerge()), ac, "merge_regexp_automerge");
     mergeHistory = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Automatically Solve History Conflicts"), this, SLOT(slotMergeHistory()), ac, "merge_versioncontrol_history");
     splitDiff = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Split Diff At Selection"), this, SLOT(slotSplitDiff()), ac, "merge_splitdiff");
     joinDiffs = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Join Selected Diffs"), this, SLOT(slotJoinDiffs()), ac, "merge_joindiffs");
 
     showWindowA = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("Show Window A"), this, SLOT(slotShowWindowAToggled()), ac, "win_show_a");
     showWindowB = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("Show Window B"), this, SLOT(slotShowWindowBToggled()), ac, "win_show_b");
     showWindowC = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("Show Window C"), this, SLOT(slotShowWindowCToggled()), ac, "win_show_c");
 
     overviewModeNormal = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("Normal Overview"), this, SLOT(slotOverviewNormal()), ac, "diff_overview_normal");
     overviewModeAB = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("A vs. B Overview"), this, SLOT(slotOverviewAB()), ac, "diff_overview_ab");
     overviewModeAC = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("A vs. C Overview"), this, SLOT(slotOverviewAC()), ac, "diff_overview_ac");
     overviewModeBC = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("B vs. C Overview"), this, SLOT(slotOverviewBC()), ac, "diff_overview_bc");
     wordWrap = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("Word Wrap Diff Windows"), this, SLOT(slotWordWrapToggled()), ac, "diff_wordwrap");
     addManualDiffHelp = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Add Manual Diff Alignment"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_Y), this, SLOT(slotAddManualDiffHelp()), ac, "diff_add_manual_diff_help");
     clearManualDiffHelpList = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Clear All Manual Diff Alignments"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::SHIFT + Qt::Key_Y), this, SLOT(slotClearManualDiffHelpList()), ac, "diff_clear_manual_diff_help_list");
 
     winFocusNext = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Focus Next Window"), QKeySequence(Qt::ALT + Qt::Key_Right), this, SLOT(slotWinFocusNext()), ac, "win_focus_next");
     winFocusPrev = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Focus Prev Window"), QKeySequence(Qt::ALT + Qt::Key_Left), this, SLOT(slotWinFocusPrev()), ac, "win_focus_prev");
     winToggleSplitOrientation = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Toggle Split Orientation"), this, SLOT(slotWinToggleSplitterOrientation()), ac, "win_toggle_split_orientation");
 
     dirShowBoth = KDiff3::createAction<KToggleAction>(i18n("Dir && Text Split Screen View"), this, SLOT(slotDirShowBoth()), ac, "win_dir_show_both");
     dirShowBoth->setChecked(true);
     dirViewToggle = KDiff3::createAction<QAction>(i18n("Toggle Between Dir && Text View"), this, SLOT(slotDirViewToggle()), ac, "win_dir_view_toggle");
 
     m_pMergeEditorPopupMenu = new QMenu(this);
     /*   chooseA->plug( m_pMergeEditorPopupMenu );
        chooseB->plug( m_pMergeEditorPopupMenu );
        chooseC->plug( m_pMergeEditorPopupMenu );*/
     m_pMergeEditorPopupMenu->addAction(chooseA);
     m_pMergeEditorPopupMenu->addAction(chooseB);
     m_pMergeEditorPopupMenu->addAction(chooseC);
 }
 
 void KDiff3App::showPopupMenu(const QPoint& point)
 {
     m_pMergeEditorPopupMenu->popup(point);
 }
 
 void KDiff3App::initStatusBar()
 {
     ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
     // STATUSBAR
     if(statusBar() != nullptr)
         statusBar()->showMessage(i18n("Ready."));
 }
 
 void KDiff3App::saveOptions(KSharedConfigPtr config)
 {
     if(!m_bAutoMode)
     {
         if(!isPart())
         {
             m_pOptions->m_bMaximised = m_pKDiff3Shell->isMaximized();
             if(!m_pKDiff3Shell->isMaximized() && m_pKDiff3Shell->isVisible())
             {
                 m_pOptions->m_geometry = m_pKDiff3Shell->size();
                 m_pOptions->m_position = m_pKDiff3Shell->pos();
             }
             /*  TODO change this option as now KToolbar uses QToolbar positioning style
                      if ( toolBar(MAIN_TOOLBAR_NAME)!=0 )
                         m_pOptionDialog->m_toolBarPos = (int) toolBar(MAIN_TOOLBAR_NAME)->allowedAreas();*/
         }
 
         m_pOptionDialog->saveOptions(config);
     }
 }
 
 bool KDiff3App::queryClose()
 {
     saveOptions(KSharedConfig::openConfig());
 
     if(m_bOutputModified)
     {
         int result = KMessageBox::warningYesNoCancel(this,
                                                      i18n("The merge result has not been saved."),
                                                      i18n("Warning"),
                                                      KGuiItem(i18n("Save && Quit")),
                                                      KGuiItem(i18n("Quit Without Saving")));
         if(result == KMessageBox::Cancel)
             return false;
         else if(result == KMessageBox::Yes)
         {
             slotFileSave();
             if(m_bOutputModified)
             {
                 KMessageBox::sorry(this, i18n("Saving the merge result failed."), i18n("Warning"));
                 return false;
             }
         }
     }
 
     m_bOutputModified = false;
 
     if(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->isDirectoryMergeInProgress())
     {
         int result = KMessageBox::warningYesNo(this,
                                                i18n("You are currently doing a directory merge. Are you sure, you want to abort?"),
                                                i18n("Warning"),
                                                KStandardGuiItem::quit(),
                                                KStandardGuiItem::cont() /* i18n("Continue Merging") */);
         if(result != KMessageBox::Yes)
             return false;
     }
 
     return true;
 }
 
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 // SLOT IMPLEMENTATION
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 void KDiff3App::slotFileSave()
 {
     if(m_bDefaultFilename)
     {
         slotFileSaveAs();
     }
     else
     {
         slotStatusMsg(i18n("Saving file..."));
 
         bool bSuccess = m_pMergeResultWindow->saveDocument(m_outputFilename, m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->getEncoding(), m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->getLineEndStyle());
         if(bSuccess)
         {
             m_bFileSaved = true;
             m_bOutputModified = false;
             if(m_bDirCompare)
                 m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->mergeResultSaved(m_outputFilename);
         }
 
         slotStatusMsg(i18n("Ready."));
     }
 }
 
 void KDiff3App::slotFileSaveAs()
 {
     slotStatusMsg(i18n("Saving file with a new filename..."));
 
     QString s = QFileDialog::getSaveFileUrl(this, i18n("Save As..."), QUrl::fromLocalFile(QDir::currentPath())).url(QUrl::PreferLocalFile);
     if(!s.isEmpty()) {
         m_outputFilename = s;
         m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->setFileName(m_outputFilename);
         bool bSuccess = m_pMergeResultWindow->saveDocument(m_outputFilename, m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->getEncoding(), m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->getLineEndStyle());
         if(bSuccess)
         {
             m_bOutputModified = false;
             if(m_bDirCompare)
                 m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->mergeResultSaved(m_outputFilename);
         }
         //setWindowTitle(url.fileName(),doc->isModified());
 
         m_bDefaultFilename = false;
     }
 
     slotStatusMsg(i18n("Ready."));
 }
 
 void printDiffTextWindow(MyPainter& painter, const QRect& view, const QString& headerText, DiffTextWindow* pDiffTextWindow, int line, int linesPerPage, QColor fgColor)
 {
     QRect clipRect = view;
     clipRect.setTop(0);
     painter.setClipRect(clipRect);
     painter.translate(view.left(), 0);
     QFontMetrics fm = painter.fontMetrics();
     //if ( fm.width(headerText) > view.width() )
     {
         // A simple wrapline algorithm
         int l = 0;
         for(int p = 0; p < headerText.length();)
         {
             QString s = headerText.mid(p);
             int i;
             for(i = 2; i < s.length(); ++i)
                 if(fm.width(s, i) > view.width())
                 {
                     --i;
                     break;
                 }
             //QString s2 = s.left(i);
             painter.drawText(0, l * fm.height() + fm.ascent(), s.left(i));
             p += i;
             ++l;
         }
         painter.setPen(fgColor);
         painter.drawLine(0, view.top() - 2, view.width(), view.top() - 2);
     }
 
     painter.translate(0, view.top());
     pDiffTextWindow->print(painter, view, line, linesPerPage);
     painter.resetMatrix();
 }
 
 void KDiff3App::slotFilePrint()
 {
     if(m_pDiffTextWindow1 == nullptr)
         return;
 #ifdef QT_NO_PRINTER
     slotStatusMsg(i18n("Printing not implemented."));
 #else
     QPrinter printer;
     QPrintDialog printDialog(&printer, this);
 
     LineRef firstSelectionD3LIdx = -1;
     LineRef lastSelectionD3LIdx = -1;
     
     m_pDiffTextWindow1->getSelectionRange(&firstSelectionD3LIdx, &lastSelectionD3LIdx, eD3LLineCoords);
     
     if(firstSelectionD3LIdx < 0 && m_pDiffTextWindow2) {
         m_pDiffTextWindow2->getSelectionRange(&firstSelectionD3LIdx, &lastSelectionD3LIdx, eD3LLineCoords);
     }
     if(firstSelectionD3LIdx < 0 && m_pDiffTextWindow3) {
         m_pDiffTextWindow3->getSelectionRange(&firstSelectionD3LIdx, &lastSelectionD3LIdx, eD3LLineCoords);
     }
 
     if(firstSelectionD3LIdx >= 0) {
         printDialog.addEnabledOption(QPrintDialog::PrintSelection);
         //printer.setOptionEnabled(QPrinter::PrintSelection,true);
         printDialog.setPrintRange(QAbstractPrintDialog::Selection);
     }
 
     if(firstSelectionD3LIdx == -1)
         printDialog.setPrintRange(QAbstractPrintDialog::AllPages);
     //printDialog.setMinMax(0,0);
     printDialog.setFromTo(0, 0);
 
     int currentFirstLine = m_pDiffTextWindow1->getFirstLine();
     int currentFirstD3LIdx = m_pDiffTextWindow1->convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(currentFirstLine);
 
     // do some printer initialization
     printer.setFullPage(false);
 
     // initialize the printer using the print dialog
     if(printDialog.exec() == QDialog::Accepted)
     {
         slotStatusMsg(i18n("Printing..."));
         // create a painter to paint on the printer object
         MyPainter painter(&printer, m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage, width(), fontMetrics().width('W'));
 
         QPaintDevice* pPaintDevice = painter.device();
         int dpiy = pPaintDevice->logicalDpiY();
         int columnDistance = (int)((0.5 / 2.54) * dpiy); // 0.5 cm between the columns
 
         int columns = m_bTripleDiff ? 3 : 2;
         int columnWidth = (pPaintDevice->width() - (columns - 1) * columnDistance) / columns;
 
         QFont f = m_pOptions->m_font;
         f.setPointSizeF(f.pointSizeF() - 1); // Print with slightly smaller font.
         painter.setFont(f);
         QFontMetrics fm = painter.fontMetrics();
 
         QString topLineText = i18n("Top line");
 
         //int headerWidth = fm.width( m_sd1.getAliasName() + ", "+topLineText+": 01234567" );
         int headerLines = fm.width(m_sd1.getAliasName() + ", " + topLineText + ": 01234567") / columnWidth + 1;
 
         int headerMargin = headerLines * fm.height() + 3; // Text + one horizontal line
         int footerMargin = fm.height() + 3;
 
         QRect view(0, headerMargin, pPaintDevice->width(), pPaintDevice->height() - (headerMargin + footerMargin));
         QRect view1(0 * (columnWidth + columnDistance), view.top(), columnWidth, view.height());
         QRect view2(1 * (columnWidth + columnDistance), view.top(), columnWidth, view.height());
         QRect view3(2 * (columnWidth + columnDistance), view.top(), columnWidth, view.height());
 
         int linesPerPage = view.height() / fm.lineSpacing();
         QEventLoop eventLoopForPrinting;
         m_pEventLoopForPrinting = &eventLoopForPrinting;
         if(m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap)
         {
             // For printing the lines are wrapped differently (this invalidates the first line)
             recalcWordWrap(columnWidth);
             m_pEventLoopForPrinting->exec();
         }
 
         LineRef totalNofLines = std::max(m_pDiffTextWindow1->getNofLines(), m_pDiffTextWindow2->getNofLines());
         if(m_bTripleDiff && m_pDiffTextWindow3)
             totalNofLines = std::max(totalNofLines, m_pDiffTextWindow3->getNofLines());
 
         QList<int> pageList; // = printer.pageList();
 
         bool bPrintCurrentPage = false;
         bool bFirstPrintedPage = false;
 
         bool bPrintSelection = false;
         int totalNofPages = (totalNofLines + linesPerPage - 1) / linesPerPage;
         LineRef line = -1;
         LineRef selectionEndLine = -1;
 
         if(printer.printRange() == QPrinter::AllPages) {
             pageList.clear();
             for(int i = 0; i < totalNofPages; ++i)
             {
                 pageList.push_back(i + 1);
             }
         }
         else if(printer.printRange() == QPrinter::PageRange)
         {
             pageList.clear();
             for(int i = printer.fromPage(); i <= printer.toPage(); ++i)
             {
                 pageList.push_back(i);
             }
         }
 
         if(printer.printRange() == QPrinter::Selection)
         {
             bPrintSelection = true;
             if(firstSelectionD3LIdx >= 0)
             {
                 line = m_pDiffTextWindow1->convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(firstSelectionD3LIdx);
                 selectionEndLine = m_pDiffTextWindow1->convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(lastSelectionD3LIdx + 1);
                 totalNofPages = (selectionEndLine - line + linesPerPage - 1) / linesPerPage;
             }
         }
 
         int page = 1;
 
         ProgressProxy pp;
         pp.setMaxNofSteps(totalNofPages);
         QList<int>::iterator pageListIt = pageList.begin();
         for(;;) {
             pp.setInformation(i18n("Printing page %1 of %2", page, totalNofPages), false);
             pp.setCurrent(page - 1);
             if(pp.wasCancelled())
             {
                 printer.abort();
                 break;
             }
             if(!bPrintSelection) {
                 if(pageListIt == pageList.end())
                     break;
                 page = *pageListIt;
                 line = (page - 1) * linesPerPage;
                 if(page == 10000) { // This means "Print the current page"
                     bPrintCurrentPage = true;
                     // Detect the first visible line in the window.
                     line = m_pDiffTextWindow1->convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(currentFirstD3LIdx);
                 }
             }
             else
             {
                 if(line >= selectionEndLine) {
                     break;
                 }
                 else
                 {
                     if(selectionEndLine - line < linesPerPage)
                         linesPerPage = selectionEndLine - line;
                 }
             }
             if(line >= 0 && line < totalNofLines)
             {
 
                 if(bFirstPrintedPage)
                     printer.newPage();
 
                 painter.setClipping(true);
 
                 painter.setPen(m_pOptions->m_colorA);
                 QString headerText1 = m_sd1.getAliasName() + ", " + topLineText + ": " + QString::number(m_pDiffTextWindow1->calcTopLineInFile(line) + 1);
                 printDiffTextWindow(painter, view1, headerText1, m_pDiffTextWindow1, line, linesPerPage, m_pOptions->m_fgColor);
 
                 painter.setPen(m_pOptions->m_colorB);
                 QString headerText2 = m_sd2.getAliasName() + ", " + topLineText + ": " + QString::number(m_pDiffTextWindow2->calcTopLineInFile(line) + 1);
                 printDiffTextWindow(painter, view2, headerText2, m_pDiffTextWindow2, line, linesPerPage, m_pOptions->m_fgColor);
 
                 if(m_bTripleDiff && m_pDiffTextWindow3)
                 {
                     painter.setPen(m_pOptions->m_colorC);
                     QString headerText3 = m_sd3.getAliasName() + ", " + topLineText + ": " + QString::number(m_pDiffTextWindow3->calcTopLineInFile(line) + 1);
                     printDiffTextWindow(painter, view3, headerText3, m_pDiffTextWindow3, line, linesPerPage, m_pOptions->m_fgColor);
                 }
                 painter.setClipping(false);
 
                 painter.setPen(m_pOptions->m_fgColor);
                 painter.drawLine(0, view.bottom() + 3, view.width(), view.bottom() + 3);
                 QString s = bPrintCurrentPage ? QString("")
                                               : QString::number(page) + '/' + QString::number(totalNofPages);
                 if(bPrintSelection) s += i18n(" (Selection)");
                 painter.drawText((view.right() - painter.fontMetrics().width(s)) / 2,
                                  view.bottom() + painter.fontMetrics().ascent() + 5, s);
 
                 bFirstPrintedPage = true;
             }
 
             if(bPrintSelection)
             {
                 line += linesPerPage;
                 ++page;
             }
             else
             {
                 ++pageListIt;
             }
         }
 
         painter.end();
 
         if(m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap)
         {
             recalcWordWrap();
             m_pEventLoopForPrinting->exec();
             m_pDiffVScrollBar->setValue(m_pDiffTextWindow1->convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(currentFirstD3LIdx));
         }
 
         slotStatusMsg(i18n("Printing completed."));
     }
     else
     {
         slotStatusMsg(i18n("Printing aborted."));
     }
 #endif
 }
 
 void KDiff3App::slotFileQuit()
 {
     slotStatusMsg(i18n("Exiting..."));
 
     if(!queryClose())
         return; // Don't quit
 
     QApplication::exit(isFileSaved() || isDirComparison() ? 0 : 1);
 }
 
 void KDiff3App::slotViewToolBar()
 {
     Q_ASSERT(viewToolBar != nullptr);
     slotStatusMsg(i18n("Toggling toolbar..."));
     m_pOptions->m_bShowToolBar = viewToolBar->isChecked();
     ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
     // turn Toolbar on or off
     if(toolBar(MAIN_TOOLBAR_NAME) != nullptr)
     {
         if(!m_pOptions->m_bShowToolBar)
         {
             toolBar(MAIN_TOOLBAR_NAME)->hide();
         }
         else
         {
             toolBar(MAIN_TOOLBAR_NAME)->show();
         }
     }
 
     slotStatusMsg(i18n("Ready."));
 }
 
 void KDiff3App::slotViewStatusBar()
 {
     slotStatusMsg(i18n("Toggle the statusbar..."));
     m_pOptions->m_bShowStatusBar = viewStatusBar->isChecked();
     ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
     //turn Statusbar on or off
     if(statusBar() != nullptr)
     {
         if(!viewStatusBar->isChecked())
         {
             statusBar()->hide();
         }
         else
         {
             statusBar()->show();
         }
     }
 
     slotStatusMsg(i18n("Ready."));
 }
 
 void KDiff3App::slotStatusMsg(const QString& text)
 {
     ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
     // change status message permanently
     if(statusBar() != nullptr)
     {
         statusBar()->clearMessage();
         statusBar()->showMessage(text);
     }
 }
 
 //#include "kdiff3.moc"
diff --git a/src/kdiff3_part.h b/src/kdiff3_part.h
index a33255e..ae18dff 100644
--- a/src/kdiff3_part.h
+++ b/src/kdiff3_part.h
@@ -1,80 +1,80 @@
 /***************************************************************************
  *   Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl <joachim.eibl at gmx.de>      *
  *   Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com                 *
  *                                                                         *
  *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
  *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
  *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
  *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
  *                                                                         *
  *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
  *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
  *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
  *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
  *                                                                         *
  *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
  *   along with this program; if not, write to the                         *
  *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
  *   51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.          *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef _KDIFF3PART_H_
-#define _KDIFF3PART_H_
+#ifndef KDIFF3PART_H
+#define KDIFF3PART_H
 
 #include <kparts/part.h>
 #include <KPluginFactory>
 #include <KParts/ReadWritePart>
 
 class QWidget;
 class KDiff3App;
 
 /**
  * This is a "Part".  It that does all the real work in a KPart
  * application.
  *
  * @short Main Part
  * @author Joachim Eibl <joachim.eibl at gmx.de>
  */
 class KDiff3Part : public KParts::ReadWritePart
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 public:
     /**
      * Default constructor
      */
     KDiff3Part(QWidget *parentWidget, QObject *parent, const QVariantList &args );
 
     /**
      * Destructor
      */
     ~KDiff3Part() override;
 
     /**
      * This is a virtual function inherited from KParts::ReadWritePart.
      * A shell will use this to inform this Part if it should act
      * read-only
      */
     void setReadWrite(bool rw) override;
 
     /**
      * Reimplemented to disable and enable Save action
      */
     void setModified(bool modified) override;
 
 protected:
     /**
      * This must be implemented by each part
      */
     bool openFile() override;
 
     /**
      * This must be implemented by each read-write part
      */
     bool saveFile() override;
 
 private:
     KDiff3App* m_widget;
     bool m_bIsShell;
 };
 
 #endif // _KDIFF3PART_H_
diff --git a/src/kdiff3_shell.h b/src/kdiff3_shell.h
index 761316f..e0b47a5 100644
--- a/src/kdiff3_shell.h
+++ b/src/kdiff3_shell.h
@@ -1,82 +1,82 @@
 /***************************************************************************
  *   Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl <joachim.eibl at gmx.de>      *
  *   Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com                 *
  *                                                                         *
  *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
  *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
  *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
  *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
  *                                                                         *
  *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
  *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
  *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
  *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
  *                                                                         *
  *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
  *   along with this program; if not, write to the                         *
  *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
  *   51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.          *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef _KDIFF3SHELL_H_
-#define _KDIFF3SHELL_H_
+#ifndef KDIFF3SHELL_H
+#define KDIFF3SHELL_H
 
 #include <KParts/MainWindow>
 #include <QCommandLineParser>
 
 class KToggleAction;
 
 namespace KParts {
     class ReadWritePart;
 }
 
 class KDiff3App;
 
 /**
  * This is the application "Shell".  It has a menubar, toolbar, and
  * statusbar but relies on the "Part" to do all the real work.
  *
  * @short Application Shell
  * @author Joachim Eibl <joachim.eibl at gmx.de>
  */
 class KDiff3Shell : public KParts::MainWindow
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 public:
     /**
      * Default Constructor
      */
     explicit KDiff3Shell(bool bCompleteInit=true);
 
     /**
      * Default Destructor
      */
     ~KDiff3Shell() override;
 
     bool queryClose() override;
     bool queryExit();
     void closeEvent(QCloseEvent*e) override;
     
     static inline QCommandLineParser* getParser(){
       static QCommandLineParser *parser = new QCommandLineParser();
       return parser;
     };
 private Q_SLOTS:
     void optionsShowToolbar();
     void optionsShowStatusbar();
     void optionsConfigureKeys();
     void optionsConfigureToolbars();
 
     void applyNewToolbarConfig();
     void slotNewInstance( const QString& fn1, const QString& fn2, const QString& fn3 );
 
 private:
     KParts::ReadWritePart *m_part;
     KDiff3App *m_widget;
 
     KToggleAction *m_toolbarAction;
     KToggleAction *m_statusbarAction;
     bool m_bUnderConstruction;
 };
 
 #endif // _KDIFF3_H_
diff --git a/src/main.cpp b/src/main.cpp
index 4995e78..c87837c 100644
--- a/src/main.cpp
+++ b/src/main.cpp
@@ -1,201 +1,201 @@
 /***************************************************************************
  *   Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl <joachim.eibl at gmx.de>      *
  *   Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com                 *
  *                                                                         *
  *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
  *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
  *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
  *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
  *                                                                         *
  ***************************************************************************/
 #include "kdiff3_shell.h"
 #include <version.h>
 
 #include <KAboutData>
 #include <KCrash/KCrash>
 #include <KLocalizedString>
 #include <KMessageBox>
 
 #include <QApplication>
 #include <QCommandLineOption>
 #include <QCommandLineParser>
 #include <QFile>
 #include <QFont>
 #include <QLocale>
 #include <QStandardPaths>
 #include <QTextStream>
 
 #ifdef Q_OS_WIN
 #include <process.h>
 #include <qt_windows.h>
 #endif
 
 void initialiseCmdLineArgs(QCommandLineParser* cmdLineParser)
 {
     QString configFileName = QStandardPaths::locate(QStandardPaths::GenericConfigLocation, "kdiff3rc");
     QFile configFile(configFileName);
     QString ignorableOptionsLine = "-u;-query;-html;-abort";
     if(configFile.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly))
     {
         QTextStream ts(&configFile);
         while(!ts.atEnd())
         {
             QString line = ts.readLine();
             if(line.startsWith(QLatin1String("IgnorableCmdLineOptions=")))
             {
                 int pos = line.indexOf('=');
                 if(pos >= 0)
                 {
                     ignorableOptionsLine = line.mid(pos + 1);
                 }
                 break;
             }
         }
     }
     //support our own old preferences this is obsolete
     QStringList sl = ignorableOptionsLine.split(',');
 
     if(!sl.isEmpty())
     {
         QStringList ignorableOptions = sl.front().split(';');
         for(QStringList::iterator i = ignorableOptions.begin(); i != ignorableOptions.end(); ++i)
         {
             (*i).remove('-');
             if(!(*i).isEmpty())
             {
                 if(i->length() == 1) {
                     cmdLineParser->addOption(QCommandLineOption(QStringList() << *i << QLatin1String("ignore"), i18n("Ignored. (User defined.)")));
                 }
                 else
                 {
                     cmdLineParser->addOption(QCommandLineOption(QStringList() << *i, i18n("Ignored. (User defined.)")));
                 }
             }
         }
     }
 }
 
 #ifdef Q_OS_WIN
 // This command checks the comm
 static bool isOptionUsed(const QString& s, int argc, char* argv[])
 {
     for(int j = 0; j < argc; ++j)
     {
-        if(QString("-" + s) == QLatin1String(argv[j]) || QString("--" + s) == QLatin1String(argv[j]))
+        if(QString('-' + s) == QLatin1String(argv[j]) || QString("--" + s) == QLatin1String(argv[j]))
         {
             return true;
         }
     }
     return false;
 }
 #endif
 
 int main(int argc, char* argv[])
 {
     const QLatin1String appName("kdiff3");
 
     QApplication app(argc, argv); // KAboutData and QCommandLineParser depend on this being setup.
     KLocalizedString::setApplicationDomain(appName.data());
 
     KCrash::initialize();
 
     const QString i18nName = i18n("KDiff3");
     QString appVersion(KDIFF3_VERSION_STRING);
 
     if(sizeof(void*) == 8)
         appVersion += i18n(" (64 bit)");
     else if(sizeof(void*) == 4)
         appVersion += i18n(" (32 bit)");
     const QString description = i18n("Tool for Comparison and Merge of Files and Directories");
     const QString copyright = i18n("(c) 2002-2014 Joachim Eibl, (c) 2017 Michael Reeves KF5/Qt5 port");
     const QString homePage = QString("");
     const QString bugsAddress = QStringLiteral("reeves.87""@""gmail.com");
 
     KAboutData aboutData(appName, i18nName,
                          appVersion, description, KAboutLicense::GPL_V2, copyright, description,
                          homePage, bugsAddress);
 
     KAboutData::setApplicationData(aboutData);
 
     QCommandLineParser* cmdLineParser = KDiff3Shell::getParser();
     cmdLineParser->setApplicationDescription(aboutData.shortDescription());
     cmdLineParser->addVersionOption();
     cmdLineParser->addHelpOption();
 
     aboutData.setupCommandLine(cmdLineParser);
     
     initialiseCmdLineArgs(cmdLineParser);
     // ignorable command options
     cmdLineParser->addOption(QCommandLineOption(QStringList() << QLatin1String("m") << QLatin1String("merge"), i18n("Merge the input.")));
     cmdLineParser->addOption(QCommandLineOption(QStringList() << QLatin1String("b") << QLatin1String("base"), i18n("Explicit base file. For compatibility with certain tools."), QLatin1String("file")));
     cmdLineParser->addOption(QCommandLineOption(QStringList() << QLatin1String("o") << QLatin1String("output"), i18n("Output file. Implies -m. E.g.: -o newfile.txt"), QLatin1String("file")));
     cmdLineParser->addOption(QCommandLineOption(QStringList() << QLatin1String("out"), i18n("Output file, again. (For compatibility with certain tools.)"), QLatin1String("file")));
     cmdLineParser->addOption(QCommandLineOption(QStringList() << QLatin1String("auto"), i18n("No GUI if all conflicts are auto-solvable. (Needs -o file)")));
     cmdLineParser->addOption(QCommandLineOption(QStringList() << QLatin1String("qall"), i18n("Do not solve conflicts automatically.")));
     cmdLineParser->addOption(QCommandLineOption(QStringList() << QLatin1String("L1"), i18n("Visible name replacement for input file 1 (base)."), QLatin1String("alias1")));
     cmdLineParser->addOption(QCommandLineOption(QStringList() << QLatin1String("L2"), i18n("Visible name replacement for input file 2."), QLatin1String("alias2")));
     cmdLineParser->addOption(QCommandLineOption(QStringList() << QLatin1String("L3"), i18n("Visible name replacement for input file 3."), QLatin1String("alias3")));
     cmdLineParser->addOption(QCommandLineOption(QStringList() << QLatin1String("L") << QLatin1String("fname alias"), i18n("Alternative visible name replacement. Supply this once for every input.")));
     cmdLineParser->addOption(QCommandLineOption(QStringList() << QLatin1String("cs"), i18n("Override a config setting. Use once for every setting. E.g.: --cs \"AutoAdvance=1\""), QLatin1String("string")));
     cmdLineParser->addOption(QCommandLineOption(QStringList() << QLatin1String("confighelp"), i18n("Show list of config settings and current values.")));
     cmdLineParser->addOption(QCommandLineOption(QStringList() << QLatin1String("config"), i18n("Use a different config file."), QLatin1String("file")));
 
     // other command options
     cmdLineParser->addPositionalArgument(QLatin1String("[File1]"), i18n("file1 to open (base, if not specified via --base)"));
     cmdLineParser->addPositionalArgument(QLatin1String("[File2]"), i18n("file2 to open"));
     cmdLineParser->addPositionalArgument(QLatin1String("[File3]"), i18n("file3 to open"));
 
     /*
         Don't use QCommandLineParser::process as it auto terminates the program if an option is not recognized.
         Further more errors are directed to the console alone if not running on windows. This makes for a bad
         user experience when run from a graphical interface such as kde. Don't assume that this only happens
         when running from a commandline.
     */
     if(!cmdLineParser->parse(QCoreApplication::arguments())) {
         QString errorMessage = cmdLineParser->errorText();
         QString helpText = cmdLineParser->helpText();
         KMessageBox::error(nullptr, "<html><head/><body><h2>" + errorMessage + "</h2><pre>" + i18n("See kdiff3 --help for supported options.") + "</pre></body></html>", aboutData.displayName());
 #if !defined(Q_OS_WIN) 
         fputs(qPrintable(errorMessage), stderr);
         fputs("\n\n", stderr);
         fputs(qPrintable(helpText + '\n'), stderr);
         fputs("\n", stderr);
 #endif
         exit(1);
     }
 
     if(cmdLineParser->isSet(QStringLiteral("version"))) {
         KMessageBox::information(nullptr,
                                  aboutData.displayName() + ' ' + aboutData.version(), aboutData.displayName());
 #if !defined(Q_OS_WIN) 
         printf("%s %s\n", appName.data(), appVersion.toLocal8Bit().constData());
 #endif
         exit(0);
     }
     if(cmdLineParser->isSet(QStringLiteral("help"))) {
         KMessageBox::information(nullptr, "<html><head/><body><pre>" + cmdLineParser->helpText() + "</pre></body></html>", aboutData.displayName());
 #if !defined(Q_OS_WIN) 
         fputs(qPrintable(cmdLineParser->helpText()), stdout);
 #endif
         exit(0);
     }
 
     aboutData.processCommandLine(cmdLineParser);
     /**
      * take component name and org. name from KAboutData
      */
     app.setApplicationName(aboutData.componentName());
     app.setApplicationDisplayName(aboutData.displayName());
     app.setOrganizationDomain(aboutData.organizationDomain());
     app.setApplicationVersion(aboutData.version());
 
     KDiff3Shell* p = new KDiff3Shell();
     p->show();
     //p->setWindowState( p->windowState() | Qt::WindowActive ); // Patch for ubuntu: window not active on startup
     //app.installEventFilter( new CFilter );
     int retVal = app.exec();
     /*  if (QApplication::clipboard()->text().size() == 0)
      QApplication::clipboard()->clear(); // Patch for Ubuntu: Fix issue with Qt clipboard*/
     return retVal;
 }
 
diff --git a/src/optiondialog.cpp b/src/optiondialog.cpp
index 56fa101..e72b251 100644
--- a/src/optiondialog.cpp
+++ b/src/optiondialog.cpp
@@ -1,1926 +1,1926 @@
 /*
  *   kdiff3 - Text Diff And Merge Tool
  *   Copyright (C) 2002-2009  Joachim Eibl, joachim.eibl at gmx.de
  *
  *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
  *   (at your option) any later version.
  *
  *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  *   GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  *   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
  *   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
  *
  */
+#include "optiondialog.h"
 
 #include <QApplication>
 #include <QCheckBox>
 #include <QComboBox>
 #include <QDialogButtonBox>
 #include <QDir>
 #include <QFontDatabase>
 #include <QFontDialog>
 #include <QFrame>
 #include <QGridLayout>
 #include <QGroupBox>
 #include <QLabel>
 #include <QLayout>
 #include <QLineEdit>
 #include <QLocale>
 #include <QPixmap>
 #include <QPlainTextEdit>
 #include <QPushButton>
 #include <QRadioButton>
 #include <QSettings>
 #include <QTextCodec>
 #include <QToolTip>
 
 #include <KColorButton>
 #include <KConfigGroup>
 #include <KHelpClient>
 #include <KLocalizedString>
 #include <KMessageBox>
 #include <KSharedConfig>
 #include <KToolBar>
 #include <map>
 
 #include "diff.h"
-#include "optiondialog.h"
 #include "smalldialogs.h"
 
 #define KDIFF3_CONFIG_GROUP "KDiff3 Options"
 
 QString s_historyEntryStartRegExpToolTip;
 QString s_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrderToolTip;
 QString s_autoMergeRegExpToolTip;
 QString s_historyStartRegExpToolTip;
 
 void OptionDialog::addOptionItem(OptionItem* p)
 {
     m_optionItemList.push_back(p);
 }
 
 class OptionItem
 {
   public:
     OptionItem(const QString& saveName)
     {
         m_saveName = saveName;
         m_bPreserved = false;
     }
     virtual ~OptionItem() {}
     virtual void setToDefault() = 0;
     virtual void setToCurrent() = 0;
     virtual void apply() = 0;
     virtual void write(ValueMap*) = 0;
     virtual void read(ValueMap*) = 0;
     void doPreserve()
     {
         if(!m_bPreserved) {
             m_bPreserved = true;
             preserve();
         }
     }
     void doUnpreserve()
     {
         if(m_bPreserved) {
             unpreserve();
         }
     }
     QString getSaveName() { return m_saveName; }
 
   protected:
     virtual void preserve() = 0;
     virtual void unpreserve() = 0;
     bool m_bPreserved;
     QString m_saveName;
 };
 
 template <class T>
 class OptionItemT : public OptionItem
 {
   public:
     OptionItemT(const QString& saveName)
         : OptionItem(saveName)
     {
     }
 
   protected:
     void preserve() override { m_preservedVal = *m_pVar; }
     void unpreserve() override { *m_pVar = m_preservedVal; }
     T* m_pVar;
     T m_preservedVal;
     T m_defaultVal;
 };
 
 class OptionCheckBox : public QCheckBox, public OptionItemT<bool>
 {
   public:
     OptionCheckBox(QString text, bool bDefaultVal, const QString& saveName, bool* pbVar,
                    QWidget* pParent)
         : QCheckBox(text, pParent), OptionItemT<bool>(saveName)
     {
         m_pVar = pbVar;
         m_defaultVal = bDefaultVal;
     }
     void setToDefault() override { setChecked(m_defaultVal); }
     void setToCurrent() override { setChecked(*m_pVar); }
     void apply() override { *m_pVar = isChecked(); }
     void write(ValueMap* config) override { config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); }
     void read(ValueMap* config) override { *m_pVar = config->readBoolEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); }
 
   private:
     OptionCheckBox(const OptionCheckBox&); // private copy constructor without implementation
 };
 
 class OptionRadioButton : public QRadioButton, public OptionItemT<bool>
 {
   public:
     OptionRadioButton(QString text, bool bDefaultVal, const QString& saveName, bool* pbVar,
                       QWidget* pParent)
         : QRadioButton(text, pParent), OptionItemT<bool>(saveName)
     {
         m_pVar = pbVar;
         m_defaultVal = bDefaultVal;
     }
     void setToDefault() override { setChecked(m_defaultVal); }
     void setToCurrent() override { setChecked(*m_pVar); }
     void apply() override { *m_pVar = isChecked(); }
     void write(ValueMap* config) override { config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); }
     void read(ValueMap* config) override { *m_pVar = config->readBoolEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); }
 
   private:
     OptionRadioButton(const OptionRadioButton&); // private copy constructor without implementation
 };
 
 template <class T>
 class OptionT : public OptionItemT<T>
 {
   public:
     OptionT(const T& defaultVal, const QString& saveName, T* pVar)
         : OptionItemT<T>(saveName)
     {
         this->m_pVar = pVar;
         *this->m_pVar = defaultVal;
     }
     OptionT(const QString& saveName, T* pVar)
         : OptionItemT<T>(saveName)
     {
         this->m_pVar = pVar;
     }
     void setToDefault() override {}
     void setToCurrent() override {}
     void apply() override {}
     void write(ValueMap* vm) override { writeEntry(vm, this->m_saveName, *this->m_pVar); }
     void read(ValueMap* vm) override { *this->m_pVar = vm->readEntry(this->m_saveName, *this->m_pVar); }
 
   private:
     OptionT(const OptionT&); // private copy constructor without implementation
 };
 
 template <class T>
 void writeEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, const T& v)
 {
     vm->writeEntry(saveName, v);
 }
 static void writeEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, const QStringList& v)
 {
     vm->writeEntry(saveName, v);
 }
 
 //static void readEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, bool& v )       {   v = vm->readBoolEntry( saveName, v ); }
 //static void readEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, int&  v )       {   v = vm->readNumEntry( saveName, v ); }
 //static void readEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, QSize& v )      {   v = vm->readSizeEntry( saveName, &v ); }
 //static void readEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, QPoint& v )     {   v = vm->readPointEntry( saveName, &v ); }
 //static void readEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, QStringList& v ){   v = vm->readListEntry( saveName, QStringList(), '|' ); }
 
 typedef OptionT<bool> OptionToggleAction;
 typedef OptionT<int> OptionNum;
 typedef OptionT<QPoint> OptionPoint;
 typedef OptionT<QSize> OptionSize;
 typedef OptionT<QStringList> OptionStringList;
 
 FontChooser::FontChooser(QWidget* pParent)
     : QGroupBox(pParent)
 {
     QVBoxLayout* pLayout = new QVBoxLayout(this);
     m_pLabel = new QLabel(QString());
     pLayout->addWidget(m_pLabel);
 
     QChar visualTab(0x2192);
     QChar visualSpace((ushort)0xb7);
     m_pExampleTextEdit = new QPlainTextEdit(QString("The quick brown fox jumps over the river\n"
                                                     "but the little red hen escapes with a shiver.\n"
                                                     ":-)") +
                                                 visualTab + visualSpace,
                                             this);
     m_pExampleTextEdit->setFont(m_font);
     m_pExampleTextEdit->setReadOnly(true);
     pLayout->addWidget(m_pExampleTextEdit);
 
     m_pSelectFont = new QPushButton(i18n("Change Font"));
     m_pSelectFont->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Fixed);
     connect(m_pSelectFont, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(slotSelectFont()));
     pLayout->addWidget(m_pSelectFont);
     pLayout->setAlignment(m_pSelectFont, Qt::AlignRight);
 }
 
 QFont FontChooser::font()
 {
     return m_font; //QFont("courier",10);
 }
 
 void FontChooser::setFont(const QFont& font, bool)
 {
     m_font = font;
     m_pExampleTextEdit->setFont(m_font);
     m_pLabel->setText(i18n("Font: %1, %2, %3\n\nExample:", m_font.family(), m_font.styleName(), m_font.pointSize()));
 
     //update();
 }
 
 void FontChooser::slotSelectFont()
 {
     bool bOk;
     m_font = QFontDialog::getFont(&bOk, m_font);
     m_pExampleTextEdit->setFont(m_font);
     m_pLabel->setText(i18n("Font: %1, %2, %3\n\nExample:", m_font.family(), m_font.styleName(), m_font.pointSize()));
 }
 
 class OptionFontChooser : public FontChooser, public OptionItemT<QFont>
 {
   public:
     OptionFontChooser(const QFont& defaultVal, const QString& saveName, QFont* pVar, QWidget* pParent) : FontChooser(pParent),
                                                                                                                             OptionItemT<QFont>(saveName)
     {
         m_pVar = pVar;
         *m_pVar = defaultVal;
         m_defaultVal = defaultVal;
     }
     void setToDefault() override { setFont(m_defaultVal, false); }
     void setToCurrent() override { setFont(*m_pVar, false); }
     void apply() override { *m_pVar = font(); }
     void write(ValueMap* config) override { config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); }
     void read(ValueMap* config) override { *m_pVar = config->readFontEntry(m_saveName, m_pVar); }
 
   private:
     OptionFontChooser(const OptionToggleAction&); // private copy constructor without implementation
 };
 
 class OptionColorButton : public KColorButton, public OptionItemT<QColor>
 {
   public:
     OptionColorButton(QColor defaultVal, const QString& saveName, QColor* pVar, QWidget* pParent)
         : KColorButton(pParent), OptionItemT<QColor>(saveName)
     {
         m_pVar = pVar;
         m_defaultVal = defaultVal;
     }
     void setToDefault() override { setColor(m_defaultVal); }
     void setToCurrent() override { setColor(*m_pVar); }
     void apply() override { *m_pVar = color(); }
     void write(ValueMap* config) override { config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); }
     void read(ValueMap* config) override { *m_pVar = config->readColorEntry(m_saveName, m_pVar); }
 
   private:
     OptionColorButton(const OptionColorButton&); // private copy constructor without implementation
 };
 
 class OptionLineEdit : public QComboBox, public OptionItemT<QString>
 {
   public:
     OptionLineEdit(const QString& defaultVal, const QString& saveName, QString* pVar,
                    QWidget* pParent)
         : QComboBox(pParent), OptionItemT<QString>(saveName)
     {
         setMinimumWidth(50);
         setEditable(true);
         m_pVar = pVar;
         m_defaultVal = defaultVal;
         m_list.push_back(defaultVal);
         insertText();
     }
     void setToDefault() override
     {
         setEditText(m_defaultVal);
     }
     void setToCurrent() override
     {
         setEditText(*m_pVar);
     }
     void apply() override
     {
         *m_pVar = currentText();
         insertText();
     }
     void write(ValueMap* config) override
     {
         config->writeEntry(m_saveName, m_list);
     }
     void read(ValueMap* config) override
     {
         m_list = config->readListEntry(m_saveName, QStringList(m_defaultVal));
         if(!m_list.empty()) *m_pVar = m_list.front();
         clear();
         insertItems(0, m_list);
     }
 
   private:
     void insertText()
     { // Check if the text exists. If yes remove it and push it in as first element
         QString current = currentText();
         m_list.removeAll(current);
         m_list.push_front(current);
         clear();
         if(m_list.size() > 10)
             m_list.erase(m_list.begin() + 10, m_list.end());
         insertItems(0, m_list);
     }
     OptionLineEdit(const OptionLineEdit&); // private copy constructor without implementation
     QStringList m_list;
 };
 
 #if defined QT_NO_VALIDATOR
 #error No validator
 #endif
 class OptionIntEdit : public QLineEdit, public OptionItemT<int>
 {
   public:
     OptionIntEdit(int defaultVal, const QString& saveName, int* pVar, int rangeMin, int rangeMax,
                   QWidget* pParent)
         : QLineEdit(pParent), OptionItemT<int>(saveName)
     {
         m_pVar = pVar;
         m_defaultVal = defaultVal;
         QIntValidator* v = new QIntValidator(this);
         v->setRange(rangeMin, rangeMax);
         setValidator(v);
     }
     void setToDefault() override
     {
         QString s;
         s.setNum(m_defaultVal);
         setText(s);
     }
     void setToCurrent() override
     {
         QString s;
         s.setNum(*m_pVar);
         setText(s);
     }
     void apply() override
     {
         const QIntValidator* v = static_cast<const QIntValidator*>(validator());
         *m_pVar = minMaxLimiter(text().toInt(), v->bottom(), v->top());
         setText(QString::number(*m_pVar));
     }
     void write(ValueMap* config) override { config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); }
     void read(ValueMap* config) override { *m_pVar = config->readNumEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); }
 
   private:
     OptionIntEdit(const OptionIntEdit&); // private copy constructor without implementation
 };
 
 class OptionComboBox : public QComboBox, public OptionItem
 {
   public:
     OptionComboBox(int defaultVal, const QString& saveName, int* pVarNum,
                    QWidget* pParent)
         : QComboBox(pParent), OptionItem(saveName)
     {
         setMinimumWidth(50);
         m_pVarNum = pVarNum;
         m_pVarStr = nullptr;
         m_defaultVal = defaultVal;
         setEditable(false);
     }
     OptionComboBox(int defaultVal, const QString& saveName, QString* pVarStr,
                    QWidget* pParent)
         : QComboBox(pParent), OptionItem(saveName)
     {
         m_pVarNum = nullptr;
         m_pVarStr = pVarStr;
         m_defaultVal = defaultVal;
         setEditable(false);
     }
     void setToDefault() override
     {
         setCurrentIndex(m_defaultVal);
         if(m_pVarStr != nullptr) {
             *m_pVarStr = currentText();
         }
     }
     void setToCurrent() override
     {
         if(m_pVarNum != nullptr)
             setCurrentIndex(*m_pVarNum);
         else
             setText(*m_pVarStr);
     }
     void apply() override
     {
         if(m_pVarNum != nullptr) {
             *m_pVarNum = currentIndex();
         }
         else
         {
             *m_pVarStr = currentText();
         }
     }
     void write(ValueMap* config) override
     {
         if(m_pVarStr != nullptr)
             config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVarStr);
         else
             config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVarNum);
     }
     void read(ValueMap* config) override
     {
         if(m_pVarStr != nullptr)
             setText(config->readEntry(m_saveName, currentText()));
         else
             *m_pVarNum = config->readNumEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVarNum);
     }
     void preserve() override
     {
         if(m_pVarStr != nullptr) {
             m_preservedStrVal = *m_pVarStr;
         }
         else
         {
             m_preservedNumVal = *m_pVarNum;
         }
     }
     void unpreserve() override
     {
         if(m_pVarStr != nullptr) {
             *m_pVarStr = m_preservedStrVal;
         }
         else
         {
             *m_pVarNum = m_preservedNumVal;
         }
     }
 
   private:
     OptionComboBox(const OptionIntEdit&); // private copy constructor without implementation
     int* m_pVarNum;
     int m_preservedNumVal = 0;
     QString* m_pVarStr;
     QString m_preservedStrVal;
     int m_defaultVal;
 
     void setText(const QString& s)
     {
         // Find the string in the combobox-list, don't change the value if nothing fits.
         for(int i = 0; i < count(); ++i)
         {
             if(itemText(i) == s)
             {
                 if(m_pVarNum != nullptr) *m_pVarNum = i;
                 if(m_pVarStr != nullptr) *m_pVarStr = s;
                 setCurrentIndex(i);
                 return;
             }
         }
     }
 };
 
 class OptionEncodingComboBox : public QComboBox, public OptionItem
 {
     Q_OBJECT
     QVector<QTextCodec*> m_codecVec;
     QTextCodec** m_ppVarCodec;
 
   public:
     OptionEncodingComboBox(const QString& saveName, QTextCodec** ppVarCodec,
                            QWidget* pParent)
         : QComboBox(pParent), OptionItem(saveName)
     {
         m_ppVarCodec = ppVarCodec;
         insertCodec(i18n("Unicode, 8 bit"), QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8"));
         insertCodec(i18n("Unicode"), QTextCodec::codecForName("iso-10646-UCS-2"));
         insertCodec(i18n("Latin1"), QTextCodec::codecForName("iso 8859-1"));
 
         // First sort codec names:
         std::map<QString, QTextCodec*> names;
         QList<int> mibs = QTextCodec::availableMibs();
         foreach(int i, mibs)
         {
             QTextCodec* c = QTextCodec::codecForMib(i);
             if(c != nullptr)
                 names[QString(QLatin1String(c->name())).toUpper()] = c;
         }
 
         std::map<QString, QTextCodec*>::iterator it;
         for(it = names.begin(); it != names.end(); ++it)
         {
             insertCodec("", it->second);
         }
 
         this->setToolTip(i18n(
             "Change this if non-ASCII characters are not displayed correctly."));
     }
     void insertCodec(const QString& visibleCodecName, QTextCodec* c)
     {
         if(c != nullptr)
         {
             QString codecName = QLatin1String(c->name());
             for(int i = 0; i < m_codecVec.size(); ++i)
             {
                 if(c == m_codecVec[i])
                     return; // don't insert any codec twice
             }
             QString itemText = visibleCodecName.isEmpty() ? codecName : visibleCodecName + QStringLiteral(" (") + codecName + QStringLiteral(")");
             addItem(itemText, (int)m_codecVec.size());
             m_codecVec.push_back(c);
         }
     }
     void setToDefault() override
     {
         QString defaultName = QLatin1String(QTextCodec::codecForLocale()->name());
         for(int i = 0; i < count(); ++i)
         {
             if(defaultName == itemText(i) &&
                m_codecVec[i] == QTextCodec::codecForLocale())
             {
                 setCurrentIndex(i);
                 if(m_ppVarCodec != nullptr) {
                     *m_ppVarCodec = m_codecVec[i];
                 }
                 return;
             }
         }
 
         setCurrentIndex(0);
         if(m_ppVarCodec != nullptr) {
             *m_ppVarCodec = m_codecVec[0];
         }
     }
     void setToCurrent() override
     {
         if(m_ppVarCodec != nullptr)
         {
             for(int i = 0; i < m_codecVec.size(); ++i)
             {
                 if(*m_ppVarCodec == m_codecVec[i])
                 {
                     setCurrentIndex(i);
                     break;
                 }
             }
         }
     }
     void apply() override
     {
         if(m_ppVarCodec != nullptr) {
             *m_ppVarCodec = m_codecVec[currentIndex()];
         }
     }
     void write(ValueMap* config) override
     {
         if(m_ppVarCodec != nullptr) config->writeEntry(m_saveName, (const char*)(*m_ppVarCodec)->name());
     }
     void read(ValueMap* config) override
     {
         QString codecName = config->readEntry(m_saveName, (const char*)m_codecVec[currentIndex()]->name());
         for(int i = 0; i < m_codecVec.size(); ++i)
         {
             if(codecName == QLatin1String(m_codecVec[i]->name()))
             {
                 setCurrentIndex(i);
                 if(m_ppVarCodec != nullptr) *m_ppVarCodec = m_codecVec[i];
                 break;
             }
         }
     }
 
   protected:
     void preserve() override { m_preservedVal = currentIndex(); }
     void unpreserve() override { setCurrentIndex(m_preservedVal); }
     int m_preservedVal;
 };
 
 OptionDialog::OptionDialog(bool bShowDirMergeSettings, QWidget* parent) : KPageDialog(parent)
 {
     setFaceType(List);
     setWindowTitle(i18n("Configure"));
     setStandardButtons(QDialogButtonBox::Help | QDialogButtonBox::RestoreDefaults | QDialogButtonBox::Apply | QDialogButtonBox::Ok | QDialogButtonBox::Cancel);
     
     setModal(true);
 
     //showButtonSeparator( true );
     //setHelp( "kdiff3/index.html", QString::null );
 
     setupFontPage();
     setupColorPage();
     setupEditPage();
     setupDiffPage();
     setupMergePage();
     setupOtherOptions();
     if(bShowDirMergeSettings)
         setupDirectoryMergePage();
 
     setupRegionalPage();
     setupIntegrationPage();
 
     //setupKeysPage();
 
     // Initialize all values in the dialog
     resetToDefaults();
     slotApply();
     connect(button(QDialogButtonBox::Apply), &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotApply);
     connect(button(QDialogButtonBox::Ok), &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotOk);
     connect(button(QDialogButtonBox::RestoreDefaults), &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotDefault);
     connect(button(QDialogButtonBox::Cancel), &QPushButton::clicked, this, &QDialog::reject);
     connect(button(QDialogButtonBox::Help), &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OptionDialog::helpRequested);
     //connect(this, &OptionDialog::applyClicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotApply);
     //helpClicked() is connected in KDiff3App::KDiff3App -- Really where?
     //connect(this, &OptionDialog::defaultClicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotDefault);
 }
 
 void OptionDialog::helpRequested()
 {
     KHelpClient::invokeHelp(QStringLiteral("kdiff3/index.html"), QString());
 }
 
 OptionDialog::~OptionDialog()
 {
 }
 
 void OptionDialog::setupOtherOptions()
 {
     //TODO move to Options class
     addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(false, "AutoAdvance", &m_options.m_bAutoAdvance));
     addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(true, "ShowWhiteSpaceCharacters", &m_options.m_bShowWhiteSpaceCharacters));
     addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(true, "ShowWhiteSpace", &m_options.m_bShowWhiteSpace));
     addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(false, "ShowLineNumbers", &m_options.m_bShowLineNumbers));
     addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(true, "HorizDiffWindowSplitting", &m_options.m_bHorizDiffWindowSplitting));
     addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(false, "WordWrap", &m_options.m_bWordWrap));
 
     addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(true, "ShowIdenticalFiles", &m_options.m_bDmShowIdenticalFiles));
 
     addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(true, "Show Toolbar", &m_options.m_bShowToolBar));
     addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(true, "Show Statusbar", &m_options.m_bShowStatusBar));
 
     /*
    TODO manage toolbar positioning
    */
     addOptionItem(new OptionNum( Qt::TopToolBarArea, "ToolBarPos", (int*)&m_options.m_toolBarPos));
     addOptionItem(new OptionSize(QSize(600, 400), "Geometry", &m_options.m_geometry));
     addOptionItem(new OptionPoint(QPoint(0, 22), "Position", &m_options.m_position));
     addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(false, "WindowStateMaximised", &m_options.m_bMaximised));
 
     addOptionItem(new OptionStringList("RecentAFiles", &m_options.m_recentAFiles));
     addOptionItem(new OptionStringList("RecentBFiles", &m_options.m_recentBFiles));
     addOptionItem(new OptionStringList("RecentCFiles", &m_options.m_recentCFiles));
     addOptionItem(new OptionStringList("RecentOutputFiles", &m_options.m_recentOutputFiles));
     addOptionItem(new OptionStringList("RecentEncodings", &m_options.m_recentEncodings));
 }
 
 void OptionDialog::setupFontPage()
 {
     QFrame* page = new QFrame();
     KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Font"));
 
     pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Editor & Diff Output Font"));
     //not all themes have this icon
     if(QIcon::hasThemeIcon(QStringLiteral("font-select-symbolic")))
         pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("font-select-symbolic")));
     else
         pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("preferences-desktop-font")));
     addPage(pageItem);
 
     QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page);
     topLayout->setMargin(5);
 
     //requires QT 5.2 or later.
     static const QFont defaultFont = QFontDatabase::systemFont(QFontDatabase::FixedFont);
     ;
     static QFont defaultAppFont = QApplication::font();
 
     OptionFontChooser* pAppFontChooser = new OptionFontChooser(defaultAppFont, "ApplicationFont", &m_options.m_appFont, page);
     addOptionItem(pAppFontChooser);
     topLayout->addWidget(pAppFontChooser);
     pAppFontChooser->setTitle(i18n("Application font"));
 
     OptionFontChooser* pFontChooser = new OptionFontChooser(defaultFont, "Font", &m_options.m_font, page);
     addOptionItem(pFontChooser);
     topLayout->addWidget(pFontChooser);
     pFontChooser->setTitle(i18n("File view font"));
 
     QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout();
     topLayout->addLayout(gbox);
     //int line=0;
 
     // This currently does not work (see rendering in class DiffTextWindow)
     //OptionCheckBox* pItalicDeltas = new OptionCheckBox( i18n("Italic font for deltas"), false, "ItalicForDeltas", &m_options.m_bItalicForDeltas, page, this );
     //addOptionItem(pItalicDeltas);
     //gbox->addWidget( pItalicDeltas, line, 0, 1, 2 );
     //pItalicDeltas->setToolTip( i18n(
     //   "Selects the italic version of the font for differences.\n"
     //   "If the font doesn't support italic characters, then this does nothing.")
     //   );
 }
 
 void OptionDialog::setupColorPage()
 {
     QFrame* page = new QFrame();
-    KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Color"));
+    KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18nc("Title for color settings page","Color"));
     pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Colors Settings"));
     pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("colormanagement")));
     addPage(pageItem);
 
     QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page);
     topLayout->setMargin(5);
 
     QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout();
     gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 5);
     topLayout->addLayout(gbox);
 
     QLabel* label;
     int line = 0;
 
     int depth = QPixmap::defaultDepth();
     bool bLowColor = depth <= 8;
 
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Editor and Diff Views:"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     QFont f(label->font());
     f.setBold(true);
     label->setFont(f);
     ++line;
 
     OptionColorButton* pFgColor = new OptionColorButton(Qt::black, "FgColor", &m_options.m_fgColor, page);
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Foreground color:"), page);
     label->setBuddy(pFgColor);
     addOptionItem(pFgColor);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     gbox->addWidget(pFgColor, line, 1);
     ++line;
 
     OptionColorButton* pBgColor = new OptionColorButton(Qt::white, "BgColor", &m_options.m_bgColor, page);
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Background color:"), page);
     label->setBuddy(pBgColor);
     addOptionItem(pBgColor);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     gbox->addWidget(pBgColor, line, 1);
 
     ++line;
 
     OptionColorButton* pDiffBgColor = new OptionColorButton(
         bLowColor ? QColor(Qt::lightGray) : qRgb(224, 224, 224), "DiffBgColor", &m_options.m_diffBgColor, page);
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Diff background color:"), page);
     label->setBuddy(pDiffBgColor);
     addOptionItem(pDiffBgColor);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     gbox->addWidget(pDiffBgColor, line, 1);
     ++line;
 
     OptionColorButton* pColorA = new OptionColorButton(
         bLowColor ? qRgb(0, 0, 255) : qRgb(0, 0, 200) /*blue*/, "ColorA", &m_options.m_colorA, page);
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Color A:"), page);
     label->setBuddy(pColorA);
     addOptionItem(pColorA);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     gbox->addWidget(pColorA, line, 1);
     ++line;
 
     OptionColorButton* pColorB = new OptionColorButton(
         bLowColor ? qRgb(0, 128, 0) : qRgb(0, 150, 0) /*green*/, "ColorB", &m_options.m_colorB, page);
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Color B:"), page);
     label->setBuddy(pColorB);
     addOptionItem(pColorB);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     gbox->addWidget(pColorB, line, 1);
     ++line;
 
     OptionColorButton* pColorC = new OptionColorButton(
         bLowColor ? qRgb(128, 0, 128) : qRgb(150, 0, 150) /*magenta*/, "ColorC", &m_options.m_colorC, page);
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Color C:"), page);
     label->setBuddy(pColorC);
     addOptionItem(pColorC);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     gbox->addWidget(pColorC, line, 1);
     ++line;
 
     OptionColorButton* pColorForConflict = new OptionColorButton(Qt::red, "ColorForConflict", &m_options.m_colorForConflict, page);
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Conflict color:"), page);
     label->setBuddy(pColorForConflict);
     addOptionItem(pColorForConflict);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     gbox->addWidget(pColorForConflict, line, 1);
     ++line;
 
     OptionColorButton* pColor = new OptionColorButton(
         bLowColor ? qRgb(192, 192, 192) : qRgb(220, 220, 100), "CurrentRangeBgColor", &m_options.m_currentRangeBgColor, page);
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Current range background color:"), page);
     label->setBuddy(pColor);
     addOptionItem(pColor);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1);
     ++line;
 
     pColor = new OptionColorButton(
         bLowColor ? qRgb(255, 255, 0) : qRgb(255, 255, 150), "CurrentRangeDiffBgColor", &m_options.m_currentRangeDiffBgColor, page);
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Current range diff background color:"), page);
     label->setBuddy(pColor);
     addOptionItem(pColor);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1);
     ++line;
 
     pColor = new OptionColorButton(qRgb(0xff, 0xd0, 0x80), "ManualAlignmentRangeColor", &m_options.m_manualHelpRangeColor, page);
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Color for manually aligned difference ranges:"), page);
     label->setBuddy(pColor);
     addOptionItem(pColor);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1);
     ++line;
 
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Directory Comparison View:"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     label->setFont(f);
     ++line;
 
     pColor = new OptionColorButton(qRgb(0, 0xd0, 0), "NewestFileColor", &m_options.m_newestFileColor, page);
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Newest file color:"), page);
     label->setBuddy(pColor);
     addOptionItem(pColor);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1);
     QString dirColorTip = i18n("Changing this color will only be effective when starting the next directory comparison.");
     label->setToolTip(dirColorTip);
     ++line;
 
     pColor = new OptionColorButton(qRgb(0xf0, 0, 0), "OldestFileColor", &m_options.m_oldestFileColor, page);
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Oldest file color:"), page);
     label->setBuddy(pColor);
     addOptionItem(pColor);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1);
     label->setToolTip(dirColorTip);
     ++line;
 
     pColor = new OptionColorButton(qRgb(0xc0, 0xc0, 0), "MidAgeFileColor", &m_options.m_midAgeFileColor, page);
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Middle age file color:"), page);
     label->setBuddy(pColor);
     addOptionItem(pColor);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1);
     label->setToolTip(dirColorTip);
     ++line;
 
     pColor = new OptionColorButton(qRgb(0, 0, 0), "MissingFileColor", &m_options.m_missingFileColor, page);
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Color for missing files:"), page);
     label->setBuddy(pColor);
     addOptionItem(pColor);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1);
     label->setToolTip(dirColorTip);
     ++line;
 
     topLayout->addStretch(10);
 }
 
 void OptionDialog::setupEditPage()
 {
     QFrame* page = new QFrame();
     KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Editor"));
     pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Editor Behavior"));
     pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("accessories-text-editor")));
     addPage(pageItem);
 
     QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page);
     topLayout->setMargin(5);
 
     QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout();
     gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 5);
     topLayout->addLayout(gbox);
     QLabel* label;
     int line = 0;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pReplaceTabs = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Tab inserts spaces"), false, "ReplaceTabs", &m_options.m_bReplaceTabs, page);
     addOptionItem(pReplaceTabs);
     gbox->addWidget(pReplaceTabs, line, 0, 1, 2);
     pReplaceTabs->setToolTip(i18n(
         "On: Pressing tab generates the appropriate number of spaces.\n"
         "Off: A tab character will be inserted."));
     ++line;
 
     OptionIntEdit* pTabSize = new OptionIntEdit(8, "TabSize", &m_options.m_tabSize, 1, 100, page);
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Tab size:"), page);
     label->setBuddy(pTabSize);
     addOptionItem(pTabSize);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     gbox->addWidget(pTabSize, line, 1);
     ++line;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pAutoIndentation = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto indentation"), true, "AutoIndentation", &m_options.m_bAutoIndentation, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pAutoIndentation, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pAutoIndentation);
     pAutoIndentation->setToolTip(i18n(
         "On: The indentation of the previous line is used for a new line.\n"));
     ++line;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pAutoCopySelection = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto copy selection"), false, "AutoCopySelection", &m_options.m_bAutoCopySelection, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pAutoCopySelection, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pAutoCopySelection);
     pAutoCopySelection->setToolTip(i18n(
         "On: Any selection is immediately written to the clipboard.\n"
         "Off: You must explicitly copy e.g. via Ctrl-C."));
     ++line;
 
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Line end style:"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
 
     OptionComboBox* pLineEndStyle = new OptionComboBox(eLineEndStyleAutoDetect, "LineEndStyle", (int*)&m_options.m_lineEndStyle, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pLineEndStyle, line, 1);
     addOptionItem(pLineEndStyle);
     pLineEndStyle->insertItem(eLineEndStyleUnix, "Unix");
     pLineEndStyle->insertItem(eLineEndStyleDos, "Dos/Windows");
     pLineEndStyle->insertItem(eLineEndStyleAutoDetect, "Autodetect");
 
     label->setToolTip(i18n(
         "Sets the line endings for when an edited file is saved.\n"
         "DOS/Windows: CR+LF; UNIX: LF; with CR=0D, LF=0A"));
     ++line;
 
     topLayout->addStretch(10);
 }
 
 void OptionDialog::setupDiffPage()
 {
     QFrame* page = new QFrame();
     KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Diff"));
     pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Diff Settings"));
     pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("text-x-patch")));
     addPage(pageItem);
 
     QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page);
     topLayout->setMargin(5);
 
     QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout();
     gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 5);
     topLayout->addLayout(gbox);
     int line = 0;
 
     QLabel* label = nullptr;
 
     m_options.m_bPreserveCarriageReturn = false;
     /*
     OptionCheckBox* pPreserveCarriageReturn = new OptionCheckBox( i18n("Preserve carriage return"), false, "PreserveCarriageReturn", &m_options.m_bPreserveCarriageReturn, page, this );
     addOptionItem(pPreserveCarriageReturn);
     gbox->addWidget( pPreserveCarriageReturn, line, 0, 1, 2 );
     pPreserveCarriageReturn->setToolTip( i18n(
        "Show carriage return characters '\\r' if they exist.\n"
        "Helps to compare files that were modified under different operating systems.")
        );
     ++line;
 */
     OptionCheckBox* pIgnoreNumbers = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Ignore numbers (treat as white space)"), false, "IgnoreNumbers", &m_options.m_bIgnoreNumbers, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pIgnoreNumbers, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pIgnoreNumbers);
     pIgnoreNumbers->setToolTip(i18n(
         "Ignore number characters during line matching phase. (Similar to Ignore white space.)\n"
         "Might help to compare files with numeric data."));
     ++line;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pIgnoreComments = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Ignore C/C++ comments (treat as white space)"), false, "IgnoreComments", &m_options.m_bIgnoreComments, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pIgnoreComments, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pIgnoreComments);
     pIgnoreComments->setToolTip(i18n("Treat C/C++ comments like white space."));
     ++line;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pIgnoreCase = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Ignore case (treat as white space)"), false, "IgnoreCase", &m_options.m_bIgnoreCase, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pIgnoreCase, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pIgnoreCase);
     pIgnoreCase->setToolTip(i18n(
         "Treat case differences like white space changes. ('a'<=>'A')"));
     ++line;
 
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Preprocessor command:"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     OptionLineEdit* pLE = new OptionLineEdit("", "PreProcessorCmd", &m_options.m_PreProcessorCmd, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pLE, line, 1);
     addOptionItem(pLE);
     label->setToolTip(i18n("User defined pre-processing. (See the docs for details.)"));
     ++line;
 
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Line-matching preprocessor command:"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     pLE = new OptionLineEdit("", "LineMatchingPreProcessorCmd", &m_options.m_LineMatchingPreProcessorCmd, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pLE, line, 1);
     addOptionItem(pLE);
     label->setToolTip(i18n("This pre-processor is only used during line matching.\n(See the docs for details.)"));
     ++line;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pTryHard = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Try hard (slower)"), true, "TryHard", &m_options.m_bTryHard, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pTryHard, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pTryHard);
     pTryHard->setToolTip(i18n(
         "Enables the --minimal option for the external diff.\n"
         "The analysis of big files will be much slower."));
     ++line;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pDiff3AlignBC = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Align B and C for 3 input files"), false, "Diff3AlignBC", &m_options.m_bDiff3AlignBC, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pDiff3AlignBC, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pDiff3AlignBC);
     pDiff3AlignBC->setToolTip(i18n(
         "Try to align B and C when comparing or merging three input files.\n"
         "Not recommended for merging because merge might get more complicated.\n"
         "(Default is off.)"));
     ++line;
 
     topLayout->addStretch(10);
 }
 
 void OptionDialog::setupMergePage()
 {
     QFrame* page = new QFrame();
     KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Merge"));
     pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Merge Settings"));
     pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("merge")));
     addPage(pageItem);
 
     QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page);
     topLayout->setMargin(5);
 
     QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout();
     gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 5);
     topLayout->addLayout(gbox);
     int line = 0;
 
     QLabel* label = nullptr;
 
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Auto advance delay (ms):"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     OptionIntEdit* pAutoAdvanceDelay = new OptionIntEdit(500, "AutoAdvanceDelay", &m_options.m_autoAdvanceDelay, 0, 2000, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pAutoAdvanceDelay, line, 1);
     addOptionItem(pAutoAdvanceDelay);
     label->setToolTip(i18n(
         "When in Auto-Advance mode the result of the current selection is shown \n"
         "for the specified time, before jumping to the next conflict. Range: 0-2000 ms"));
     ++line;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pShowInfoDialogs = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Show info dialogs"), true, "ShowInfoDialogs", &m_options.m_bShowInfoDialogs, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pShowInfoDialogs, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pShowInfoDialogs);
     pShowInfoDialogs->setToolTip(i18n("Show a dialog with information about the number of conflicts."));
     ++line;
 
     label = new QLabel(i18n("White space 2-file merge default:"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     OptionComboBox* pWhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault = new OptionComboBox(0, "WhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault", &m_options.m_whiteSpace2FileMergeDefault, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pWhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault, line, 1);
     addOptionItem(pWhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault);
     pWhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault->insertItem(0, i18n("Manual Choice"));
     pWhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault->insertItem(1, i18n("A"));
     pWhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault->insertItem(2, i18n("B"));
     label->setToolTip(i18n(
         "Allow the merge algorithm to automatically select an input for "
         "white-space-only changes."));
     ++line;
 
     label = new QLabel(i18n("White space 3-file merge default:"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     OptionComboBox* pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault = new OptionComboBox(0, "WhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault", &m_options.m_whiteSpace3FileMergeDefault, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault, line, 1);
     addOptionItem(pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault);
     pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault->insertItem(0, i18n("Manual Choice"));
     pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault->insertItem(1, i18n("A"));
     pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault->insertItem(2, i18n("B"));
     pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault->insertItem(3, i18n("C"));
     label->setToolTip(i18n(
         "Allow the merge algorithm to automatically select an input for "
         "white-space-only changes."));
     ++line;
 
     QGroupBox* pGroupBox = new QGroupBox(i18n("Automatic Merge Regular Expression"));
     gbox->addWidget(pGroupBox, line, 0, 1, 2);
     ++line;
     {
         gbox = new QGridLayout(pGroupBox);
         gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 10);
         line = 0;
 
         label = new QLabel(i18n("Auto merge regular expression:"), page);
         gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
         m_pAutoMergeRegExpLineEdit = new OptionLineEdit(".*\\$(Version|Header|Date|Author).*\\$.*", "AutoMergeRegExp", &m_options.m_autoMergeRegExp, page);
         gbox->addWidget(m_pAutoMergeRegExpLineEdit, line, 1);
         addOptionItem(m_pAutoMergeRegExpLineEdit);
         s_autoMergeRegExpToolTip = i18n("Regular expression for lines where KDiff3 should automatically choose one source.\n"
                                         "When a line with a conflict matches the regular expression then\n"
                                         "- if available - C, otherwise B will be chosen.");
         label->setToolTip(s_autoMergeRegExpToolTip);
         ++line;
 
         OptionCheckBox* pAutoMergeRegExp = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Run regular expression auto merge on merge start"), false, "RunRegExpAutoMergeOnMergeStart", &m_options.m_bRunRegExpAutoMergeOnMergeStart, page);
         addOptionItem(pAutoMergeRegExp);
         gbox->addWidget(pAutoMergeRegExp, line, 0, 1, 2);
         pAutoMergeRegExp->setToolTip(i18n("Run the merge for auto merge regular expressions\n"
                                           "immediately when a merge starts.\n"));
         ++line;
     }
 
     pGroupBox = new QGroupBox(i18n("Version Control History Merging"));
     gbox->addWidget(pGroupBox, line, 0, 1, 2);
     ++line;
     {
         gbox = new QGridLayout(pGroupBox);
         gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 10);
         line = 0;
 
         label = new QLabel(i18n("History start regular expression:"), page);
         gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
         m_pHistoryStartRegExpLineEdit = new OptionLineEdit(".*\\$Log.*\\$.*", "HistoryStartRegExp", &m_options.m_historyStartRegExp, page);
         gbox->addWidget(m_pHistoryStartRegExpLineEdit, line, 1);
         addOptionItem(m_pHistoryStartRegExpLineEdit);
         s_historyStartRegExpToolTip = i18n("Regular expression for the start of the version control history entry.\n"
                                            "Usually this line contains the \"$Log$\" keyword.\n"
                                            "Default value: \".*\\$Log.*\\$.*\"");
         label->setToolTip(s_historyStartRegExpToolTip);
         ++line;
 
         label = new QLabel(i18n("History entry start regular expression:"), page);
         gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
         // Example line:  "** \main\rolle_fsp_dev_008\1   17 Aug 2001 10:45:44   rolle"
         QString historyEntryStartDefault =
             "\\s*\\\\main\\\\(\\S+)\\s+"                         // Start with  "\main\"
             "([0-9]+) "                                          // day
             "(Jan|Feb|Mar|Apr|May|Jun|Jul|Aug|Sep|Oct|Nov|Dec) " //month
             "([0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) "                            // year
             "([0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9])\\s+(.*)";        // time, name
 
         m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpLineEdit = new OptionLineEdit(historyEntryStartDefault, "HistoryEntryStartRegExp", &m_options.m_historyEntryStartRegExp, page);
         gbox->addWidget(m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpLineEdit, line, 1);
         addOptionItem(m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpLineEdit);
         s_historyEntryStartRegExpToolTip = i18n("A version control history entry consists of several lines.\n"
                                                 "Specify the regular expression to detect the first line (without the leading comment).\n"
                                                 "Use parentheses to group the keys you want to use for sorting.\n"
                                                 "If left empty, then KDiff3 assumes that empty lines separate history entries.\n"
                                                 "See the documentation for details.");
         label->setToolTip(s_historyEntryStartRegExpToolTip);
         ++line;
 
         m_pHistoryMergeSorting = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("History merge sorting"), false, "HistoryMergeSorting", &m_options.m_bHistoryMergeSorting, page);
         gbox->addWidget(m_pHistoryMergeSorting, line, 0, 1, 2);
         addOptionItem(m_pHistoryMergeSorting);
         m_pHistoryMergeSorting->setToolTip(i18n("Sort version control history by a key."));
         ++line;
         //QString branch = newHistoryEntry.cap(1);
         //int day    = newHistoryEntry.cap(2).toInt();
         //int month  = QString("Jan|Feb|Mar|Apr|May|Jun|Jul|Aug|Sep|Oct|Nov|Dec").find(newHistoryEntry.cap(3))/4 + 1;
         //int year   = newHistoryEntry.cap(4).toInt();
         //QString time = newHistoryEntry.cap(5);
         //QString name = newHistoryEntry.cap(6);
         QString defaultSortKeyOrder = "4,3,2,5,1,6"; //QDate(year,month,day).toString(Qt::ISODate) +" "+ time + " " + branch + " " + name;
 
         label = new QLabel(i18n("History entry start sort key order:"), page);
         gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
         m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit = new OptionLineEdit(defaultSortKeyOrder, "HistoryEntryStartSortKeyOrder", &m_options.m_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrder, page);
         gbox->addWidget(m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit, line, 1);
         addOptionItem(m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit);
         s_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrderToolTip = i18n("Each pair of parentheses used in the regular expression for the history start entry\n"
                                                       "groups a key that can be used for sorting.\n"
                                                       "Specify the list of keys (that are numbered in order of occurrence\n"
                                                       "starting with 1) using ',' as separator (e.g. \"4,5,6,1,2,3,7\").\n"
                                                       "If left empty, then no sorting will be done.\n"
                                                       "See the documentation for details.");
         label->setToolTip(s_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrderToolTip);
         m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit->setEnabled(false);
         connect(m_pHistoryMergeSorting, &OptionCheckBox::toggled, m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit, &OptionLineEdit::setEnabled);
         ++line;
 
         m_pHistoryAutoMerge = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Merge version control history on merge start"), false, "RunHistoryAutoMergeOnMergeStart", &m_options.m_bRunHistoryAutoMergeOnMergeStart, page);
         addOptionItem(m_pHistoryAutoMerge);
         gbox->addWidget(m_pHistoryAutoMerge, line, 0, 1, 2);
         m_pHistoryAutoMerge->setToolTip(i18n("Run version control history automerge on merge start."));
         ++line;
 
         OptionIntEdit* pMaxNofHistoryEntries = new OptionIntEdit(-1, "MaxNofHistoryEntries", &m_options.m_maxNofHistoryEntries, -1, 1000, page);
         label = new QLabel(i18n("Max number of history entries:"), page);
         gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
         gbox->addWidget(pMaxNofHistoryEntries, line, 1);
         addOptionItem(pMaxNofHistoryEntries);
         pMaxNofHistoryEntries->setToolTip(i18n("Cut off after specified number. Use -1 for infinite number of entries."));
         ++line;
     }
 
     QPushButton* pButton = new QPushButton(i18n("Test your regular expressions"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(pButton, line, 0);
     connect(pButton, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotHistoryMergeRegExpTester);
     ++line;
 
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Irrelevant merge command:"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     OptionLineEdit* pLE = new OptionLineEdit("", "IrrelevantMergeCmd", &m_options.m_IrrelevantMergeCmd, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pLE, line, 1);
     addOptionItem(pLE);
     label->setToolTip(i18n("If specified this script is run after automerge\n"
                            "when no other relevant changes were detected.\n"
                            "Called with the parameters: filename1 filename2 filename3"));
     ++line;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pAutoSaveAndQuit = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto save and quit on merge without conflicts"), false,
                                                           "AutoSaveAndQuitOnMergeWithoutConflicts", &m_options.m_bAutoSaveAndQuitOnMergeWithoutConflicts, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pAutoSaveAndQuit, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pAutoSaveAndQuit);
     pAutoSaveAndQuit->setToolTip(i18n("If KDiff3 was started for a file-merge from the command line and all\n"
                                       "conflicts are solvable without user interaction then automatically save and quit.\n"
                                       "(Similar to command line option \"--auto\".)"));
     ++line;
 
     topLayout->addStretch(10);
 }
 
 void OptionDialog::setupDirectoryMergePage()
 {
     QFrame* page = new QFrame();
     KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Directory"));
     pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Directory"));
     pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("inode-directory")));
     addPage(pageItem);
 
     QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page);
     topLayout->setMargin(5);
 
     QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout();
     gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 5);
     topLayout->addLayout(gbox);
     int line = 0;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pRecursiveDirs = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Recursive directories"), true, "RecursiveDirs", &m_options.m_bDmRecursiveDirs, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pRecursiveDirs, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pRecursiveDirs);
     pRecursiveDirs->setToolTip(i18n("Whether to analyze subdirectories or not."));
     ++line;
     QLabel* label = new QLabel(i18n("File pattern(s):"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     OptionLineEdit* pFilePattern = new OptionLineEdit("*", "FilePattern", &m_options.m_DmFilePattern, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pFilePattern, line, 1);
     addOptionItem(pFilePattern);
     label->setToolTip(i18n(
         "Pattern(s) of files to be analyzed. \n"
         "Wildcards: '*' and '?'\n"
         "Several Patterns can be specified by using the separator: ';'"));
     ++line;
 
     label = new QLabel(i18n("File-anti-pattern(s):"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     OptionLineEdit* pFileAntiPattern = new OptionLineEdit("*.orig;*.o;*.obj;*.rej;*.bak", "FileAntiPattern", &m_options.m_DmFileAntiPattern, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pFileAntiPattern, line, 1);
     addOptionItem(pFileAntiPattern);
     label->setToolTip(i18n(
         "Pattern(s) of files to be excluded from analysis. \n"
         "Wildcards: '*' and '?'\n"
         "Several Patterns can be specified by using the separator: ';'"));
     ++line;
 
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Dir-anti-pattern(s):"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     OptionLineEdit* pDirAntiPattern = new OptionLineEdit("CVS;.deps;.svn;.hg;.git", "DirAntiPattern", &m_options.m_DmDirAntiPattern, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pDirAntiPattern, line, 1);
     addOptionItem(pDirAntiPattern);
     label->setToolTip(i18n(
         "Pattern(s) of directories to be excluded from analysis. \n"
         "Wildcards: '*' and '?'\n"
         "Several Patterns can be specified by using the separator: ';'"));
     ++line;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pUseCvsIgnore = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Use .cvsignore"), false, "UseCvsIgnore", &m_options.m_bDmUseCvsIgnore, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pUseCvsIgnore, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pUseCvsIgnore);
     pUseCvsIgnore->setToolTip(i18n(
         "Extends the antipattern to anything that would be ignored by CVS.\n"
         "Via local \".cvsignore\" files this can be directory specific."));
     ++line;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pFindHidden = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Find hidden files and directories"), true, "FindHidden", &m_options.m_bDmFindHidden, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pFindHidden, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pFindHidden);
 #if defined(Q_OS_WIN)
     pFindHidden->setToolTip(i18n("Finds files and directories with the hidden attribute."));
 #else
     pFindHidden->setToolTip(i18n("Finds files and directories starting with '.'."));
 #endif
     ++line;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pFollowFileLinks = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Follow file links"), false, "FollowFileLinks", &m_options.m_bDmFollowFileLinks, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pFollowFileLinks, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pFollowFileLinks);
     pFollowFileLinks->setToolTip(i18n(
         "On: Compare the file the link points to.\n"
         "Off: Compare the links."));
     ++line;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pFollowDirLinks = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Follow directory links"), false, "FollowDirLinks", &m_options.m_bDmFollowDirLinks, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pFollowDirLinks, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pFollowDirLinks);
     pFollowDirLinks->setToolTip(i18n(
         "On: Compare the directory the link points to.\n"
         "Off: Compare the links."));
     ++line;
 
 #if defined(Q_OS_WIN)
     bool bCaseSensitiveFilenameComparison = false;
 #else
     bool bCaseSensitiveFilenameComparison = true;
 #endif
     OptionCheckBox* pCaseSensitiveFileNames = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Case sensitive filename comparison"), bCaseSensitiveFilenameComparison, "CaseSensitiveFilenameComparison", &m_options.m_bDmCaseSensitiveFilenameComparison, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pCaseSensitiveFileNames, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pCaseSensitiveFileNames);
     pCaseSensitiveFileNames->setToolTip(i18n(
         "The directory comparison will compare files or directories when their names match.\n"
         "Set this option if the case of the names must match. (Default for Windows is off, otherwise on.)"));
     ++line;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pUnfoldSubdirs = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Unfold all subdirectories on load"), false, "UnfoldSubdirs", &m_options.m_bDmUnfoldSubdirs, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pUnfoldSubdirs, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pUnfoldSubdirs);
     pUnfoldSubdirs->setToolTip(i18n(
         "On: Unfold all subdirectories when starting a directory diff.\n"
         "Off: Leave subdirectories folded."));
     ++line;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pSkipDirStatus = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Skip directory status report"), false, "SkipDirStatus", &m_options.m_bDmSkipDirStatus, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pSkipDirStatus, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pSkipDirStatus);
     pSkipDirStatus->setToolTip(i18n(
         "On: Do not show the Directory Comparison Status.\n"
         "Off: Show the status dialog on start."));
     ++line;
 
     QGroupBox* pBG = new QGroupBox(i18n("File Comparison Mode"));
     gbox->addWidget(pBG, line, 0, 1, 2);
 
     QVBoxLayout* pBGLayout = new QVBoxLayout(pBG);
 
     OptionRadioButton* pBinaryComparison = new OptionRadioButton(i18n("Binary comparison"), true, "BinaryComparison", &m_options.m_bDmBinaryComparison, pBG);
     addOptionItem(pBinaryComparison);
     pBinaryComparison->setToolTip(i18n("Binary comparison of each file. (Default)"));
     pBGLayout->addWidget(pBinaryComparison);
 
     OptionRadioButton* pFullAnalysis = new OptionRadioButton(i18n("Full analysis"), false, "FullAnalysis", &m_options.m_bDmFullAnalysis, pBG);
     addOptionItem(pFullAnalysis);
     pFullAnalysis->setToolTip(i18n("Do a full analysis and show statistics information in extra columns.\n"
                                    "(Slower than a binary comparison, much slower for binary files.)"));
     pBGLayout->addWidget(pFullAnalysis);
 
     OptionRadioButton* pTrustDate = new OptionRadioButton(i18n("Trust the size and modification date (unsafe)"), false, "TrustDate", &m_options.m_bDmTrustDate, pBG);
     addOptionItem(pTrustDate);
     pTrustDate->setToolTip(i18n("Assume that files are equal if the modification date and file length are equal.\n"
                                 "Files with equal contents but different modification dates will appear as different.\n"
                                 "Useful for big directories or slow networks."));
     pBGLayout->addWidget(pTrustDate);
 
     OptionRadioButton* pTrustDateFallbackToBinary = new OptionRadioButton(i18n("Trust the size and date, but use binary comparison if date does not match (unsafe)"), false, "TrustDateFallbackToBinary", &m_options.m_bDmTrustDateFallbackToBinary, pBG);
     addOptionItem(pTrustDateFallbackToBinary);
     pTrustDateFallbackToBinary->setToolTip(i18n("Assume that files are equal if the modification date and file length are equal.\n"
                                                 "If the dates are not equal but the sizes are, use binary comparison.\n"
                                                 "Useful for big directories or slow networks."));
     pBGLayout->addWidget(pTrustDateFallbackToBinary);
 
     OptionRadioButton* pTrustSize = new OptionRadioButton(i18n("Trust the size (unsafe)"), false, "TrustSize", &m_options.m_bDmTrustSize, pBG);
     addOptionItem(pTrustSize);
     pTrustSize->setToolTip(i18n("Assume that files are equal if their file lengths are equal.\n"
                                 "Useful for big directories or slow networks when the date is modified during download."));
     pBGLayout->addWidget(pTrustSize);
 
     ++line;
 
     // Some two Dir-options: Affects only the default actions.
     OptionCheckBox* pSyncMode = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Synchronize directories"), false, "SyncMode", &m_options.m_bDmSyncMode, page);
     addOptionItem(pSyncMode);
     gbox->addWidget(pSyncMode, line, 0, 1, 2);
     pSyncMode->setToolTip(i18n(
         "Offers to store files in both directories so that\n"
         "both directories are the same afterwards.\n"
         "Works only when comparing two directories without specifying a destination."));
     ++line;
 
     // Allow white-space only differences to be considered equal
     OptionCheckBox* pWhiteSpaceDiffsEqual = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("White space differences considered equal"), true, "WhiteSpaceEqual", &m_options.m_bDmWhiteSpaceEqual, page);
     addOptionItem(pWhiteSpaceDiffsEqual);
     gbox->addWidget(pWhiteSpaceDiffsEqual, line, 0, 1, 2);
     pWhiteSpaceDiffsEqual->setToolTip(i18n(
         "If files differ only by white space consider them equal.\n"
         "This is only active when full analysis is chosen."));
     connect(pFullAnalysis, &OptionRadioButton::toggled, pWhiteSpaceDiffsEqual, &OptionCheckBox::setEnabled);
     pWhiteSpaceDiffsEqual->setEnabled(false);
     ++line;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pCopyNewer = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Copy newer instead of merging (unsafe)"), false, "CopyNewer", &m_options.m_bDmCopyNewer, page);
     addOptionItem(pCopyNewer);
     gbox->addWidget(pCopyNewer, line, 0, 1, 2);
     pCopyNewer->setToolTip(i18n(
         "Do not look inside, just take the newer file.\n"
         "(Use this only if you know what you are doing!)\n"
         "Only effective when comparing two directories."));
     ++line;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pCreateBakFiles = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Backup files (.orig)"), true, "CreateBakFiles", &m_options.m_bDmCreateBakFiles, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pCreateBakFiles, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pCreateBakFiles);
     pCreateBakFiles->setToolTip(i18n(
         "If a file would be saved over an old file, then the old file\n"
         "will be renamed with a '.orig' extension instead of being deleted."));
     ++line;
 
     topLayout->addStretch(10);
 }
 /*
 static void insertCodecs(OptionComboBox* p)
 {
    std::multimap<QString,QString> m;  // Using the multimap for case-insensitive sorting.
    int i;
    for(i=0;;++i)
    {
       QTextCodec* pCodec = QTextCodec::codecForIndex ( i );
       if ( pCodec != 0 )  m.insert( std::make_pair( QString(pCodec->mimeName()).toUpper(), pCodec->mimeName()) );
       else                break;
    }
    
    p->insertItem( i18n("Auto"), 0 );
    std::multimap<QString,QString>::iterator mi;
    for(mi=m.begin(), i=0; mi!=m.end(); ++mi, ++i)
       p->insertItem(mi->second, i+1);
 }
 */
 /*
 // UTF8-Codec that saves a BOM
 // UTF8-Codec that saves a BOM
 class Utf8BOMCodec : public QTextCodec
 {
    QTextCodec* m_pUtf8Codec;
    class PublicTextCodec : public QTextCodec
    {
    public:
       QString publicConvertToUnicode ( const char * p, int len, ConverterState* pState ) const
       {
          return convertToUnicode( p, len, pState );
       }
       QByteArray publicConvertFromUnicode ( const QChar * input, int number, ConverterState * pState ) const
       {
          return convertFromUnicode( input, number, pState );
       }
    };
 public:
    Utf8BOMCodec()
    {
       m_pUtf8Codec = QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8");
    }
    QByteArray name () const { return "UTF-8-BOM"; }
    int mibEnum () const { return 2123; }
    QByteArray convertFromUnicode ( const QChar * input, int number, ConverterState * pState ) const
    {
       QByteArray r;
       if ( pState && pState->state_data[2]==0)  // state_data[2] not used by QUtf8::convertFromUnicode (see qutfcodec.cpp)
       {
         r += "\xEF\xBB\xBF";
         pState->state_data[2]=1;
         pState->flags |= QTextCodec::IgnoreHeader;
       }
 
       r += ((PublicTextCodec*)m_pUtf8Codec)->publicConvertFromUnicode( input, number, pState );
       return r;
    }
    QString convertToUnicode ( const char * p, int len, ConverterState* pState ) const
    {
       return ((PublicTextCodec*)m_pUtf8Codec)->publicConvertToUnicode( p, len, pState );
    }
 };
 */
 void OptionDialog::setupRegionalPage()
 {
     /*
      TODO: What is this line supposed to do besides leak memory? Introduced as is in .91 no explanation
         new Utf8BOMCodec(); 
    */
 
     QFrame* page = new QFrame();
     KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Regional Settings"));
     pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Regional Settings"));
     pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("preferences-desktop-locale")));
     addPage(pageItem);
 
     QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page);
     topLayout->setMargin(5);
 
     QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout();
     gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 5);
     topLayout->addLayout(gbox);
     int line = 0;
 
     QLabel* label;
 
     m_pSameEncoding = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Use the same encoding for everything:"), true, "SameEncoding", &m_options.m_bSameEncoding, page);
     addOptionItem(m_pSameEncoding);
     gbox->addWidget(m_pSameEncoding, line, 0, 1, 2);
     m_pSameEncoding->setToolTip(i18n(
         "Enable this allows to change all encodings by changing the first only.\n"
         "Disable this if different individual settings are needed."));
     ++line;
 
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Note: Local Encoding is \"%1\"", QLatin1String(QTextCodec::codecForLocale()->name())), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     ++line;
 
     label = new QLabel(i18n("File Encoding for A:"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     m_pEncodingAComboBox = new OptionEncodingComboBox("EncodingForA", &m_options.m_pEncodingA, page);
     addOptionItem(m_pEncodingAComboBox);
     gbox->addWidget(m_pEncodingAComboBox, line, 1);
 
     QString autoDetectToolTip = i18n(
         "If enabled then Unicode (UTF-16 or UTF-8) encoding will be detected.\n"
         "If the file is not Unicode then the selected encoding will be used as fallback.\n"
         "(Unicode detection depends on the first bytes of a file.)");
     m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto Detect Unicode"), true, "AutoDetectUnicodeA", &m_options.m_bAutoDetectUnicodeA, page);
     gbox->addWidget(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA, line, 2);
     addOptionItem(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA);
     m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA->setToolTip(autoDetectToolTip);
     ++line;
 
     label = new QLabel(i18n("File Encoding for B:"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     m_pEncodingBComboBox = new OptionEncodingComboBox("EncodingForB", &m_options.m_pEncodingB, page);
     addOptionItem(m_pEncodingBComboBox);
     gbox->addWidget(m_pEncodingBComboBox, line, 1);
     m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto Detect Unicode"), true, "AutoDetectUnicodeB", &m_options.m_bAutoDetectUnicodeB, page);
     addOptionItem(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB);
     gbox->addWidget(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB, line, 2);
     m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB->setToolTip(autoDetectToolTip);
     ++line;
 
     label = new QLabel(i18n("File Encoding for C:"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     m_pEncodingCComboBox = new OptionEncodingComboBox("EncodingForC", &m_options.m_pEncodingC, page);
     addOptionItem(m_pEncodingCComboBox);
     gbox->addWidget(m_pEncodingCComboBox, line, 1);
     m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto Detect Unicode"), true, "AutoDetectUnicodeC", &m_options.m_bAutoDetectUnicodeC, page);
     addOptionItem(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC);
     gbox->addWidget(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC, line, 2);
     m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC->setToolTip(autoDetectToolTip);
     ++line;
 
     label = new QLabel(i18n("File Encoding for Merge Output and Saving:"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     m_pEncodingOutComboBox = new OptionEncodingComboBox("EncodingForOutput", &m_options.m_pEncodingOut, page);
     addOptionItem(m_pEncodingOutComboBox);
     gbox->addWidget(m_pEncodingOutComboBox, line, 1);
     m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto Select"), true, "AutoSelectOutEncoding", &m_options.m_bAutoSelectOutEncoding, page);
     addOptionItem(m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding);
     gbox->addWidget(m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding, line, 2);
     m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding->setToolTip(i18n(
         "If enabled then the encoding from the input files is used.\n"
         "In ambiguous cases a dialog will ask the user to choose the encoding for saving."));
     ++line;
     label = new QLabel(i18n("File Encoding for Preprocessor Files:"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     m_pEncodingPPComboBox = new OptionEncodingComboBox("EncodingForPP", &m_options.m_pEncodingPP, page);
     addOptionItem(m_pEncodingPPComboBox);
     gbox->addWidget(m_pEncodingPPComboBox, line, 1);
     ++line;
 
     connect(m_pSameEncoding, &OptionCheckBox::toggled, this, &OptionDialog::slotEncodingChanged);
     connect(m_pEncodingAComboBox, static_cast<void (OptionEncodingComboBox::*)(int)>(&OptionEncodingComboBox::activated), this, &OptionDialog::slotEncodingChanged);
     connect(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA, &OptionCheckBox::toggled, this, &OptionDialog::slotEncodingChanged);
     connect(m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding, &OptionCheckBox::toggled, this, &OptionDialog::slotEncodingChanged);
 
     OptionCheckBox* pRightToLeftLanguage = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Right To Left Language"), false, "RightToLeftLanguage", &m_options.m_bRightToLeftLanguage, page);
     addOptionItem(pRightToLeftLanguage);
     gbox->addWidget(pRightToLeftLanguage, line, 0, 1, 2);
     pRightToLeftLanguage->setToolTip(i18n(
         "Some languages are read from right to left.\n"
         "This setting will change the viewer and editor accordingly."));
     ++line;
 
     topLayout->addStretch(10);
 }
 
 void OptionDialog::setupIntegrationPage()
 {
     QFrame* page = new QFrame();
     KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Integration"));
     pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Integration Settings"));
     pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("utilities-terminal")));
     addPage(pageItem);
 
     QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page);
     topLayout->setMargin(5);
 
     QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout();
     gbox->setColumnStretch(2, 5);
     topLayout->addLayout(gbox);
     int line = 0;
 
     QLabel* label;
     label = new QLabel(i18n("Command line options to ignore:"), page);
     gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0);
     OptionLineEdit* pIgnorableCmdLineOptions = new OptionLineEdit("-u;-query;-html;-abort", "IgnorableCmdLineOptions", &m_options.m_ignorableCmdLineOptions, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pIgnorableCmdLineOptions, line, 1, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pIgnorableCmdLineOptions);
     label->setToolTip(i18n(
         "List of command line options that should be ignored when KDiff3 is used by other tools.\n"
         "Several values can be specified if separated via ';'\n"
         "This will suppress the \"Unknown option\" error."));
     ++line;
 
     OptionCheckBox* pEscapeKeyQuits = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Quit also via Escape key"), false, "EscapeKeyQuits", &m_options.m_bEscapeKeyQuits, page);
     gbox->addWidget(pEscapeKeyQuits, line, 0, 1, 2);
     addOptionItem(pEscapeKeyQuits);
     pEscapeKeyQuits->setToolTip(i18n(
         "Fast method to exit.\n"
         "For those who are used to using the Escape key."));
     ++line;
 
     topLayout->addStretch(10);
 }
 
 
 void OptionDialog::slotEncodingChanged()
 {
     if(m_pSameEncoding->isChecked())
     {
         m_pEncodingBComboBox->setEnabled(false);
         m_pEncodingBComboBox->setCurrentIndex(m_pEncodingAComboBox->currentIndex());
         m_pEncodingCComboBox->setEnabled(false);
         m_pEncodingCComboBox->setCurrentIndex(m_pEncodingAComboBox->currentIndex());
         m_pEncodingOutComboBox->setEnabled(false);
         m_pEncodingOutComboBox->setCurrentIndex(m_pEncodingAComboBox->currentIndex());
         m_pEncodingPPComboBox->setEnabled(false);
         m_pEncodingPPComboBox->setCurrentIndex(m_pEncodingAComboBox->currentIndex());
         m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB->setEnabled(false);
         m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB->setCheckState(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA->checkState());
         m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC->setEnabled(false);
         m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC->setCheckState(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA->checkState());
         m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding->setEnabled(false);
         m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding->setCheckState(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA->checkState());
     }
     else
     {
         m_pEncodingBComboBox->setEnabled(true);
         m_pEncodingCComboBox->setEnabled(true);
         m_pEncodingOutComboBox->setEnabled(true);
         m_pEncodingPPComboBox->setEnabled(true);
         m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB->setEnabled(true);
         m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC->setEnabled(true);
         m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding->setEnabled(true);
         m_pEncodingOutComboBox->setEnabled(m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding->checkState() == Qt::Unchecked);
     }
 }
 
 void OptionDialog::setupKeysPage()
 {
     //QVBox *page = addVBoxPage( i18n("Keys"), i18n("KeyDialog" ),
     //                          BarIcon("fonts", KIconLoader::SizeMedium ) );
 
     //QVBoxLayout *topLayout = new QVBoxLayout( page, 0, spacingHint() );
     //           new KFontChooser( page,"font",false/*onlyFixed*/,QStringList(),false,6 );
     //m_pKeyDialog=new KKeyDialog( false, 0 );
     //topLayout->addWidget( m_pKeyDialog );
 }
 
 void OptionDialog::slotOk()
 {
     slotApply();
 
     accept();
 }
 
 /** Copy the values from the widgets to the public variables.*/
 void OptionDialog::slotApply()
 {
     std::list<OptionItem*>::iterator i;
     for(i = m_optionItemList.begin(); i != m_optionItemList.end(); ++i)
     {
         (*i)->apply();
     }
 
     emit applyDone();
 
 #ifdef Q_OS_WIN
     QString locale = m_options.m_language;
     if(locale == "Auto" || locale.isEmpty())
         locale = QLocale::system().name().left(2);
     int spacePos = locale.indexOf(' ');
     if(spacePos > 0) locale = locale.left(spacePos);
     QSettings settings(QLatin1String("HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\KDiff3\\diff-ext"), QSettings::NativeFormat);
     settings.setValue(QLatin1String("Language"), locale);
 #endif
 }
 
 /** Set the default values in the widgets only, while the
     public variables remain unchanged. */
 void OptionDialog::slotDefault()
 {
     int result = KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel(this, i18n("This resets all options. Not only those of the current topic."));
     if(result == KMessageBox::Cancel)
         return;
     else
         resetToDefaults();
 }
 
 void OptionDialog::resetToDefaults()
 {
     std::list<OptionItem*>::iterator i;
     for(i = m_optionItemList.begin(); i != m_optionItemList.end(); ++i)
     {
         (*i)->setToDefault();
     }
 
     slotEncodingChanged();
 }
 
 /** Initialise the widgets using the values in the public varibles. */
 void OptionDialog::setState()
 {
     std::list<OptionItem*>::iterator i;
     for(i = m_optionItemList.begin(); i != m_optionItemList.end(); ++i)
     {
         (*i)->setToCurrent();
     }
 
     slotEncodingChanged();
 }
 
 class ConfigValueMap : public ValueMap
 {
   private:
     KConfigGroup m_config;
 
   public:
     explicit ConfigValueMap(const KConfigGroup& config) : m_config(config) {}
 
     void writeEntry(const QString& s, const QFont& v) override
     {
         m_config.writeEntry(s, v);
     }
     void writeEntry(const QString& s, const QColor& v) override
     {
         m_config.writeEntry(s, v);
     }
     void writeEntry(const QString& s, const QSize& v) override
     {
         m_config.writeEntry(s, v);
     }
     void writeEntry(const QString& s, const QPoint& v) override
     {
         m_config.writeEntry(s, v);
     }
     void writeEntry(const QString& s, int v) override
     {
         m_config.writeEntry(s, v);
     }
     void writeEntry(const QString& s, bool v) override
     {
         m_config.writeEntry(s, v);
     }
     void writeEntry(const QString& s, const QString& v) override
     {
         m_config.writeEntry(s, v);
     }
     void writeEntry(const QString& s, const char* v) override
     {
         m_config.writeEntry(s, v);
     }
 
     QFont readFontEntry(const QString& s, const QFont* defaultVal) override
     {
         return m_config.readEntry(s, *defaultVal);
     }
     QColor readColorEntry(const QString& s, const QColor* defaultVal) override
     {
         return m_config.readEntry(s, *defaultVal);
     }
     QSize readSizeEntry(const QString& s, const QSize* defaultVal) override
     {
         return m_config.readEntry(s, *defaultVal);
     }
     QPoint readPointEntry(const QString& s, const QPoint* defaultVal) override
     {
         return m_config.readEntry(s, *defaultVal);
     }
     bool readBoolEntry(const QString& s, bool defaultVal) override
     {
         return m_config.readEntry(s, defaultVal);
     }
     int readNumEntry(const QString& s, int defaultVal) override
     {
         return m_config.readEntry(s, defaultVal);
     }
     QString readStringEntry(const QString& s, const QString& defaultVal) override
     {
         return m_config.readEntry(s, defaultVal);
     }
 
     void writeEntry(const QString& s, const QStringList& v) override
     {
         m_config.writeEntry(s, v);
     }
     QStringList readListEntry(const QString& s, const QStringList& def) override
     {
         return m_config.readEntry(s, def);
     }
 };
 
 void OptionDialog::saveOptions(KSharedConfigPtr config)
 {
     // No i18n()-Translations here!
 
     ConfigValueMap cvm(config->group(KDIFF3_CONFIG_GROUP));
     std::list<OptionItem*>::iterator i;
     for(i = m_optionItemList.begin(); i != m_optionItemList.end(); ++i)
     {
         (*i)->doUnpreserve();
         (*i)->write(&cvm);
     }
 }
 
 void OptionDialog::readOptions(KSharedConfigPtr config)
 {
     // No i18n()-Translations here!
 
     ConfigValueMap cvm(config->group(KDIFF3_CONFIG_GROUP));
     std::list<OptionItem*>::iterator i;
     for(i = m_optionItemList.begin(); i != m_optionItemList.end(); ++i)
     {
         (*i)->read(&cvm);
     }
 
     setState();
 }
 
 QString OptionDialog::parseOptions(const QStringList& optionList)
 {
     QString result;
     QStringList::const_iterator i;
     for(i = optionList.begin(); i != optionList.end(); ++i)
     {
         QString s = *i;
 
         int pos = s.indexOf('=');
         if(pos > 0) // seems not to have a tag
         {
             QString key = s.left(pos);
             QString val = s.mid(pos + 1);
             std::list<OptionItem*>::iterator j;
             bool bFound = false;
             for(j = m_optionItemList.begin(); j != m_optionItemList.end(); ++j)
             {
                 if((*j)->getSaveName() == key)
                 {
                     (*j)->doPreserve();
                     ValueMap config;
                     config.writeEntry(key, val); // Write the value as a string and
                     (*j)->read(&config);         // use the internal conversion from string to the needed value.
                     bFound = true;
                     break;
                 }
             }
             if(!bFound)
             {
                 result += "No config item named \"" + key + "\"\n";
             }
         }
         else
         {
             result += "No '=' found in \"" + s + "\"\n";
         }
     }
     return result;
 }
 
 QString OptionDialog::calcOptionHelp()
 {
     ValueMap config;
     std::list<OptionItem*>::iterator j;
     for(j = m_optionItemList.begin(); j != m_optionItemList.end(); ++j)
     {
         (*j)->write(&config);
     }
     return config.getAsString();
 }
 
 void OptionDialog::slotHistoryMergeRegExpTester()
 {
     RegExpTester dlg(this, s_autoMergeRegExpToolTip, s_historyStartRegExpToolTip,
                      s_historyEntryStartRegExpToolTip, s_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrderToolTip);
     dlg.init(m_pAutoMergeRegExpLineEdit->currentText(), m_pHistoryStartRegExpLineEdit->currentText(),
              m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpLineEdit->currentText(), m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit->currentText());
     if(dlg.exec())
     {
         m_pAutoMergeRegExpLineEdit->setEditText(dlg.autoMergeRegExp());
         m_pHistoryStartRegExpLineEdit->setEditText(dlg.historyStartRegExp());
         m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpLineEdit->setEditText(dlg.historyEntryStartRegExp());
         m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit->setEditText(dlg.historySortKeyOrder());
     }
 }
 
 #include "optiondialog.moc"
diff --git a/src/optiondialog.h b/src/optiondialog.h
index 79540ee..8f13b9d 100644
--- a/src/optiondialog.h
+++ b/src/optiondialog.h
@@ -1,132 +1,133 @@
 /*
  *   kdiff3 - Text Diff And Merge Tool
  *   Copyright (C) 2002-2007  Joachim Eibl, joachim.eibl at gmx.de
  *
  *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
  *   (at your option) any later version.
  *
  *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  *   GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
  *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  *   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
  *   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
  *
  */
 
 #ifndef OPTION_DIALOG_H
 #define OPTION_DIALOG_H
 
-
-#include <KPageDialog>
 #include <QStringList>
 #include <QGroupBox>
+
+#include <KPageDialog>
+#include <KSharedConfig>
+
 #include <list>
 
 #include "options.h"
 
 class QLabel;
 class QPlainTextEdit;
 
 class OptionItem;
 class OptionCheckBox;
 class OptionEncodingComboBox;
 class OptionLineEdit;
 class KKeyDialog;
 
-
 class OptionDialog : public KPageDialog
 {
    Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
 
     explicit OptionDialog( bool bShowDirMergeSettings, QWidget *parent = nullptr );
     ~OptionDialog( void ) override;
     QString parseOptions( const QStringList& optionList );
     QString calcOptionHelp();
 
     Options m_options;
 
     void saveOptions(KSharedConfigPtr config);
     void readOptions(KSharedConfigPtr config);
 
     void setState(); // Must be called before calling exec();
 
     void addOptionItem(OptionItem*);
     KKeyDialog* m_pKeyDialog;
 protected Q_SLOTS:
     virtual void slotDefault( void );
     virtual void slotOk( void );
     virtual void slotApply( void );
     //virtual void buttonClicked( QAbstractButton* );
     virtual void helpRequested();
     
     void slotEncodingChanged();
     void slotHistoryMergeRegExpTester();
 Q_SIGNALS:
     void applyDone();
 private:
     void resetToDefaults();
 
     std::list<OptionItem*> m_optionItemList;
 
     //QDialogButtonBox *mButtonBox;
     OptionCheckBox* m_pSameEncoding;
     OptionEncodingComboBox* m_pEncodingAComboBox;
     OptionCheckBox* m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA;
     OptionEncodingComboBox* m_pEncodingBComboBox;
     OptionCheckBox* m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB;
     OptionEncodingComboBox* m_pEncodingCComboBox;
     OptionCheckBox* m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC;
     OptionEncodingComboBox* m_pEncodingOutComboBox;
     OptionCheckBox* m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding;
     OptionEncodingComboBox* m_pEncodingPPComboBox;
     OptionCheckBox* m_pHistoryAutoMerge;
     OptionLineEdit* m_pAutoMergeRegExpLineEdit;
     OptionLineEdit* m_pHistoryStartRegExpLineEdit;
     OptionLineEdit* m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpLineEdit;
     OptionCheckBox* m_pHistoryMergeSorting;
     OptionLineEdit* m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit;
 
 private:
     void setupFontPage();
     void setupColorPage();
     void setupEditPage();
     void setupDiffPage();
     void setupMergePage();
     void setupDirectoryMergePage();
     void setupKeysPage();
     void setupRegionalPage();
     void setupIntegrationPage();
     void setupOtherOptions();
 };
 
 
 class FontChooser : public QGroupBox
 {
    Q_OBJECT
    QFont m_font;
    QPushButton* m_pSelectFont;
    QPlainTextEdit* m_pExampleTextEdit;
    QLabel* m_pLabel;
 public:
    explicit FontChooser( QWidget* pParent );
    QFont font();
    void setFont( const QFont&, bool );
 private slots:
    void slotSelectFont();
 };
 
 #endif
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
diff --git a/src/selection.cpp b/src/selection.cpp
index 80ab288..7f0cbb0 100644
--- a/src/selection.cpp
+++ b/src/selection.cpp
@@ -1,107 +1,107 @@
 /***************************************************************************
  *   Copyright (C) 2003-2011 by Joachim Eibl                               *
  *   joachim.eibl at gmx.de                                                *
  *                                                                         *
  *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
  *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
  *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
  *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include "gnudiff_diff.h"
 #include "selection.h"
+#include "gnudiff_diff.h"
 
 #include <QtGlobal>
 
 int Selection::firstPosInLine(LineRef l)
 {
     Q_ASSERT(firstLine != invalidRef);
 
     LineRef l1 = firstLine;
     LineRef l2 = lastLine;
     int p1 = firstPos;
     int p2 = lastPos;
     if(l1 > l2)
     {
         std::swap(l1, l2);
         std::swap(p1, p2);
     }
     if(l1 == l2 && p1 > p2)
     {
         std::swap(p1, p2);
     }
 
     if(l == l1)
         return p1;
     return 0;
 }
 
 int Selection::lastPosInLine(LineRef l)
 {
     Q_ASSERT(firstLine != invalidRef);
 
     LineRef l1 = firstLine;
     LineRef l2 = lastLine;
     int p1 = firstPos;
     int p2 = lastPos;
 
     if(l1 > l2)
     {
         std::swap(l1, l2);
         std::swap(p1, p2);
     }
     if(l1 == l2 && p1 > p2)
     {
         std::swap(p1, p2);
     }
 
     if(l == l2)
         return p2;
     return INT_MAX;
 }
 
 bool Selection::within(LineRef l, LineRef p)
 {
     if(firstLine == invalidRef)
         return false;
     
     LineRef l1 = firstLine;
     LineRef l2 = lastLine;
     int p1 = firstPos;
     int p2 = lastPos;
     if(l1 > l2)
     {
         std::swap(l1, l2);
         std::swap(p1, p2);
     }
     if(l1 == l2 && p1 > p2)
     {
         std::swap(p1, p2);
     }
     if(l1 <= l && l <= l2)
     {
         if(l1 == l2)
             return p >= p1 && p < p2;
         if(l == l1)
             return p >= p1;
         if(l == l2)
             return p < p2;
         return true;
     }
     return false;
 }
 
 bool Selection::lineWithin(LineRef l)
 {
     if(firstLine == invalidRef)
         return false;
     LineRef l1 = firstLine;
     LineRef l2 = lastLine;
 
     if(l1 > l2)
     {
         std::swap(l1, l2);
     }
 
     return (l1 <= l && l <= l2);
 }